CIVIL MAINTENANCE WORK FOR 6.7 KM VIADUCT, APPAREL …€¦ · reach of E-W Corridor for Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1 1. Background: Gujarat Metro Rail Corporation (GMRC) Limited

Gujarat Metrorail Corporation (GMRC) Limited

(SPV of Govt. of Gujarat and Govt. of India)

Request For Proposal

CIVIL MAINTENANCE WORK FOR 6.7 KM VIADUCT, APPAREL PARK DEPOT AND 6

STATIONS OF PRIORITY REACH OF E-W CORRIDOR FOR AHMEDABAD METRORAIL

PROJECT PHASE-1

Issued by

GUJARAT METRO RAIL CORPORATION (GMRC) LIMITED. (SPV of Government of India and Government of Gujarat)

Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan,

Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010,

Gujarat, India

Corporate Identification No (CIN): U60200GJ2010SGC059407

Website: www.gujaratmetrorail.com

RFP No.: GMRC/Civil Maintenance /EW/PH-1/2020

RFP No: GMRC/Civil Maintenance/EW/PH-1/2020

GMRC Sign and Seal of Bidder Page 1 of 177

http://www.gujaratmetrorail.com/

Table of Contents

S.N Content Page No

1 Background 3

2 Key Details 3

3 Procedure for submission & evaluation of Proposal 4

4 Technical Proforma 5

5 Financial Bid 5

6 Tender Security 5

7 Scope of Work 5-9

8 Specification of work 9-48

9 General Conditions of Contract 49-60

10 Special Conditions of Contract 61-121

11 Safety, Health & Environment Manual (SHE) 122-143

12 Application Format along with Annexures 144-177



RFP No.: GMRC/CIVIL MAINTENANCE /EW/PH-1/2020 Civil Maintenance work for 6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1

1. Background:

Gujarat Metro Rail Corporation (GMRC) Limited formerly known as Metro-Link Express for

Gandhinagar & Ahmedabad (MEGA) Co. Ltd, a special purpose vehicle (SPV), was

incorporated to implement Metro Rail Project under the Companies Act, 1956. This project

is being promoted with the objective of providing safe, fast and eco-friendly transportation

services to the public at affordable rates while simultaneously reducing the congestion on

the roads. The metro rail project will promote integration with AMTS, BRTS, Railways and

other modes of public transport in Ahmedabad.

GMRC Limited invites applications from reputed Contractors for Civil Maintenance work for

6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for

Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1 Please follow the given instructions closely and

send in your bids in sealed envelopes addressed to GMRC Limited, K.A. Mr. Snehal

Shah – Sr. DGM (Civil & Proc.) Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind

Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India, latest by

10/08/2020, up to 1500 Hrs with a covering letter clearly listing the enclosures.

2. Key details;

A. RFP No. GMRC/CIVIL MAINTENANCE/EW/PH-1/2020

B. Last Date and time of submission of

Technical & Financial Bid

10/08/2020, 15:00 Hrs.

C. Opening of Technical & Financial

Bid

10/08/2020, 15:30 Hrs.

D. Approximate Cost of Work INR 2.69 Crore

E. Completion period of Work 1 year

F. Tender Fees (Non-refundable) INR 25,000/- only inclusive of GST (Rupees:

Twenty Five Thousand only)

G. Tender Security INR 5.38 Lac as Bank-Guarantee / Demand Draft

(Refundable)

[Demand Draft /Banker’s cheque/ Bank

Guarantee/Fixed deposit / Bank Guarantee drawn

on a Scheduled Commercial Bank based in India

and should be in favor of “GUJARAT METRO RAIL

CORPORATION (GMRC) LIMITED]

On award of work to successful Contractor, the

EMD/Tender Security will be released to the

unsuccessful Contractors.

H. Venue of submission Sr. DGM- Civil & Procurement,

GUJARAT METRO RAIL CORPORATION

(GMRC) LIMITED. (A SPV of Govt. of Gujarat and



Govt. of India)

Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind

Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar:

382010,Gujarat, India

I. Tender validity 180 days

J. Performance Security

(To be submitted by successful

Contractor on award of work)

10% of the Contract value

Note to Bidders:

i. Each bidder shall submit only one tender either by himself/herself as sole. The

submission in JV /Consortium is not allowed.

ii. The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of the bid

and GMRC will in no case, shall be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of

the conduct or outcome of the tender process.

iii. GMRC reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals without assigning any

reasons. No Bidder shall have any cause of action or claim against the GMRC for

rejection of his proposal.

iv. GMRC also does not bind itself to accept the lowest rate. GMRC shall award of work

after evaluation looking into feasibility, capacity and competency of the Bidder.

v. Submission of Tender after due date and time shall not be accepted under any

circumstances. GMRC will not be responsible for non-receipt of tender submission as

mentioned above due to any delay and/or loss etc.

vi. Any alteration in the RFP Document will be communicated to the Bidders. The Bidders

may obtain further information/clarification, if any, in respect of these RFP Documents

from the office of Managing Director, [Attn: Sr. DGM (Civil & Proc.)], Gujarat Metro Rail

Corporation (GMRC) Limited, Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind

Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar – 382010, Gujarat, India, Gujarat. Contact

No. 079-232-48572, email id: [email protected].

vii. If any Scheduled event(s) of tender activity falls on public holiday, then the same will be

conducted on the next working day at the same mentioned time.

viii. Our Contact person for this tender is Sr. DGM (Civil & Proc.) with mail-ID

[email protected], Telephone +91 79 23248572, Extension 527

3. Procedure for submission & evaluation of the proposal:

The Contractor desirous in submitting submission of proposal shall have to submit its

Technical Proforma in Annexure-I and Financial Bid as per proforma at Annexure II. The

bids in the prescribed proforma should be sealed including Technical Proforma

Annexure-I in sealed covers super-scribed with the statements “Techno-Commercial

Bid”, as the case may be and addressed to Gujarat Metro Rail Corporation (GMRC)

Limited, Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan, Sector

10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India duly super scribed with the statement

“Request for Proposal (RFP) for Civil Maintenance work for 6.7 km Viaduct,

Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for

Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1”. The sealed cover must reach the address on

or before the prescribed closing date and time.

Submission of Tender/RFP after due date and time shall not be accepted under any



circumstances. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to ensure that his bid (i.e.

Technical & Financial) to be submitted before the deadline of submission. GMRC will not

be responsible for non-receipt of tender submission as mentioned above due to any

delay and/or loss etc.

The opening of Technical Proforma & Financial bid are also scheduled on same day of

opening at 1530 Hrs.

The Employer will evaluate the responsiveness and acceptability of the proposals as per

Annexure-I – Technical Proforma.

The Financial Bid shall be evaluated to determine the lowest bidder.

4. Technical Proforma (i.e. Annexure – I)

All the columns in the proforma should be duly filled enclosing supporting documents as

mentioned in Annexure – I. Each page of this RFP, duly signed by the authorized signatory

(who has signed the bid), should be enclosed with the technical bid in token of bidders

confirmation to accept the terms and conditions and other provisions contained in it.

5. Financial Bid (i.e. Annexure – II)

All columns of the proforma should be correctly and clearly filled. In case of difference in the

values quoted in figures and words, the value quoted in words shall be taken as correct. The

bid should be valid for a minimum period of 180 days after the closing date for submission.

6. Tender Security

The Contractor has to submit the tender security of INR 5.38 Lacs in the form of Demand

Draft / Pay-Order / Fixed Deposit/ Bank Guarantee from a Scheduled Commercial bank

based in India to be drawn in favour of “GMRC Limited”, payable at Gandhinagar. The

tender security should be part of Annexure - I (i.e. Technical Proforma). The non-submission

of tender security will be summarily rejected and the bidder’s proposal will not be considered

for evaluation. The tender security should be valid till two months beyond the tender validity

period (i.e. 180 days + 60 days).

On award of work to successful bidder, the EMD/Tender Security will be released to

unsuccessful bidder / agencies and on submission of security deposit the tender security of

successful bidder will be released.

7. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work consists of repair and maintenance of Viaduct (Apparel Park depot to dead

end- VG Stn), 6 stations and Apparel Park Depot.

7.1 Viaduct: The repair and maintaining of viaduct may cover items of pedestal repair, Pier cap,

pier footings, maintenance of elastomeric bearings, maintaining of drainage and other

incidental repairs, Tree cutting, repairing and cleaning of Manholes cover, Cleaning of Viaduct

with disposal of debris material, all machinery including work at height, tools & labours with

safety and barricading. The item cover from Starting of Ramp (with approach slab) to Dead

End of Vastral Gam station



7.2 Stations: The scope of stations consists of 6 operational stations of priority reach i.e. Apparel

park station, Amraiwadi Station, Rabari Colony station, Vastral station, Nirant Cross Road

station and Vastral Gam station. The repair and maintenance activity of stations may require

repair of false ceiling, sanitary works, flooring works, roof repair works, all type of Doors

repairing, lock repairing, Bearing Elastomeric and Pot-PTFE type maintenance, water pipeline

works, glass works, Steel railing, rolling shutter repair works, drainage works, Paver block for

footpath works, putty and paint works, drainage system including all construction, welding,

tools, materials and labours with machinery to work at height with safety measures and

barricading with cleaning of site.

7.3 Road: The scope of Road consists of road network of Apparel park depot, road below viaduct

from Apparel park depot Ramp to Vastral gam station dead end. Repair and maintenance of

roads includes excavation, dismantling, dewatering, cement or Bitumen concrete paving,

Drainage works with all machinery, tools, materials and labours with barricading, cleaning and

safety precautions at site.

7.4 Depot: The scope of Depot works includes all Buildings repair and maintenance works,

Drainage system, Sanitary works, Road works, Water supply management of buildings, all

type of Door repairing works, lock repair work, Gates, manual and Automatic rolling shutters,

curb repair, footpath repairing, Steel railing repair, sheds roof repairing, Putty and paint works,

Tree cuttings, fencing, Cleaning of drainage system with disposal, Glass works, false ceiling,

false flooring with all machinery, tools, materials and labours with barricading, cleaning,

disposal and safety precautions at site

Block Diagram of Priority Reach of Phase-I:



Block Diagram of Priority Reach of Phase-I

VTLG

Station NTCR

Station

VSTL Station

RBCY Station

ARVD

Station

ARPK Station

Apparel Park

Depot

Toward

Dead End



7.5 RESOURCES PROPOSED FOR THE PROJECT – PERSONNEL

SN Designation of Project

Personnel

Minimum

Requirement

Qualifications Experience level

1 Civil Engineer / Site

Engineer

1 Graduate/ Diploma in Civil

Engineering / Architecture

Total minimum

experience of 03 years

for Degree and 8 years

for Diploma.

2 Supervisor 1 Diploma in Civil

Engineering

Total minimum

experience of 05

years.

3 Bill Engineer 1 Diploma in Civil

Engineering

Total minimum

experience of 03

years.

4 Surveyor 1 Diploma in Civil

Engineering

Total minimum

experience of 03

years.

Notes:

1. The contractor shall deploy resources as per the above mentioned minimum requirement and also

confirm to deploy manpower over and above the minimum numbers indicated above, if the work requires

so.

2. These minimum resources are as per the requirements of the various activities at different stages of

works. All resources need not to be mobilised simultaneously, resources as per the requirement of

various stages of works shall be mobilised in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer. The

decision of the Engineer shall be final and bonding.

3. The performance of project personal deployed will be evaluated periodically by Employer during the

contract period. In case the performance of any of the personnel is not satisfactory, the contractor shall

replace them with good personnel immediately as per the directions of the Engineer.

7.6 RESOURCES PROPOSED FOR THE PROJECT- PLANTS & EQUIPMENTS

LIST OF MINIMUM PLANTS & EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED

SN Plant & Equipment Minimum requirement

1 Concrete Breaker/Hilti 1

2 JCB 1

3 Vibrator 1

4 Welding Machine 1

5 Shuttering Material 1

6 Aluminum ladders of different sizes 1



7 Steel Scaffolding 1

8 Hanging Platform/Cradle/Equivalent for working at heights including all PPE, safety belts, etc.

1

9 Tools and equipment’s for repairing of lock and general maintenance of line(screwdriver ,hammer, etc)

1 set

10 Drilling machine 1

11 Electrical Pump of required capacity for draining out of water

1 no

12 All types of plumbing and carpentory and masonary tools One set

Note

These resources are for peak period of each activity. All plants and equipments need not to

be mobilized simultaneously, plants and equipment’s as required as per the progress of the

work shall be brought at site in advance as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

8. SPECIFICATION OF WORK

1. The specifications for the architectural works shall be read in conjunction with other sections of these

specifications and other tender documents for this Contract, CPWD Specifications 2018 VOLUME 1 & 2 and approvals, instructions given by the Engineer. The general requirements are described in Section 01 herein.

2. All proprietary material shall be of approved make and the type as stipulated. Lists of approved makes are given at the end of this book. It will be deemed that the contractor has priced the respective items on the basis of those approved makes. However, it shall be the prerogative of the owner to choose any particular make among the list as the most appropriate one and the contractor shall be bound to provide the same without any variation in the contract rate. The guarantees for various architectural finishes shall be stipulated under clause 1.5 of Special Specifications for this Contract.

3. The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive list of all proprietary articles and materials used in the works containing catalogue reference numbers, colour shades, etc. and the manufactures and or supplier’s names, addresses and where appropriate, supplier’s names and addresses including a price list CIF to the site of works. This list in approved format shall be complete in all respects and shall be submitted together with the 'As-Built' drawings and operation and maintenance manuals.

4. Area statement, list of test materials and details of samples and mock-up required are enclosed vide Annexure A, B and C respectively.

5. Relevant extract of CPWD Specification 2018 Volume 1 or 2 is provided against each item of work as per BOQ as applicable for ready reckoner. Further details if any shall be considered from CPWD Specification Volume 1 and 2 with up to date amendments and circulars issued by CPWD time to time. These documents are available in website in PDF format.

Technical Specifications Schedule “A” (Any DSR Items 2018)

Part I The Tenderer/ bidder are advised to refer to specification of Central Public works Department (CPWD) Government of India named as “CPWD Specification VOL-1 & VOL-2” of 2018 which is available at website of CPWD.

Technical Specifications

Schedule “B” (NDSR - Building works)



1. WINDOWS /GLAZING

12.76MM THICK PVB LAMINATED GLASS

Two panes of Clear or Tinted Float Glass shall be laminated using a layer of PVB.76 mm. Laminated glass shall be provided where specified. The preparation of Laminated Glass shall be as per BS: 952 Part-1.

6MM THICK TOUGHNED GLASS Glass

Glass shall generally conform to the requirements of BS: 952 or JIS: R3203 or equivalent standards. It shall be clean cut without edge faults and free from defects. Glasses shall be tested for critical parameters like flexural bending strength, fragmentation, bow and corrugation as per DIN: 1249 Part-12 with necessary test certificates from the manufacturer for each lot.

a. Float Glass

Glass shall be clear Float Glass or Body Tinted Float Glass, conforming to JIS: R3203 manufactured by Saint Gobain glass, Belgium glass, Float Glass India Ltd. or Gujarat Guardian Ltd. or approved equivalent manufacturer.

b. Toughened Glass

Clear or Tinted Float Glass shall be toughened (tempered) for applications where specified. The glass shall be horizontally tempered as per DIN: 1249 Part-12 having no tong or suspension mark and shall have machined edges with no burrs or sharp surfaces.

c. Insulating Glass

The Insulating Glass shall conform to BS: 5713 and shall comprise two panes of Float Glass fixed with a gap of 12mm created by a spacer and hermetically sealed around the edges leaving a dehydrated air space.

ALUMINIUM LOUVERS Please refer Section 21.1 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 2 METAL WORKS FACTORY MADE SOLID PVC DOOR FRAME Please refer Section 9.117 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1

PVC DOOR FRAME Solid PVC door frame and shutter shall be as per para 9.118. Solid PVC Door Frames consisting of section 50 x 47 mm shall be fabricated from 5 mm PVC sheet having density of 600 kg./cum. The sheet used may be in plain colour, printed design or prelam veneer shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The weight per running metre of the door frame including reinforcement should be a minimum of 1.5 kg./sq. mtr. The depth of the rebate of door frame shall be 10 mm. Frames shall have smooth surface, without any warping or bending in any member. All the parts of the door frame are to be joined to each other using solvent adhesive conforming to IS 14182_A tolerance of + 3 mm shall be permitted in the specified dimension of PVC section in the door frames. The solid PVC door frames shall be fabricated in factory as per nomenclature of the item and directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

2. SUSPENDED FALSE CEILING 2.a ALUMINIUM LINEAL FALSE CEILING

Aluminium Lineal False Ceiling Material



Material

Aluminium ceiling wherever shown shall be Track or Hunter Douglas or equal approved powder coated aluminium strip dropped ceiling with perforated / plain panels of approved shade. The ceiling shall be supplied and fixed by specialized workmen approved by the manufacturer, strictly as per manufacturers printed instruction. The panel will be 84mm x 16mm deep with recessed flanges of made out of 0.50mm aluminium alloy AA3105 with powder coated finish.

Installation

The ceiling including suspension system shall be installed as per the material specifications and printed instructions of the manufacturer. Provision for cut outs for lights and air-condition diffusers etc. shall be made as shown in the drawings and as required at site. The entire installation shall meet the approval of the Engineer.

Suspension

The ceiling panels shall be fixed at maximum 1500 mm c/c carriers to be suspended from slab / roof by 4 mm dia galvanized wire hangers with special height adjustment clip made out of spring steel including all trims, angles, recessed edges profile (20 mm x 20 mm) screwed to panel carrier 84 R Exterior grade@ 1300 c/c.

2.b GI METAL TILED FALSE CEILING

Please refer CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 & 2 with up to date Amendments.

3. STONE/GRANITEIMARBLE WORKS

3.1 20MM THICK MIRROR POLISH GRANITE FOR FLOORING

Please refer CPWD Specification 2018 Volume 1 and 2 with up to date amendments.

EXTRA FOR PROVIDING OPENING FOR COUNTER WASH BASIN Please refer CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 and 2 with up to date amendments.

Design and Pattern

All work shall be laid as per design, detail, pattern, colours, sizes and dimensions given on the drawings. Any modifications and variations at site shall be reflected in adjustment in design as per the approval of the Engineer. All junctions, rebates, nosings, corners shall have square, curved or shaped mounting as desired and as shown on the drawings. 20MM THICK MIRROR POLISHED GRANITE FOR CLADDING WORK

Please refer Section 8.6 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1.

FLOORING

3.2 PROVIDING AND LAYING PCC M 15 FOR SCREED Please refer Section 4.0 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1.

3.3 52MM THICK CC FLOORING WITH CONCRETE HARDNER TOPPING


CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING WITH METALLIC HARDENER TOPPING

Wherever floors are required to withstand heavy wear and tear, use of floor hardener shall be avoided as far as possible by using richer mixes of concrete, unless the use of a metallic hardener is justified on the basis of cost. Where metallic hardener topping is used, it shall be 12 mm thick.

Metallic Hardening Compound The compound shall be of approved quality consisting of uniformly graded iron particles, free from non-ferrous metal particles, oil, grease sand, soluble alkaline compounds. Where so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge it shall be tested as described in Appendix A.



Base Concrete It shall be as specified in 11.3

Under Layer Cement concrete flooring of specified thickness and mix (mentioned in item for under layer) shall be laid as under layer (11.1.1 and 11.1.2). The top surface shall be roughened with brushes while the concrete is still green and the forms/strips shall be kept projecting up 12 mm over the concrete surface, to receive the metallic hardening compound topping.

Topping This shall consist of 12 mm thick layer of mix 1:2 (1 cement: 2 stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume or as otherwise specified with which metallic hardening compound is mixed in the ratio of 1 : 4 (1 metallic concrete hardener : 4 cement) by weight. Metallic hardener shall be dry mixed thoroughly with cement on a clean dry pacca platform. This dry mixture shall be mixed with stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size or as otherwise specified in the ratio of 1 : 2 (1 cement : 2 stone aggregate) and well turned over. Just enough water shall then be added to this dry mix as required for floor concrete.

The mixture so obtained shall be laid in 12 mm thickness, on cement concrete floor within 2 to 4 hours of its laying. The topping shall be laid true to provide a uniform and even surface. It shall be firmly pressed into the bottom concrete so as to have good bond with it. After the initial set has started, the surface shall be finished smooth and true to slope with steel floats.

The junction of floor with wall plaster, dado or skirting and finishing operations shall be dealt with as described in 11.6.

The men engaged on finishing operations shall be provided with raised wooden platform to sit on, so as to prevent damage to new work.

The specifications for curing, precautions to be taken, 'Measurements' and 'Rates' shall be as specified in 11.4.)

3.4 RAISED FALSE ACCESS FLOORING

Please refer 11.54 CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 and 2 with up to date amendments. 3.5 CHEQUERRED PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE TILES


CHEQUERED TILE FLOORING

Chequered Tiles The tiles shall be of nominal sizes such as 20 x 20 cm, 25 x 25 cm and 30 x 30 cm or of standard sizes with equal sides. The size of tiles to be used shall be as shown in drawings or as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The centre to centre distance of chequers shall not be less than 2.5 cm and not more than 5 cm.

The overall thickness of the tiles shall not be less than 30 mm. The grooves in the chequers shall be uniform and straight. The depth of the grooves shall not be less than 3 mm. The chequered tiles shall be cement tiles, or terrazo tiles as specified in the description of the item. The thickness of the upper layer, measured from the top of the chequers shall not be less than 6 mm.

The terrazo tiles shall be given the first grinding with machine before delivery to site.

The tiles shall conform to the specifications for plain cement concrete or terrazo tiles in respect of method of manufacture and the mix of the backing and wearing layers.

Laying, curing, Polishing and Finishing shall be as specified in 11.10.2 and 11.10.3 except that the polishing of the tiles and the chequer grooves, after laying, may be done by hand. Special care shall be taken to polish the grooves in such a manner as to get a uniform section and that their finish shall match with the finish of flat portion of the tiles. Cement concrete tiles normally do not require polishing but where polishing is required the same shall be done as described above.

Measurement and Rate: Shall be as specified in 11.10.4 and 11.10.5 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1

3.6 VITRIFIED FLOOR TILES OF LIGHT AND DARK SHADES



Please refer Section 11.16,11.41 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1. PRESSED CERAMIC TILE FLOORING (VITRIFIED TILE FLOORING) Operations as described in 11.41 to 11.51 shall be followed except the tiles shall conform to Table 12 of IS 15622 (Tiles with water absorption E s 0.08 per cent Group Bla) and the joint thickness in flooring shall not be more than 1mm.

Rate The rate for flooring shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. Nothing extra shall be paid for the use of cut (sawn) tiles in the work.

3.7 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING 40MM THICK


CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING

Cement Concrete Cement concrete of specified mix grade shall be used and it shall generally conform to the specifications described under sub head 4.0.

Base Concrete

Flooring shall be laid on base concrete where so provided. The base concrete shall be provided with the slopes required for the flooring. Flooring in verandah, Courtyard, kitchens & baths shall have slope ranging from 1 : 48 to 1 : 60 depending upon location and as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Floors in water closet portion shall have slope of 1:30 or as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge to drain off washing water. Further, necessary drop in flooring in bath, WC, kitchen near floor traps ranging from 6mm to 10 mm will also be provided to avoid spread of water. Necessary margin to accommodate this drop shall be made in base concrete. Plinth masonry off set shall be depressed so as to allow the base concrete to rest on it. The flooring shall be commenced preferably within 48 hours of the laying of base concrete. The surface of the base shall be roughened with steel wire brushes without disturbing the concrete. Immediately before laying the flooring, the base shall be wetted and a coat of cement slurry @ 2 kg of cement spread over an area of one sqm so as to get a good bond between the base and concrete floor.

If the cement concrete flooring is to be laid directly on the RCC slab, the top surface of RCC slab shall be cleaned and the laitance shall be removed and a coat of cement slurry @ 2 kg of cement spread over an area of one sqm so as to get a good bond between the base and concrete floor.

Thickness The thickness of floor shall be as specified in the description of the item.

Laying

Panels: Flooring of specified thickness shall be laid in the pattern including the border as given in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The border panels shall not exceed 450 mm in width and the joints in the border shall be in line with panel joints. The panels shall be of uniform size and no dimension of a panel shall exceed 2 m and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2 sqm. The joints of borders at corners shall be mitred for provision of strips.

Laying of Flooring with Strips: Normally cement concrete flooring shall be laid in one operation using glass/aluminium/PVC/brass strips/stainless steel strips or any other strips as required as per drawing or instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge, at the junction of two panels. This method ensures uniformity in colour of all the panels and straightness at the junction of the panels. 4 mm thick glass strips or 2 mm PVC strips or 2 mm aluminium or brass strips shall be fixed with their tops at proper level, giving required slopes. Use of glass and metallic strips shall be avoided in areas exposed to sun. Cost of providing and fixing strips shall be paid for separately.

Concreting: Cement concrete shall be placed in the panels and be levelled with the help of straight edge and trowel and beaten with thapy or mason's trowel. The blows shall be fairly heavy in the beginning but as consolidation takes place, light rapid strokes shall be given. Beating shall cease as soon as the surface is found covered with a thin layer of cream of mortar. The evenness of the surface shall be tested with straight edge. Surface of flooring be true to required slopes. While laying concrete, care shall be taken to see that the



strips are not damaged/disturbed by the labourers. The tops of strips shall be visible clearly after finishing with cement slurry.

Laying of Flooring without Strips: Laying of cement concrete flooring in alternate panels may be allowed by the Engineer-in-Charge in case strips are not to be provided. Shuttering: The panels shall be bounded by angle iron or flats. The angle iron/flat shall have the same depth as the concrete flooring. These shall be fixed in position, with their top at proper level giving required slopes. The surface of the angle iron or flats, to come in contact with concrete shall be smeared with soap solution or non-sticking oil (Form oil or raw linseed oil) before concreting. The flooring shall butt against the unplastered masonry wall.

Concreting: The concreting shall be done in the manner described under 11.2.4.2. The angle iron/ flats used for shuttering, shall be removed on the next day of the laying of cement concrete. The ends thus exposed shall be repaired, if damaged with cement mortar 1 : 2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) and allowed to set for minimum period of 24 hours. The alternate panels shall then be cleaned of dust, mortar, droppings etc. and concrete laid. While laying concrete, care shall be taken to see that the edges of the previously laid panels are not damaged and fresh mortar is not splashed over them. The joints between the panels should come out as fine straight lines.

Finishing

The finishing of the surface shall follow immediately after the cessation of beating. The surface shall be left for some time, till moisture disappears from it or surplus water can be mopped up. Use of dry cement or cement and sand mixture stiffening the concrete to absorb excessive moisture shall not be permitted. Excessive trowelling shall be avoided.

Fresh cement shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry and spreaded @ 2 kg of cement over an area of one sqm of flooring while the flooring concrete is still green. The cement slurry shall then be properly processed and finished smooth.

The edges of sunk floors shall be finished and rounded with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) and finished with a floating coat of neat cement.

The junctions of floor with wall plaster, dada or skirting shall be rounded off where so specified.

The men engaged on finishing operations shall be provided with raised wooden platform to sit on so as to prevent damage to new work.

Curing The curing shall be done for a minimum period of ten days. Curing shall not be commenced until the top layer has hardened. Covering with empty gunnies bag shall be avoided as the colour of the flooring is likely to be bleached due to the remnants of cement dust from the bags.

Precautions Flooring in lavatories and bath room shall be laid only after fixing of water closet and squatting pans and floor traps. Traps shall be plugged while laying the floors and opened after the floors are cured and cleaned. Any damage done to W.C.'s squatting pans and floor traps during the execution of work shall be made good. During cold weather, concreting shall not be done when the temperature falls below 4°C. The concrete placed shall be protected against frost by suitable covering. Concrete damaged by frost shall be removed and work redone. During hot weather, precautions shall be taken to see that the temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 38° C. No concreting shall be laid within half an hour of the closing time of the day, unless permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. To facilitate rounding of junction of skirting, dado and floor, the skirting/dado shall be laid along with the border or adjacent panels of floor.

Measurement Length and breadth shall be measured before laying skirting, dado or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 sqm. Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding 0.10 sqm. The flooring done either with strips (in one operation) or without strips (in alternate panels) shalt be treated as same and measured together.

Rate The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above including application of cement slurry on RCC slab or on base concrete including roughening and cleaning



the surface but excluding the cost of strips which shall be paid separately under relevant item. Nosing of steps where provided shall be paid for separately in running metre. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the same room or courtyard and rounding off edges of sunk floors. In case the flooring is laid in alternate panels, nothing extra shall be paid towards the cost of shuttering used for this purpose.

3.8 CEMENT PLASTER SKIRTING


CEMENT PLASTER IN RISERS OF STEPS, SKIRTING, DADO

Plaster at the bottom of wall not exceeding 30 cm in height above the floor shall be classified as skirting. It shall be flush with wall plaster or projecting out uniformly by 6 mm from the wall plaster, as specified. The work shall be preferably carried out simultaneously with the laying of floor. Its corners and junctions with floor shall be finished neatly as specified.

3.9 ACID AND / OR ALKALI RESISTANT TILE FLOORING

Please refer Section 11.21 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1. 3.10 ACID RESISTANT TILES SKIRTING


ACID OR ALKALI RESISTANT TILES

Manufacture and Finish The tiles shall be of vitreous ware and free from deleterious substances. The iron oxide content allowable in the raw material shall not exceed two percent. The tiles shall be vitrified at the temperature of 11000C and above and shall be kept unglazed. The finished, tile, when fractured shall appear fine grained in texture, dense and homogenous. The tiles shall be sound, true to shape, flat and free from flows and manufacturing defects affecting their utility. The tiles shall be conforming to IS 4457. The tiles to be tested for water absorption, compressive strength, acid resistance as per IS 4457. Sampling procedure for acceptance tests and criteria for conformity to be as per IS 4457. The tiles shall be of required colour.

Dimensions and Tolerances Ceramic unglazed vitreous acid-resistant tiles shall be made in three sizes namely 98.5 X 98.5 mm, 148.5 X 148.5 mm and 198.5 X 198.5 mm. They shall be available in the following thickness: 35. 30, 25, 20 and 15 mm. The depth of the grooves on the underside of the tile shall not exceed 3 mm. Tolerance on length, breadth and thickness of tiles shall be + 2 percent.

Shape The tiles shall be square shaped. Half tiles rectangular in shape shall also be available. Half tiles for use with full tiles shall have dimensions which shall be such as to make two half tiles, when joined together, match with the dimension of full tile. The shape of tiles other than square shall be as greed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer. Tiles shall be checked for squareness and warp as per IS 4457.

Performance Requirements The tiles when tested in accordance with method given in IS 4457, shall conform to be requirement specified in the code (IS 4457).

Loss in Abrasion The maximum percentage of loss in abrasion of the ceramic unglazed vitreous acid resistant tiles determined in accordance with the procedure laid down in IS 1237, shall be as mentioned in IS 4457.

Marking

Tiles shall be legibly marked on the back with the name of the manufacturer or his trade mark. Manufacturer's batch number and year of manufacture. Each tile may also be marked with the ISI certification mark. 465 SUB HEAD 11.0: FLOORING

Preparation of Surface and Laying Preparation of surface and laying to be according to para 11.21, except the cement used to be acid and or alkali resistant cement and cement mortar to be used to be acid and or Alkali resistant mortar. Thickness of bedding of mortar for flooring to be 10 mm or specified on the item and for dado/skirting to be 12 mm or



specified on item.

Pointing and Finishing As per para 11.22, except that cement used for pointing to be acid and or alkali resistant cement.

Measurements As per SUB HEAD 11.0: FLOORING

Rate The rate for flooring shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. For tiles of sizes upto 0.16 Sqm, unless otherwise specified in the description of the item. Nothing extra shall be paid for the use of cost (Sawn) tiles in the work.

3.11 GLAZED TILE DADO

Please refer Section 11.37A of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1.

PRESSED CERAMIC TILES IN SKIRTING AND DADO

The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. The tiles shall be pressed ceramic covered by a glaze thoroughly matured and fitted to the body. The tiles shall be sound, true to shape, flat and free from flaws and other manufacturing defects affecting their utility. The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed. The underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in order that the tile may adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be free from glaze, however, any glaze if unavoidable shall be permissible on only upto 50 per cent of the surface area of edges. The glaze shall be free from welts, chips, craze, specks, crawlings or other imperfections detracting from the appearance when viewed from a distance of one metre. The glaze shall be either glossy or matt as specified. The glaze shall be white in colour except in the case of coloured tiles when colours shall be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. There may be more than one colour on a tile.

Dimensions and Tolerances Glazed pressed ceramic tiles shall be made square or rectangular in sizes Table 1, 3, 5 & 7 of IS 15622 give the modular sizes and table 2, 4, 6 & 8 of IS 15622 gives the sizes of non-modular tiles. The tiles shall conform to IS 15622 for dimensional tolerance, physical and chemical properties. Half tiles for use as full tiles shall have dimensions which shall be such as to make the half tiles when jointed together (with 1 mm joint) match with dimensions of full tiles. Tiles may be manufactured in sizes other than those specified. above_ The thickness of the tiles shall be 5 mm or 6 mm or as specified. The dimensions of fittings associated with the glazed tiles namely cover base, round edge tile, angles corner cups, ridge and legs, cronices and capping beads shall be of the shape and dimensions as required and the thickness of fittings shall be the same as the thickness of tiles given above.

Preparation of Surfaces

The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15 mm in masonry walls. In case of concrete walls, the surface shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes. The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before skirting is commenced.

Laying 12 mm thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mix of as specified shall be applied and allowed to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes or by scratching diagonal at closed intervals.

The tiles should be soaked in water, washed clean, and a coat of cement slurry applied liberally at the back of tiles and set in the bedding mortar. The tiles shalt be tamped and corrected to proper plane and lines. The tiles shall be set in the required pattern and jointed. The joints shall be as fine as possible. Top of skirting or dado shall be truly horizontal and joints truly vertical except where otherwise indicated. Odd size/cut size of tile shall be adjusted at bottom to take care of slope of the flooring. Skirting and dado shall rest on the top of the flooring. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn) to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth. Skirting /dad° shall not project from the finished "surface of wall" by more than the tile thickness, undulations if any shall be adjusted in wall.

Curing and Finishing



The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire/coir brush or trowel to a depth of 2 mm to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white cement added with pigments if required to match the colour of tiles. The work shall then be kept wet for 7 days.

After curing, the surface shall be washed and finished clean. The finished work shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

Measurements Length shall be measured correct to a cm. Height shall be measured correct to a cm in the case of dado and 5 mm in the case of riser and skirting. The area shall be calculated in square metre, correct to two places of decimal. Length and height shall be measured along the finished face of the skirting or dado including curves where specials such as coves, internal and external angles and beads are used.

Where cornices are used the area of dado shall be measured excluding the cornices. Nothing extra will be paid for cutting (sawn) the tiles to sizes.

Areas where coloured tiles or different types of decorative tiles are used will be measured separately to be paid extra over and above the normal rate for white tiles.

Rates The rate shall include the cost of all material and labour involved in all the operations described above, for tiles of sizes upto 0.14 sqm. unless otherwise specified in the description of the item. The specials such as coves, internal and external angles and beading shall be measured and paid for separately. The rate shall not include cost of cornices which shall be measured and paid for in running meters separately.

3.12 ANTI SKID VITRIFIED TILES FOR FLOORING AND SKIRTING

Please refer SUB HEAD 11.0: FLOORING of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1

PRESSED CERAMIC TILE FLOORING (VITRIFIED TILE FLOORING)

Operations as described in 11.41 shall be followed except the tiles shall conform to Table 12 of IS 15622 (Tiles with water absorption less than 0.08 per cent Group Bla) and the joint thickness in flooring shall not be more than 1mm.

Rate The rate for flooring shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above. Nothing extra shall be paid for the use of cut (sawn) tiles in the work.

3.13 TACTILE TILE FLOORING

Please refer CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 & 2 with up to date amendments. 3.14 Not Applicable 3.15 Not Applicable 3.16 BROKEN WHITE GLAZED CHINA MOSAIC FLOORING

Please refer specification related to GUJARAT SOR 2014-15

WATER PROOFING

INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING Please refer CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 & 2 with up to date Amendments.

INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED TREATMENT FOR WATER PROOFING ON HORIZONTAL SURFACE Please refer Section 22.1 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 2

INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED TREATMENT FOR WATER PROOFING ON HORIZONTAL SURFACE OF UNDER-GROUND STRUCTURE AT ALL DEPTH

Water Proofing of Horizontal Internal Surfaces of Under-Ground Structure (i) Preparation of Surface The Water Proofing Treatment over the lean concrete/levelling course surface should adhere to the surface firmly, the surface of levelling course should be roughened properly when the concrete is still green. In case



the surface is not made rough before the concrete is set, the work of water proofing should not be executed till proper key is provided for the base layer of Cement Mortar 1:3.

(ii) Blending Cement/Water with Water Proofing Compound The required quantity of cement bags to be used for a particular portion of work should be emptied on a dry platform. Water proofing compound bearing ISI mark and conforming to IS 2645 should then be mixed properly with the cement. The quantity of water proofing compound to be mixed should be as prescribed by the manufacturer but not exceeding 3% by weight of cement. The quantity of cement and water proofing compound thus mixed should be thoroughly blended and the blended cement should again be packed in bags.

For the water proofing compound in liquid form, the blending is to be done with water. This can be done by taking the just required quantity of water to be mixed in the particular batch of dry cement mortar. The required quantity of water thus collected per batch of dry cement mortar to be prepared should be mixed with liquid water proofing compound from sealed tins with ISI mark. The water thus mixed with water proofing compound shall be thoroughly stirred so that the water is blended with water proofing compound properly.

(iii) Rough Kota Stone 22 to 25 mm Thick The stone slabs to be used for this item shall be in thickness of 22 mm to 25 mm. Larger size of stone slabs i.e. 550 mm x 550 mm or 550 mm x 850 mm shall be used to minimise the number of joints. General requirement of Kota stone shall be as laid down in CPWD Specifications of Kota Stone flooring.

(iv) Preparation of Cement Slurry Cement slurry shall be prepared by using 2.2 kg of blended cement per sqm. area. Each time only that much quantity shall be prepared which can be covered on the surface and the surface in turn would be covered with 25 mm thick cement mortar base within half an hour. Slurry prepared and remained unused for more than half an hour shall be totally rejected.

(v) Preparation of Cement Mortar Cement mortar 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be prepared with cement/ water duly blended as explained in clause 22.1 (ii). Only that much quantity of cement mortar which can be consumed within half an hour, shall be prepared. Any cement mortar that is prepared and remains unused for more than half an hour shall not be used in the work and shall be rejected.

(vi) Laying Water Proofing Course Before laying the base course of cement mortar 1:3, the lean concrete surface shall be cleaned neatly with water. Cement slurry prepared as per clause 22.2, shall be applied only on the area of the concrete surface, that can be covered with the cement mortar (1:3) base course within half an hour. The cement slurry should cover every spot of the surface and no place shall remain uncovered.

Just after the application of cement slurry on the surface, the cement mortar prepared as per clause 22.1. (i) should be used for laying the base course. Base Course should be laid to a perfect level with wooden/aluminium straight edge of at least 2 mtrs. long. The top surface of cement mortar should be finished neatly and later scratched when green with a suitable instrument before the base course dries and gets hard that is just before the base course takes up initial set.

When the 25 mm thick base course is just getting set the cement slurry prepared as per clause 22.2 should be spread over the base course upto the area that shall be covered with just two to three stone slabs. The cement slurry shall be spread in such a way that the area of base course to be covered immediately shall be covered with slurry without any gap or dry spots. Immediately on applying cement slurry on the base course the Rough Kota Stone slab shall be laid over the base course and pressed gently so that the air gap can be removed. The slurry applied on the surface which gets spread when the stone slab is pressed shall get accumulated in the joints of adjacent stone slabs and if any gap still remains between the stone slabs the same should also be filled with additional quantity of cement slurry. For laying the stone slabs in perfect level, two stone slabs at adjacent concerns/ends shall be fixed firmly to the required level and a string stretched over the two slabs, the intermediate slabs shall then be set to the level of the string.

After filling all the joints of the Rough Kota stone Slabs with cement slurry the area of stone slab shall be laid with cement mortar 1:3. The surface of stone slabs shall be cleaned and lightly watered. Cement mortar 1: 3 prepared as per clause 22.1.1 (iv) shall be used for laying this course. For lay this course 25 mm high wooden strips shall be used and the top surface shall be finished smooth without using additional cement or slurry.



After laying 3rd course and before the mortar layer takes the initial set, Stone aggregate of 10mm to 12 mm nominal size shall be uniformly spread and lightly pressed into the finished surface @ 8 cum. /sqm. The aggregates shall not be embedded totally inside the mortar and shall be visible on the top surface.

In cases where slope is to be provided for the water proofing layer, grading with additional cement concrete/cement mortar shall be provided and then the water proofing layer shall be laid on the graded surface. Extra payment shall however be made for the grading course.

(vii) Curing Immediately after completing the fourth layer, arrangements shall be made for the top RCC slab as quickly as possible and in the meantime till the top slab is casted the water proofing treatment shall be kept wet continuously. In case the concreting of slab gets delayed for more than 2 weeks the curing can be stopped after 14 days.

(viii) Measurement Length and breadth shall be measured along the finished surface correct to a cm and the area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01 sqm.

(ix) Rate The rate shall include the cost of all labour & materials involved in all the operations described above. The cost of grading with cement concrete / cement mortar shall be paid for separately.

INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED TREATMENT FOR WATER PROOFING ON VERTICAL SURFACE Please refer Section 22.2 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 2

INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING TREATMENT ON THE VERTICAL SURFACE OF UNDER GROUND STRUCTURES (FIG. 22.3)

(i) Preparing the Surface The surface of the structure to be treated shall be roughed either by raking of joints in case of brick/ stone masonry or by hacking the cement concrete surface with a specifically made hacking tool just after removing shuttering. Alternately, the surface should be roughened by providing spatter dash key as explained under clause 22.1. While doing water proofing to vertical faces from inside, it shall be ensured that water proofing treatment of floor slab is not damaged. Preferably, water proofing of vertical surface shall be done before that of horizontal surface.

(ii) Blending Cement/Water with Water Proofing Compound Same as under clause 22.1.

(iii) Rough Kota Stone Slab Same as explained under clause 22.1.1.

(iv) Preparation of Cement Slurry Same as explained under clause 22.2. (v) Preparation of Cement Mortar

Same as explained under clause 22.1.(i).

(vi) Laying Water Proofing Course Same as explained under clause 22.5. Further rough kota stone are not sufficiently rough to remain in vertical position held by cement slurry. Therefore, the grip for the stone slab has to be increased and this can be done by planting 12 mm to 15 mm nominal size stone aggregate fixed with araldite on surface of each sand stone slab.

(vii) Curing Same as explained under clause 22.7(e). Further till the water proofing work on vertical face is in progress, the water proofing work done on floor slab shall be kept wet for a minimum period of 14 days. Immediately after completion of water proofing on vertical faces of side walls, the water tank shall be gradually filled with water for testing.

(viii) Measurement Same as explained under clause 22.6.



(ix) Rate

Same as mentioned in item.

4. Toilet/Washroom 4.1 Not Applicable 4.2 EXTRA FOR PROVIDING OPENING FOR COUNTER WASH BASIN Please refer CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1 and 2 with up to date amendments. 4.3 20MM THICK MIRROR POLISHED GRANITE FOR CLADDING WORK Please refer Section 8.6 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1. 5. IRON MONGERY 5.1 CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS 100mm MORTICE LATCH


Mortice Lock and Latch

This should generally conform to IS 2209.

The size of the mortice lock shall be denoted by the length of the body towards the face and it shall be 65 mm, 75 mm and 100 mm as specified. The measured length shall not vary more than 3 mm from the length specified.

5.2 ALUMINIUM DOOR STOPS WALL STOPPERS

Please refer Sub head 9 (7060) of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1. Hanging Rubber Door Stopper

These shall be of cast brass, finished bright, chromium plated or as specified. Aluminium stopper shall be anodised and the anodic coating shall not be less than grade AC-10 of IS 1868. The size and pattern of the door stopper shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size shall be determined by its length.

5.3 UNIVERSAL HYDRAULIC DOOR CLOSER

Please refer Section 9.83 of CPWD Specifications 2018 Volume 1. Universal Hydraulic Door Closer (Exposed Type) These shalt be made of cast iron/aluminium alloy/zinc alloy and of shape and pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

These shall generally conform to IS Specifications for door closers (Hydraulically regulated) IS 3564.

The door closers may be polished or painted and finished with lacquer to desired colour. Aluminium alloy door closer shall be anodized and the anodic coating shall not be less than grade AC 15 of IS 1868. All dents, burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from various components and they shall be pickled, scrubbed and rinsed to remove grease, rust, scale or any other foreign elements. After pickling, all the M.S. parts shall be given phosphating treatment in accordance with IS 3618.

The nominal size of door closers in relation to the weight and the width of the door size to which it is intended to be fitted shall be given in CPWD Specification.

Sampling and Criteria for Conformity: All the door closer of the same nominal size and shape and from the same batch of manufacture, in one consignment shall constitute a lot. The number of door closers to be taken at random from a lot shall depend upon the size of the lot. (Table 9.20). The sample shall be tested for construction, finish, dimensions, interchange ability of parts and performance in accordance of Table 9.20. Any door closer failing in any one or more of these characteristics shall be considered as defective. If in the first sample, the number of defective door closer is less than or equal to corresponding acceptance number, the lot shall be declared as conforming to the requirement of these characteristics. If the number of defective door closer is greater than or equal to the rejection number, the acceptance number but less than the rejection number, lot shall be deemed as not meeting with requirements of these characteristics. If the number of defectives is greater than the acceptance number, but less than the rejection number, a second sample of the size equivalent to that of the first shall be taken to determine the conformity or otherwise of the



lot. The number of defective door closers found in the first and the second sample shall be combined and if the combined number of defective thus obtained is less than or equal to the corresponding acceptance number, the lot shall be declared as conforming to the requirements of these characteristics. Endurance Test- Two door closer in case of lot size 280 or less and five door closers in case of lot size more than 280 shall be selected from those already found satisfactory. These door closers shall be tested for the endurance test. If all the door closers tested for endurance test satisfy the requirement of this standard, the lot shall be deemed as having satisfied the requirements of endurance test, otherwise not. CPWD Specification.

Performance Requirements: After being fitted in its position when the door is opened through 90°, the same should swing back to angle of 20° ± 5° with nominal speed but thereafter, the speed should get automatically retarded and in case of doors with latches, it should be so regulated that in its final position the door smoothly negotiates with the latch.

5.4 ALUMINIUM TOWER BOLT


Tower Bolts These shall generally conform to IS 204 (Part. I) & IS 204 (Part. II). Tower bolts shall be well made and shall be free from defects. The bolts shall be finished to the correct shape and shall have a smooth action. All tower bolts made with sheet of 1.2 mm thickness and above shall have counter sunk screw holes to suit counter sunk head of wood screws. All sharp edges and corners shall be removed and finished smooth.

The height of knob of tower bolt when the door, window etc. is in closed position from the floor level shall be not more than 1.9 metre.

Tower bolts shall be of the following types: a) Aluminium barrel tower bolts with barrel and bolt of extruded sections of aluminium alloy. The knob shall be properly screwed to the bolt and riveted at the back. b) Brass tower bolts with cast brass barrel and rolled or cast brass bolt. Or Brass tower bolts with barrel of extruded sections of brass and rolled or drawn brass bolt. The knobs of brass tower bolts shall be cast and the bolt fixed with knob, steel spring and ball shall be provided between the bolt and the barrel. (c) Mild steel barrel tower bolts with mild steel barrel and mild steel bolt.

Or Mild steel tower bolts with mild steel barrel and cast iron bolts. The plates and straps after assembly shall be firmly riveted or spot welded. The rivet head shall be properly formed and the rivet back shall be flush with the plate. These shall be made in one piece.

Unless otherwise specified bolt shall have finish as given below: (a) Mild steel tower bolts (Types 1 and 2) Bolts bright finished or plated as specified and barrel and socket stove enamelled black. (b) Brass tower bolts (type 3 to 5) Bolt and barrel polished or plated as specified. (c) Aluminium alloy tower bolts (type 6) Bolt and barrel anodized. The anodic film may be either transparent or dyed as specified. The quality of anodized finish shall not be less than grade AC-10 of IS 1868.

Sampling and Criteria for Conformity: It shall be same as specified in Subhead 9 of CPWD Specifications

2018 Volume 1

Schedule “C” (NDSR – Road works)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:



The Technical Specifications in accordance with which the entire work described hereinafter shall be constructed

and completed by the Contractor shall comprise of the following:

a. The General Technical Specifications shall be the "SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE WORKS (Fifth Revision-April-2013)”, as corrected in the original issued by the Ministry of Road Transport & Highway, Government of India and published by the Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

b. In the absence of any definite provisions on any particular issue in the aforesaid Specifications, reference may be made to the latest codes and specifications of IRC and BIS in that order. Where even these are silent, the construction and completion of the works shall conform to sound engineering practice as approved by the Engineer and in case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of the above, the decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. The work, in general, shall be executed as per the description of the item and as per Ministry of Road

Transport & Highway specifications for Roads & Bridges 2013 (Fifth Revision)

2. In case of any variation between different applicable specifications mentioned above, the following order

of precedence shall be followed:

i) Nomenclature of item

ii) Particular specifications attached with the tender document

iii) General specifications for Building works by Road & Building Department of Gujarat

iv) MORT&H - IS:800/IRC 24 -SP 56 latest edition specification

v) Sound Engineering Practice as approved by Engineer.

3. All the materials used in the work shall comply with the requirements of Engineer and shall pass all the

tests and analysis required by him as per particular specifications as applicable or such recognized

specifications as acceptable to the Engineer.

4. The contractor shall be required to provide appliances at sites such as weighing scale, graduated

cylinder, standard sieves, thermometer, slump cones. electric oven, protector moulds etc. in order to

enable the Engineer to conduct the field tests to ensure that the quality consistent with the prescribed

specifications and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

5. The contractor shall at his own cost, make all arrangements and shall provide such facilities as the

Engineer may require for collecting, preparing and forwarding the required number of samples for tests

and for analysis at such time and to such places as directed by the Engineer. Nothing extra shall be paid

for the above and including the cost of material to be tested.

6. The necessary tests shall be conducted in the laboratory of repute, or any other laboratory approved by

the Engineer. The sample for carrying out all or any of the test shall be collected by the Engineer or his

authorized representative.

7. The contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation, forwarding and

testing of such samples. In case he or his authorized representative is not present or does not associate

himself, the result of such test and consequences thereof shall be binding on the contractor.

8. The contractor shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability for use in the works and get written

approval from Engineer before he proceeds with the use of same for execution of works. Nothing extra

shall be paid to the contractor on this account.

9. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specifications and/or IRC codes occur in the documents

relating to this contract the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued there to or revision thereof if

any, up to date of receipt of tender.

Technical Specification Section



Following technical specifications shall be applicable to the relevant items of BOQ

Dismantling the following including loading, unloading and disposal of unserviceable material for all lead or as

directed by Engineer-In-Charge and stacking the serviceable material and backfilling the resulting trenches and

pits complete.

a. central verge -kerb stone. b. Dismantling tiled or stone floors laid in mortar including stacking of serviceable material and

disposal of unserviceable material with all lead and lifts. c. Demolition & disposal of unserviceable material with all lead and lift for unreinforced concrete. d. Demolition of brick work & stone masonry including stacking of serviceable materials and

disposal of unserviceable materials with all lead and lift (1) In cement mortar. e. Demolition including stacking of serviceable materials and disposal of unserviceable materials

with all lead and lift. (I) R.C.C work. Workmanship:

The demolition shall consist of demolition of one or more parts of the building as specified or shown in the drawings. Demolition implies taking up or down or breaking up. This shall consist of demolishing whole or part of work including all relevant item as specified or shown in the drawings.

The demolition shall always be planned before hand and shall be done in reverse order of the one in which the structure was constructed. This scheme shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before starting the work. This however will not absolve the contractor from the responsibility of proper and safe demolition.

Necessary dropping, shoring and under pinning shall be provided for the safety of the adjoining work or property, which is to be left intact, before dismantling and demolishing is taken up and the work shall be carried out in such a way that no damages is caused to the adjoining property.

Wherever required, temporary enclosures or partitions shall also be provide 1. Necessary precautions shall be taken to keep the dust nuisance down as and where necessary.

Dismantling shall be commenced in a systematic manner. All materials which are likely to be damaged by dropping from a height or demolishing roof, masonry etc. shall be carefully dismantled first. The dismantled articles shall be properly stacked as directed.

All materials obtained from demolition shall be the property of Government unless otherwise specified and shall be kept in safe custody until handed over to the Engineer-in-charge.

Any serviceable materials, obtained during dismantling or demolition shall be separated out and stacked properly as directed, with all lead and lift. All unserviceable materials, rubbish etc. shall b stacked as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

On completion of work, the site shall be cleared of all debris rubbish and cleaned as directed.

Mode of measurements & payment:

Measurements of all work except hidden work shall be taken before demolition dismantling and no allowance for increase in bulk shall be allowed. The demolition of lime concrete shall be measured under this item. Specification for deduction for voids, openings etc. shall be on same basis as that employed for construction of work.

All work shall be measured in decimal system as fixed in its place subject to the following limits, unless otherwise stated hereinafter: (a) Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 mt. (b) Area shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 sq. mt. (c) Cubical connection shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 Cu.m.

the rate shall include cost of all labour involved and tools used in demolishing and dismantling including scaffolding. The rate shall also include the charges for separating out and stacking the serviceable materials properly and disposing the unserviceable materials with all lead and lift. The rate also includes for temporary storing for the safety of the portion not required to be pulled down or of adjoining property and providing temporary enclosures or partitions where considered necessary.

The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.

For Dismantling of Tiled Floor:

The relevant specifications of item no 20.1 (I) shall be followed except the dismantling of tiled or stone floors laid on mortars shall be done Dismantling implies carefully taking up or down or these are fixed by nail screws bolts etc. the shall be taken out with proper tools

Mode of measurement & Payment:



The supporting materials such as joints beams if any etc. shall be measured separately the relevant specification of item no 20.1 (I) shall be followed. The rate shall include stacking the unserviceable materials as directed will lead and lift.

The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. meatier

1. Extra rate over item of excavation of earth for excavation of asphalt pavement / RCC of thickness up to 0.20 meter including demolishing the asphalt carpet, metals oiling/cutting Reinforcement etc. complete with stacking the material as directed.

For detailed specification refer 5th revision of MORTH (2013) & also amendment shall be applicable to

the latest versions.

Barricading the entire break down or excavated area on lumsum rental basis using wooden

ballies / M.S. angles at max. 2.0 meter center to center, C.G.I sheet, reflective paint outside to

avoided accident and for smooth traffic diversion and movement including cautionary board etc.

the same shall be removed after completion of work.

For detailed specification refer5th revision of MORTH (2013) & also amendment shall be applicable to the

latest versions.

2. Box cutting the read surface in all sorts of soil, murrum to proper slope & camber for making a base for road work including removing the excavated stuff & depositing on the road side as directed upto 50.00 mt. Lead.

General:

Any soil which generally yields to the application of ack axes and shoves, phawaras rakes or any such ordinary excavating implement or organic soil, gravel silt, sand turf loam, clay, peat etc., fall under this category. Clearing the site: The site on which the structure is to be built shall be cleared and all obstructions, loose stone, materials and rubbish of all kind, bush, wood and trees shall be removed as directed. The materials so obtained shall be property of the Government and be conveyed and stacked as directed. within 50 M. lead. The roots of the trees coming in the sides shall be cut and coated with a hot asphalt. The rate of site clearance is deemed to be included in the rate of earth work for which no extra will be paid. Setting Out: After clearing the site, the center lines will be given by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the work. Contractor shall supply laborers, materials, etc. required for setting out the reference marks and bench marks and shall maintain them as long as required and directed.

Excavation: The excavation in foundation shall be carried out in true line and level and shall have the width and depth as shown in the drawings or as directed. The contractor shall do the necessary shoring and shutting or providing necessary slopes to a safe angle, at his own-cost. The payment for such precautionary measures shall be paid separately if not specified. The bottom of the excavated area shall be 1 evened both longitudinally and transversely. as directed by removing and watering as required. No earth filling will be allowed for bringing it to level, if mistake or any other reason excavation is made. deeper or wider that shown on the plan or directed. The extra depth or width shall be made up with concrete of same proportion as specified for the foundation concrete at the cost of the contractor. The excavation up to 1.5 m. depth shall be measured under this item. Disposal of the excavated stud: The excavated stuff of the selected type shall be used in filling the trenches and plinth or leveling the ground in layer including ramming and watering etc. The balance of the excavated quantity shall be removed by the contractor from the site of work to a place as directed with lead upped 50 M. and all lift.



Mode of measurement and payment: The measurement of excavation in trenches for foundation shall be made according to the sections of

trenches shown on the drawing or as per sections given by the Engineer-in-charge. No payment shall be made for surplus excavation made in excess of above requirements or due to slopping and sloping back as found necessary on account of conditions of soil and requirements of safety. The rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter.

Conveyance charge of earth, lime, murrum, building rubbish, manure, garbage, sludge, excavated

rock, fly ash, aggregates of any kind Including spreading & levelling etc. complete.

Disposal of earth, lime, murrum, building rubbish, manure, garbage, sludge, excavated rock, fly ash,

aggregates of any kind is subject to the following:

Unsuitable materials obtained from clearing site and excavation shall be disposed off within a lead of 50

meters as directed. useful materials obtained from clearing site and excavation shall be stacked within a

lead of 50 mt. beyond the work area as directed. Materials suitable for back filling shall be stacked at

convenient places within a lead of 50 mt. from the structure for reuse. Useful stones from rock excavation

shall be stacked neatly within a lead of 50 M. and will be allowed to be used by the contractor on

payment at rates laid down in the contract or if not so aid down, at schedule of rates of the Division or at

a mutually agreed rates if there are no such rates in the Schedule of rates.

If surplus materials are required to be conveyed beyond 50 M. conveyance will be paid for under a

separate item.

Supplying of graded hand broken stone size of 90 mm to 127 mm at site (Rubble or Spoul).

The stone for rubble soling to be supplied by the contractor and shall be of good quality and size 90 mm

to 127 mm. The stone shall be quarried and shall be sound, angular, durable and free form flaws and

decay and shall be approved by the Engineer in charge. The material shall conform to the following

requirement.

Water Absorption: Maximum 2 %

Impact Value: Maximum 30%

Los angles abrasion Value: Maximum 40%

Crushing Strength: Maximum 30%

Specific gravity: Minimum. 2.5

The stone shall be stacked on neat and uniform ground at roadsides, stack shall be of the regular/

geometric shape, and stack shall be measured in volume. The material shall be stacked in such a way

that there shall be minimum voids. The rate includes quarrying blasting, hand breaking collection

transporting, to the site and stacking in measurable stacks at site. Inferior quality of material brought on

site shall be immediately removed from the site without any extra cost. The rubble or spouls shall be

spread after measurements are recorded and orders are obtained from the Engineer in charge.

Mode of Payment: - The rate shall be paid on cubic meter basis.



Labour charges for spreading the spouls 127 mm thick layer good earth filling in voids correcting

the grade & camber comp. with rolling, watering, incl. preparing the surface by brushing for

removing all loose or dirts etc. comp.

The item relates to labour work of soling. The spouls stacked at any lead from the filling area should be

used good earth obtained from outside only after Engineer in charge approved. The spouls shall be



sorted out from stacks. Extra earth, debris, shall be removed and the spouls shall be placed in position

over the earth level formed to give a suitable soling formation by packing voids, no hollow space is left.

The soling shall be filled up with the same material of finer size, interlock the small cavities between the

soling and the whole soiling shall be made a compact, solid and continues level which shall not be

disturbed while rolling. The entire surface shall be well watered and rolled with a heavy roller weight not

less than 8 ton capacity as directed by engineer in charge. The gaps formed shall be packed again by the

same process. Spouls shall be laid on herringbone bond to required grade and camber. Contractor shall

provide required number of labour at time of rolling to rectify undulation and depression without any extra

payment. The contractor shall have to prepare the surface true in accordance to camber & gradient of the

road. If any extra depth of soling is required in the process that will not be paid for separately.


latest versions

Supply of graded machine cut black trap stone aggregate (metal) of Sevaliya / Tima or equivalent

quality metal of size 25 mm to 40 mm.

The Aggregates shall consist of Black trap machine crushed stone only, obtained from quarries situated

in Sevaliya /Timba or equivalent. It shall remain visibly black on immersion in water. They shall be clean,

strong, durable of fairly cubical shape and free from disintegrated pieces, organic or other deleterious

matters and adherent coating. They shall be free from elongated and flaky piece also. The size of the

aggregate shall be below.

As shown in the Table -500-7

I.S. Sieve (mm) Per cent by weight passing the sieve

Coarse Aggregate

53 100

26.5 40-75

22.4

13.2 0.20

5.6

2.8 0.5

Specific gravity: minimum. 2.5

Water Absorption: Maximum 2 %

Impact Value: Maximum 30%

Los angles abrasion Value: Maximum 40%

Crushing Strength: Maximum 30%

Flakiness &Elongation Combined: Maximum 30%

For stacking relevant Specification of Item No.6 shall be apply.



Mode of Payment: - The rate shall be paid on cubic meter basis.


latest versions.

Labour work for spreading the metal 85 mm thick in single layer, incl. providing & applying bitumen for

semi grouting 2.5 kgs/sqm. & Providing & spreading the key black trap aggregate of good quality on top

at the rate of 0.013 cmt. per sq.m. of size 18 mm passing in 9.5 mm retain rolling with 10 tonne roller etc.

comp. as directed.

The metal shall be screened of any rubbish, dust or grass. Then metal shall be laid uniformly in Single

layers of 85 mm thick, to the required grade and camber as directed by the Engineer in charge. Laying of

metal shall be started after the consolidating soling layers prepared perfectly to the proper line level and

camber. Where camber of soling is found doubtful it shall be corrected prior to spreading metal. Metal

filled in the basket shall be spread evenly in required number of layers as directed. Metal shall be spread

in proper grade and camber if required using camber boards, so as to ensure the corrected surface. The

surface shall be checked at every 15 mts. by means of template and string for correctness of the camber.

The consolidation of metal shall be done by the contractor with a minimum 8 to 10 T roller. The contractor

shall provide required number of labors at the time of rolling to rectify the undulation that might have

occurred during rolling. To carryout grouting of the above said 85 mm thick metalling coat the contractor

shall bring all the required equipment and materials as directed. Bitumen of 80/100 grade (VG-10)

penetration of approved quality heated to a temperature of about 150 C. and shall be applied hot by

means of a sprayer uniformly over the surface at the rate of 2.5 kg./sq. mt. up to the satisfaction of

Engineer in charge. Immediately following the application of bitumen. Key aggregate of as specified in

below table and of approved quality shall be evenly spread out at rate of 0.013 cum. per sq. mt. After

spreading the chipping, the whole area shall be rolled over thoroughly with a 8 T to 10 T. roller It is

important that the rolling should be done while the bitumen is still soft and it should be continued until the

road sets and there is no settlement under the roller.

The mode of payment for this item shall be on sq. mt. basis.


latest versions.

3. Supplying and Spreading good quality coarse sand free from Impurities including Transportation to Site and labour cost for Spreading etc. Comp. as directed.



Rolling of Earth Work in layers with power roller including filling in depressions which occurs during the

process.


latest versions.

Watering of Earth as Directed.


latest versions.

Collecting carting, stacking, spreading and levelling coarse sand in 150 mm thick compacted layer

including watering up to OMC, rolling and consolidation with power roller etc complete as directed.


latest versions

4. Earthwork for embankment including breaking clods, dressing with all lead and lift (excluding watering

and consolidation) (E) From Borrow area within 3.0 Km. lead (more than 10 ton).





5. Granular Sub-Base with Coarse Graded Material (Table: - 400- 1) (Construction of granular sub-base by providing coarse graded material, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place method with rotavator at OMC, and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density, complete for Grade - III Material.



6. Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to wet mix macadam specification including premixing the Material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant carriage of mixed Material by tipper to site, laying in uniform layers in sub- base / base course on well prepared surface and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density as per MORTH clause 406.



7. Providing and applying primer coat with cationic bitumen emulsion SS1 grade conforming to IS:8887 on prepared surface of wet mix macadam including clearing of Wet mix macadam surface with air compressor to remove all loose material other foreign material. The primer shall be sprayed uniformly at the rate of 0.70-1.0 kg/sqm. It shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer, equipped for spraying the material uniformly at a specified rate. No dilution or heating at site of RS1 bitumen emulsion shall be permitted.



8. Providing and applying tack coat with VG-10 Grade bitumen using bitumen pressure distributor at the rate of 0.20 kg/sqm on the existing bituminous surface cleaned with Air Compressor.



9. Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam (Providing and laying dense bituminous macadam with 100-120 TPH batch type HMP producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ min 4.5% by weight of total mix, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a self-propelled paving machine equipped with an electronic sensing device to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with 8-10 tonne static weight or vibratory roller or with a pneumatic tyre roller of 12 to 15 tonne weight to achieve the desired compaction as per approved design mix . for Grading-II (26.5 mm nominal size).



All aggregates used in the Hotmix material should be confirmed to the relevant standards and it should

be procured from the approved source/region specifically from the Sevaliya/Sathamba/Othvad area only.

10. Bituminous Concrete (Providing and laying bituminous concrete with 100-120 TPH batch type hot mix plant producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ min. 5.4 % of mix, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a self-propelled paving machine equipped with an electronic sensing device to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with 8-10 tonne static weight or vibratory roller or with a pneumatic tyre roller of 12 to 15 tonne weight to achieve the desired compaction as per approved design mix. for Grading-I (13 mm nominal size).





All aggregates used in the Hotmix material should be confirmed to the relevant standards and it should

be procured from the approved source/region specifically from the Sevaliya/Sathamba/Othvad area only.

Over and above items mentioned in the clause of 501.8.8.2, the contract unit rate of bituminous concrete

work shall also includes:

1. Finding of buried man hole during resurfacing activity if any

2. Cleaning of bitumen from all catch pits.

3. Submission of colour photographs of cleaned catch pits

4. Removal of all debris from site.

After completion of Bituminous concrete work, 90% amount of Bituminous concrete work will be released.

Remaining 10% amount will be released after satisfactorily completion of raising of all Manholes & Catch

pits of individual road included in the scope of work or tender.

11. Supplying and Mixing in Bitumen Tank Nanotechnology based reactive penetrative 100% oregano-saline

compound (Anti stripping Agents) for chemical bonding, complete coating and consistent compaction of

HOTMIX ASPHALT the product should be soluble in asphalt and water. The product should be in 400-

1000 cp viscosity as approved by engineer in charge. The material to be supplied at Hotmix plant and

Mixing shall be done as per specifications.

The Material shall be Acts as a reactive Anti strip additive to bitumen binder in asphalt layers.

Eliminates the bonding failures in wet conditions. Not impart any odor to the asphalt binder or

asphalt mix Not cause any corrosion and skin irritation.

Material- The material shall be of Nanotechnology based reactive penetrative 100 % oregano saline

compound for chemical, bonding complete coating and consistent compaction of HOT MIX

ASPHALT The product should be soluble in asphalt and water. The product should be in 400 - 1000

cp viscosity.

Technical Specifications

SN Particulars Specifications.

1 Nature of Product Reactive Penetrative 100 % oregano

saline Nano modifier of aggregate

surfaces. 2 Appearance Pale yellow liquid

3 Solubility Soluble in water and asphalt

4 Viscosity 400- 1000 Centipoise

5 Density 1.00 - 1.02 g/ml.

6 Solid content 65 - 67%

7 Flash point >80ºC (176ºF)

8 Packing 20 Kg carboys

6 Delivery The Material to be delivered at Hot Mix

plant.

Mode of Measurement: - The contract unit rate for supply of material shall be paid in kg. basis.

The contract unit rate shall be inclusive of all applicable taxes (i.e. Excise duty, VAT/GST etc.) at

the time of delivery including transportation charges.



Notes: - Contractor shall be responsible for good quality of material and material should be perform according to main objective of adding anti stripping Agent in Hot Mix Asphalt.

TEST SCHEDULE:

Brief Description of

materials to be

tested

Frequency @ which test shall

be carried out in GERI/Govt.

approved Pvt.

Lab.

Tests

Organo saline chemical Bulk viscosity water solubility

solid content.

1 Test per M.T. of

product/ Batch.

12. Providing and laying Asphalt painting on B.T. surface with bitumen grade 60/70 (VG-30) @rate of 5 kg/10 smt by Mechanical sprayer and spreading the stone dust on prepared surface at the rate of 0.03 cum/10 smt. and rolling with smooth wheeled and pneumatic roller and brushing etc. comp.



13. Repairing damaged M.H. and raising M.H. up to road level incl. removing damaged brick work and

repairing by brick masonry in C.M. 1:5 and plaster in C.M. 1:3 and fixing C.I. steps and existing MH sheet

cover, removing the debris from MH and carting the same as directed.

This item relates to repairing work of above item of manhole with fixing existing seat at top & fixing pre-

cast FRC cover (medium duty) repairing up to 2.00 mt. depth. This item relates to repairing existing

manhole of 1.40 x 1.00 or 1.00 x 0.75 mt. size with removing first existing seat & cover including

demolishing existing loose masonry work up to from GF level to depth if specified & up to same height

brick work in CM 1:5 shall be completed & after of that work plastering work in CM 1:3 shall also be done.

Rate including fixing existing or new (if not there) C.I. steps shall fixed at time of masonary work. After

completion of brick work & plastering same manhole seat & cover fixing at top & casted it in C.C. 1:2:4

etc. Measurements shall be given on no. of basis up to 2.00 mt. depth work.

For detailed specification refer R & B Department booklet for General Technical Specification for building

works & 5th Revision of MORTH.

Items also includes:

1. Proper Barricading to avoid accidents.

2. Removal of debris from site.

3. Compaction of Bitumen by Roller.

4. Applying tack coat before laying of Hotmix material.

14. Repairing damaged I.C./ Raising removing damaged brick work and repairing by brick masonry in C.M. 1:5 and plaster in C.M. 1:3 and fixing C.I. steps and existing chamber sheet cover, removing the debris from chamber and carting the same as directed.





15. Carting and Fixing M.H., Chamber or Catch Pit Seat and Cover in line and level to match existing road

level in C.C. 1:2:4 and finishing smooth, watering and protecting for 7 days etc. complete as directed.

M.H. in the scope of Contractor.



16. Raising of Existing manhole. Item includes, cutting of existing road surround by Manhole by diamond

cutter machine, dismantling of road in confined area by breaker machine and carting of dismantled

material. Item also included necessary brick work to raise the manhole at road level in CM 1:3. Item also

included fixing of Manhole frame at exact road level by using Master Emaco S 488 trowel able fiber

reinforced thixotropic repair mortar material, laying of concrete made from Master Emaco S 346 flowable

micro concrete material in desired thickness and laying of hot mix bituminous material in upper layer and

compaction of hot mix bituminous material by Plate compactor machine. Rate also included necessary

plaster at inside of manhole in CM 1:3 in 20 mm thickness on raised brickwork.

For relevant Specification of Item No.22 shall be apply.



17. Milling the existing bituminous pavement up to a depth of 50 mm by milling machine in a single cutting

depth, to make a uniform surface without disturbing the base including diversion of traffic, removing

milled materials and disposal of milled material to an approved dumping yard (within 12 km lead)

including loading and unloading, all leads and lift, fuel, lubricant charges etc complete.

SCOPE

The work to be executed under this Specification consists of the removal of Asphalt and Concrete surface

by cold milling to a specified depth, the hauling of the cold milled material to designated stockpiles and

disposal areas and the sweeping of the pavement.

CONTROL OF TRAFFIC

1. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid or minimize delays and inconvenience to road

users during the course of the work. When adequate detours or side-tracks are included in the contract,

or are otherwise available, traffic shall be temporarily diverted while the work is in progress.

2. If facilities for the diversion of traffic are not available, the Contractor shall arrange the work to provide

for the flow of traffic in accordance with the requirements of the control of traffic.

3. In addition, on the approaches to the work and at intervals for the appropriate speed zone, temporary

refectories signs `Cycle Hazard Grooved Road', shall be clearly displayed.

4. Notwithstanding the previous paragraph (3) all temporary signage shall comply with the site specific

requirements.

5. All traffic control personnel are to possess valid state drivers licenses and relevant certification in

accordance with the control of traffic.

6. Documentation denoting the names of traffic control personnel and their respective traffic control

certification are to be forwarded to the Superintendent for inspection prior to the commencement of work.

7. Notwithstanding the previous clause, inspection of the credentials of traffic control personnel does not

place the Superintendent as the guarantor of such documentation.

8. Responsibility pertaining to the qualifications of Traffic Control personnel shall be borne by the

Contractors.



9. All costs occurring as a result of obtaining equipment, personnel or services to provide traffic control to

comply with the requirements of this Specification shall be borne by the Contractor.

CONTROL OF WORK

1. The Superintendent may direct the depth, width, length, alignment and section of road to be cold milled

at any time.

2. The Superintendent may order work to cease temporarily on account of dust nuisance, excessive

windrows or loose material, excessive roughness of the cold milled surface or any circumstances which

the Superintendent considers may adversely affect the work or public safety.

COLD MILLING OPERATION

1. The operation of the cold milling machine shall be controlled either by levelling beam or string line and

automatic sensors unless otherwise approved by the Superintendent.

2. The nominated depth(s) of cut of the cold milling machine shall be as directed by the Superintendent.

The cut shall be automatically controlled, with the control set such that the maximum difference in levels

between adjacent runs shall not exceed 5mm. The average depth of cut measured across the cut from

the adjacent surfaces to the top of the milled surface and at intervals along the work shall not vary by

more than 5mm from the specified thickness. When string line and automatic sensors are used the top of

the milled surface shall not vary by more than 5mm from the specified depth below the string line.

3. Prior to milling operations the Contractor shall determine, using appropriate equipment such as metal

detectors etc., the location of any hidden utilities or buried objects that may be damaged by milling

operations. The onus of locating such structures and determining their susceptibility to damage by

operations are the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

4. The Contractor shall liaise with the relevant Authorities for all underground utility services within the

site of the works. The utility Authorities’ contact persons are shown in the general Specification,

5. If in the opinion of the Superintendent, the milled floor contains material that is deemed unsuitable, that

material shall be milled to a depth as directed by the Superintendent. Additional payment shall be based

upon a square meter rate commensurable with the remainder of the works quoted.

6. When milling near access chambers or other similar structures the cold milling machine shall be

operated as close as possible to the structure without causing damage to it. The remaining asphalt and

base course shall be removed by hand or other method approved by the Superintendent. A ramp using

asphalt shall be formed and compacted around the structure. The ramp shall have a minimum taper

length of 1.0m for each 50mm thickness of asphalt and concrete surface removed or part thereof. This

work shall not constitute a variation of contract.

7. At the end of the day’s work, or whenever the milled pavement is left un attended and reopened to

traffic, the work shall be arranged so that no longitudinal or transverse edges of milled asphalt and base

course, which can affect traffic, are left unattended. Prior to reopening the milled pavement to

unrestricted use by traffic and at the end of the day's work, the final milled lane shall be bevelled such

that the maximum lip between the milled run and the un milled run does not exceed 10mm. When

beveling is not possible, the fall off in levels shall be ramped with milled material.

8. Longitudinal and transverse ramps, used to tie the milled surface into the existing road levels, shall

have a minimum taper length of 1m for each 50mm variation in levels or part thereof. Where the speed

limit exceeds 60km/h, transverse ramps shall have a taper length of 2.5m for each 50mm.

9. Any material not removed by the cold milling machine adjacent to concrete medians, kerb and gutter or

drainage structures such as pit grates shall be removed by hand or other means approved by the

Superintendent. When necessary for traffic safety, or when directed by the Superintendent, milled



material or asphalt ramps shall be placed by the Contractor.

10. Any weakened planes of asphalt and base course which are not removed by the milling operation but

in the opinion of the Superintendent will break up under traffic shall be rem oved either by an additional

pass of the cold milling machine or by other means to the satisfaction of the Superintendent.

11. Following the cold milling operation all loose material shall be removed from the road pavement, gully

pits and median areas. The pavement shall be swept and the site left in a clean and tidy state to the

satisfaction of the Superintendent. All cold milled material shall be removed from the site and transported

to stockpile site(s) or otherwise removed from the site to the satisfaction of the Superintendent.

12. If sub-surface utilities or structures are damaged by milling operations, the Contractor shall notify the

relevant Authority and arrange for the damage to be rectified to reinstate the utility or structure to pre-

construction condition. All costs associated with such rectification works shall be borne by the Contractor.

13. Prior to covering the milled surface, the Contractor shall arrange to inspect the surface with the

Superintendent prior to the removal of milling equipment from site.

TRANSPORT

1. The Contractor shall supply sufficient trucks to enable a continuous output to be achieved by the cold

milling machine with minimal delay.

2. When loading by conveyor, the trucks shall back up and maintain a similar speed to the cold milling

machine. The driver shall distribute the load of milled material uniformly over the truck body. The

Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding the covering and securing of loads where

applicable. The cover shall overlap the truck body by at least 250mm and be tied down securely.

DISPOSAL OF MILLINGS

1. Proposed stockpile site(s) shall be nominated by the Superintendent.

2. The cold milled material shall be tipped in orderly stockpiles and not isolated heaps. When

measurement is by volume, the stockpiles shall be levelled to a height of 2 meters and be uniform in

shape.

3. Where the Superintendent does not wish to keep the millings, the Contractor will be fully responsible

for their disposal.



Milling the existing bituminous pavement for a depth more than 50 mm but up to 100 mm by milling

machine in a single cutting depth to make a uniform surface without disturbing the base including

diversion of traffic, removing milled materials and disposal of milled material to an approved dumping

yard (within 12 km lead) including loading and unloading, all leads and lift, fuel, lubricant charges etc.

complete.(For every increase in 10mm milling depth beyond 50mm-the rate will increase Rs.4.99 upto

100mm milling depth on Rs.75.22.) For detailed specification refer 5th revision of MORTH (2013) & also

amendment shall be applicable to the latest versions.

Manufacturing, Testing, Supplying, Loading, Transporting To Work Site, Unloading, Lowering In

Trenches, Laying And Jointing R.C.C.,Np-3 Class Pipes With socket and spigot joints as per IS 458-2003

Including EPDM Rubber ring as per IS 5382-1985 etc. comp. As Directed by engineering in charge.

a) 300 mm internal diameter. b) 450 mm internal diameter. c) 600 mm internal diameter.



For detailed specification refer GWSSB Department booklet for General Technical Specification& also amendment shall be applicable to the latest versions

18. Providing F.R.C. MH seat cover incl. carting to the work site etc. comp. Directed.

a. F.R.C. Extra Heavy Duty (EHD-35) Manhole Covers & Frames Cover: 728mm ø & 100 mm thick

circular cover, 35.00 MT load design, 100x2mm MS flat allround, 16mm ø plain round bar for lifting the

cover & should be fitted with plastic cups. Frame: 560 mm ø clear opening, outer size- 888x888x175 mm.

On the upper periphery of frame 25 x 3 mm wide MS flat should be well embed in concrete to protect the

edges of frame. FRC E.H.D.-35 manhole cover & frame described as above

b. FRC heavy duty cover size 730 mm. & 90 mm thick circular cover 20 M.T. design load and frame size

560 mm clear opening size 890 x 890 x 120 mm.

c. FRC medium duty cover size 670 mm dia & 70 mm thick 10 M.T. load design and frame size 560 mm

clear opening outer size 780 x 780 x 120 mm

d. FRC medium duty Chamber seat cover (FRC) cover 706 x 556 x 50 mm rectangular cover frame size

600 x 450 mm clear opening outer size 816 x 666 x 100 mm (MD-10)

e. FRC light duty Chamber seat cover (FRC) cover with rectangular frame (LD-2.5)

Frame and Cover shall be well casted and having good finishing. It shall be made from M300 grade.

Concrete with more than 0.5% fiber by weight of concrete as mention in IS:12592:2002. Three coats of

Black bituminous / anticorrosive paint must be applied on back side of covers. Each cover and frame

shall be marked with manufactures trade mark / loading grade, month and year of manufacturing

(marking shown in IS:12592:2002). The cover should be embossed with chequered design.

Transportation expenses will be borne by the contractor. IS: 12592:2002 shall be followed for Production

and Testing of Frame and cover. The sectional weight of concrete of each item should be 2400 to 2500

kg. /cu.m.

The rate shall be for a unit of per no. basis.

Carting and Fixing M.H., Chamber or Catch pit Seat and Cover in line and level to match existing road

level in C.C. 1:2:4 and finishing smooth, watering and protecting for 7 days etc. complete as directed.

M.H. seat cover in the scope of Contractor.

19. Providing and fixing cast iron manhole frame of weight 80 to 85 kg suitable for existing EHD-35

FRC MH cover, rate also incl. loading, unloading and fixing the frame in line and level to match

existing road level in C.C. 1:2:4 and finishing smooth, watering and protecting for 7 days etc.

complete as per instruction by engineer in charge.


the latest versions

Constructing B.P. type Catch pit of size 0.60 x 0.60 depth up to 0.75 mt including excavation, P.C.C.

(1:4:8), 23 cm thick brick masonry wall in CM (1:6) with 40 mm thick IPS flooring in the prop M15 at

bottom and 15 mm thick cement plaster inside the catch pit in the proportion of CM (1:3) without jali etc.

comp. as directed.


works.

The contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage to the catch pit up to the end of work. He shall

also be responsible for the cleaning all bituminous material from the catch pit.

Catch Pit Jali Fixing P/F FRC catch pit jali with frame 600mm x 600mm clear opening etc. comp. As

directed by engineer in charge.



20. Supplying and fixing of 380 mm H x 300 mm L x 200 mm B Kerb block for Central Verge in M-20 grade

using 20 mm nominal size black trap aggregate of Sevaliya/Timba or equivalent quality for pre-cast



blocks, reasonably exposed finish/ formwork, mould with well equipped with vibratory system for kerb

stones of approved design including curing, etc. complete, including the cost of formwork etc. complete.

The rate shall also include necessary cutting of asphalt, fixing the Kerb stones in line and level on 5 cm

thick sand bedding with necessary equipments and materials. The rate shall also include the flush

pointing in CM (1:3) for all joints of the kerb stones. Filling of zari alone the sides of the kerb stone fixed

with Bituminous concrete mixed in proper position as directed by Engineer in change to form a portable

mixture. In any case Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production.

Materials: Water shall conform to M-1. Cement to M-2. Sand to M-5. Grit to M-7. Graded stone

aggregate 20 mm. nominal size to M-10 of General technical specification for building work of

R&B Department of Gujarat.

General:

Contractor shall have to manufacture the blocks as per the dimensions given in the drawing. Specific

machineries shall be used to manufacture the precast blocks. These machineries should be compatible

to produce blocks of required strength and dimensions. The machine shall contain hydraulic Press or

advanced equipment to generate required compaction & Grade and finish. Moulds/ Steel Plates/ Dies of

the machine shall be dimensionally checked & to be got approved before commencing the production.

Contractor shall prepare proper Drying Yard for keeping the blocks before curing. The drying yard shall

be levelled and covered so that no shrinkage cracks are formed. Contractor shall prepare adequate size

curing pond to cure the blocks for not less than 21 Days. No other means of curing shall be allowed. The

technical specification of concrete shall confirm to IS 456-2000. The concrete mix is not required to be

designed and only nominal mix as per IS: 456-2000 shall be followed. The proportion of the concrete mix

shall be 1:1.5:3 (1 cement: 1.5 coarse sand: 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm. nominal size) by volume.

Concrete work shall have fairly exposed concrete surface or as specified in the item. The designation

ordinary M-10, M-15, M-20, M-25 specified as per I.S. corresponds approximately to 1:3:6, 1:2:4, 1:1.5:3

and 1:1:2 nominal mix of ordinary concrete, by volume respectively. The ingredients required for ordinary

concrete containing one bag of cement of 50 Kg. by weight (0.0342 m3.) for different proportions of mix

shall be as per IS 456-2000. The proportion of the aggregate for the kerb stone shall be modified as per

the approval of the engineer-in-charge. The water cement ratios shall not be more than those specified

as per IS. The cement of the mix shall be increased, if the quantity of water in a mix has to be increased

to overcome the difficulties of placement and compaction so that the water cement ratio specified in the

table is not exceeded. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as large as possible within the

limits specified but in no case greater than 1/4th of the minimum thickness of the member, provided that

the concrete can be placed without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement thoroughly and to fill the

corners of the form. For reinforced concrete work, coarse aggregates having a nominal size of 20 mm.

are generally considered satisfactory. Admixture shall be used in concrete only with approval of the

Engineer-in-charge based upon the evidence that with the passage of time, neither the compressive

strength of concrete is reduced nor are other requisite qualities of concrete impaired by the use of such

admixtures.

Proportioning:

Proportioning shall be done by volume, except cement which shall be measured in terms of bags of 50 kg

weight. The volume of one such bag can be taken as 0.0342 m3. Boxes of suitable sizes shall be used

for measuring sand and aggregate. The size of the boxes (internal) shall be 30cm. x 30 cm. and 38 cm.

deep. While measuring the aggregate and sand, the box shall be filled without shaking ramming or

hammering. The proportioning of sand shall be on the basis of its dry volume and in case of damp sand;

allowances for bulk age shall be made.

Mixing:

For all work, concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer which along with other accessories shall be

kept in first class working condition and maintained throughout the construction. Measured quantity of

aggregate, sand, and cement required for each batch shall be poured into the drum of the mechanical

mixer while it is continuously running. After about half a minute of dry-mixing, measured quantity of water

required for each batch of concrete mix shall be added gradually and mixing continued for another one



and a half minute. Mixing shall be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and uniform colour of

the entire mass is obtained and each individual particle of the coarse aggregate shows complete coating

of mortar containing its proportionate amount of cement. In no case shall the mixing be done for less

than 2 minutes after all ingredients have been put into the mixer. Mixers which have been out of use for

more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise

agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge, the first batch of concrete from the mixture shall contain only 2/3rds

of normal quantity of coarse aggregate. Mixing plant shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from

one type of cement to another.

Consistency: The degree of consistency which shall depend upon the nature of the work and methods

of vibration of concrete shall be determined by regular slump tests in accordance with IS: 1199-1959. The

slump of 10 mm. to 25 mm. shall be adopted when vibrators are used.

Inspection: All Moulds shall be cleaned and made free from standing water, dust, snow, or ice

immediately before placing of concrete.

Formwork/Metal Mould for exposed concrete surface (If indicated):

All the moulds shall be checked for exact dimensions of the precast blocks. All the edges of the precast

blocks shall confirm the profile of the final drawing & edges/ curvatures of the moulds shall be checked

accordingly. Moulds shall be regularly checked for correctness of dimensions of Blocks, twists, bends due

to handling, etc. Before starting every day’s work.

Care shall be taken to set all formwork/Mould in perfect line, level (or in required camber or slope as

specified) and plumb. Formwork/Mould propping shall be strong, rigid, and sturdy. The formwork/Mould

shall be as per pattern & design shown in drawings. Formwork/Mould shall be done accurately and

precisely so as to achieve neat, clean and smooth concrete surface, in line, level and plumb. Clinks,

twists, offsets, warps, riveting etc. in plates or forms shall not be allowed. Before placing concrete, forms

shall be thoroughly cleaned off of all rust, dust, and loose materials. Colourless oil or grease of approved

quality shall be applied before placing steel. Also the formwork material will be of wood/plywood/steel or

any sort of such material, as approved by the Engineer in charge; so that all exposed concrete surfaces

have uniform colour.

For all kind of exposed concrete work only one brand (to be approved by the Engineer-in charge) of

cement shall be used.

Removal of Moulds: Specific time shall be identified for removal of moulds, such that the concrete of

the precast blocks shall gain strength to withstand the stresses generated due to self-weight and handling

to drying yards without any deformation to shape/ dimensions/ edges.

Drying Period: Sufficient time shall be given to the block after it is removed from the mould so that it can

gain strength and dry in shade to prevent any cracks due to shrinkage. This shall be done in drying yards.

Curing Period: Curing of block shall be done only in curing pond and curing shall be done for minimum

14 days.

Drying period after removing from pond & before delivery to site: Water should be drained of from

the block before it is actually sent to the site. Time should be provided for proper draining of water which

may be present in the block kept for curing in the pond.

Precautions: Precaution shall be taken while transporting of the blocks to site.

The blocks should be loaded and unloaded with due care so as to avoid generation of stresses leading to

breaking of block. Care should be taken to prevent the block from breaking during transporting.

Fixing: The pits of the size 0.15 M in width and required depth shall first be excavated, true to line and

level. The relevant specifications of item A- 1 shall be followed for excavation work. The pits shall be filled

with a layer of 0.05 M. thick sand bedding. The curbs then shall be placed in position of which 50mm.



shall be below road. Care should be taken to maintain proper line and level. The joints between the

kerbs shall be pointed with C.M. 1:2 and cured for minimum seven days.

Sampling and testing of concrete: Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS: 1199-1959

and cubes shall be made, cured and tested at 7 days or 28 days as per requirements in accordance with

IS: 516-1959. A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall

have a reasonable chance of being tested i.e. the sampling should be spread over the entire period of

concreting and cover all mixing units.

NOTE: At least 1 sample shall be taken from each shift. Ten test specimens shall be made from each

sample, 5 for testing at 7 days, and the remaining 5 at 28 days. The samples of concrete shall be taken

on each day of the concreting as per above frequency. The number of specimens may be suitably

increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charge when procedure of tests given above reveals

a poor quality of concrete and in other special cases. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for

each day shall not be less than the specified cube strength of 200 Kg/cm2 at 28 days. 20% of the cubes

cast for each day may have value less than the specified strength provided the lowest value is not less

than 85% of the specified strength. If the concrete made in accordance with the proportions given for a

particular grade, does not yield the specified strength, such concrete shall be classified as belonging to

the appropriate lower grade. Concrete made in accordance with the proportions given for a particular

grade shall not, however, be placed in a higher grade on the ground that the test strength is higher than

the minimum specified. If rock pockets/honeycombs in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge are of such an

extent or character so as to affect the strength of the structure, materially or to endanger the life of the

steel reinforcement, he may declare the concrete defective and require the removal and replacement of

the portion of the structure affected.

Precast Kerb Stones: The relevant specifications of concreting as per item above shall be followed

except that work shall be carried out for precast concrete kerb stones as specified in the item. All Precast

members shall be cast at workshop. Sufficient curing shall be done before placement of the same the

method of transporting and placing the precast members shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

Members shall be so transported that no breakage or undue stresses are induced in them. If required, all

members shall have a key provided on both the faces i.e top and bottom surfaces, of adequate size so as

to fill the same with concrete while laying. The function of this key is to avoid the leakage through the joint

between the precast member and the member on which it is laid.

Mode of Measurements and Payment: The rate shall include cost of formwork but exclude the cost of

reinforcement. The volume occupied by reinforcement shall not be deducted from R.C.C. work.

Mode of measurements and payment: The rate shall be for a unit of Rmt.

21. Supplying and fixing of 300 mm-L x 150 mm-B x 380 mm-H Kerb block for Footpath in M-20 grade using 20 mm nominal size black trap aggregate of Sevaliya/Timba or equivalent quality for pre-cast blocks, reasonably exposed finish/ formwork, mould with well equipped with vibratory system for kerb stones of approved design including curing, etc. complete, including the cost of formwork etc. complete. The rate shall also include necessary cutting of asphalt, fixing the Kerb stones in line and level on 5 cm thick sand bedding with necessary equipments and materials. The rate shall also include the flush pointing in CM (1:3) for all joints of the kerbstones. Filling of zari alone the sides of the kerb stone fixed with Bituminous concrete mixed in proper position as directed by Engineer in change to form a portable mixture. In any case Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production.

Specification as per Item No. 34

22. Providing and Laying of Rubber Moulded Paver Block Grey/Coloured 60 mm thick, M-35 Grade of any size; shape (Usually Uni-Paver Blocks) using black trap good quality aggragate of 20 mm nominal size for footpath, parking areas, service lanes and other areas as mentioned in the drawing / instruction of engineer in charge. Cost includes formworks using rubber mould, Rate providing and laying paver blocks as per required grading and specification. The paver block shall be mechanically compacted. The work of paving blocks shall be executed in line and level by skill mason of flooring work only. It should be laid in



such a way that the no cutting of the paver block to be necessary. if cutting of paver block necessary then it should be cut by machine only and carting. The finished surface of the paver block shall have resonably good, plain finished. Paver blocks shall be compacted and shall be relaid if necessary. Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production. Laying on 5 cms thick sand bedding.

Laying on 5 cm thick sand bedding.

Scope of work: Excavation and compaction up to 30 cm in height for footpath paving in all sorts of soil

murrum including sorting outs and stacking of useful materials stuff up to 5 km.

The scope of work includes manufacturing, supplying, and lying of precast paver blocks at various Retail

outlets. The work includes: Verification of the existing site condition and advising our project in charge to

lay suitable base course if required. Contractors are required to satisfy themselves with quality of sub

grade, sub-base course before the paver blocks are laid and suggest strengthening if required.

Clearing the site by removing all obstacles such as stones, debris etc. for laying of paver blocks.

Manufacturing of paver blocks in your plant as per requirements in technical specification enclosed.

Supplying of paver blocks at site, including handling at both ends.

Laying of paver blocks at site as per requirement in technical specification on 5 cm thick sand bedding,

within shortest possible time the site is public place hence care should be taken to ensure that the routine

activities should not be disturbed. The job of laying may require to be carried out during night also.

Testing of paver blocks shall through reputed Govt. /Non Govt. Test house only and submission of test

results as per requirements in Technical Specifications. MEGA reserves the right to carryout test at

random. Cost for such tests to be borne by party. The contractor shall guarantee that all material and

components designed, fabricated, supplied, and laid by him shall be free from any type of defect due to

faulty material and/or workmanship/erection for a period of One year from the date of completion of work.

However, the contractor one year's shall render free maintenance.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:

Paver Block Manufacturing Facilities:

The Paver Block shall be made in factory with following minimum facilities:

Concrete Block making Machines:

The machine should be capable of producing high quality Paver Blocks by obtaining high level of

compaction by application of hydraulic compaction and also by high intensity vibration to the moulds.

The machine should have automatic control panel for uniformity in strength.

Concrete Batching & Mixing Plant: (Not essential)

The concrete Mix Design should be followed for each batch of materials. The concrete ingredient should

be mixed in concrete Batching & Mixing plant with minimum capacity of 30 cum/hour. The plant should

have equipped with automatic control panel for maintaining water cement ratio from batch to batch to

obtain concrete of uniform quality and strength. The plant should be equipped with adequate mechanism

for mechanized loading of raw materials into mixer and conveyor belt for transportation of concrete from

mixer to concrete block making machine to maintain quality of wet cement.

Curing: The factory should have well designed curing area to ensure adequate curing of paver blocks.

Laboratory (Desirable but not essential):

The factory should have the following:

A Compression testing machine of adequate capacity. Other tools and equipment for testing raw materials and paver blocks.



Systematic record of test results of various paver blocks manufactured in the factory. Concrete Mix Design for various grade of concrete used for making of paver blocks.

SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLOURED PAVER BLOCKS:

Coloured concrete paver blocks shall be manufactured as per attached specifications using or equivalent

approved colour Pigment of “BAYER” Make “BAYFERROX IRONOXIDE PIGMENTS” with minimum

colour pigment of 3% by weight of cement. The colour shade shall be “RED” as selected by MEGA before

commencement of the work. White cement shall be used for colored pavers to obtain the desired colour

shade. The job also includes providing 50 mm thick sand bedding to match the shade of the paver block.

The colour of the paver block shall be guaranteed against fading of colour for period of 12 months from

the date of laying of the same at site.

All other technical specifications & Procedure for testing, laying & sampling of coloured pavers will be as

per attachment.

Paver Block Dimensions:

Thickness 60 mm

Shape Unipaver, I shape or directed by Addl.C.E.

Chamfer 4mm to 6mm along top edges

Colour a. Natural cement grey colour without use of any pigment. b. For coloured pavers refer “specifications for coloured

pavers”

Dimensional Tolerance (+/-) 2mm for length & width,

(+/-) 3mm for Height (Thickness)

Testing of Paver Blocks:

SR. NO. * TEST Average Values

(Average of Minimum Five Samples/Site)

1. Compressive Strength Min. 35 N/Sq mm for 60mm thick

2. Flexural Strength Minimum 4.5 N/Sq mm

3. Abrasion Resistance Maximum 1.5

4. Water Absorption Maximum 5.80%

5. Minimum Cement Content 380 Kg/Cum (Not Essential)

* Sampling and testing procedure as per enclosed specifications

SAMPLING AND TESTING PROCEDURE FOR PAVER BLOCKS

Sample Size:

INTERNAL – Average of minimum 3 samples per 5000 Blocks.

Sampling for Testing

Sampling for testing of paver blocks shall be done in accordance with Appendix-A.

Compressive Strength

The average compressive strength of the bocks tested shall be Min. 35 N/Sq mm.

Abrasion Resistance

Testing for abrasion shall be in accordance with IS 1237 (Specifications for Cement Concrete Floor Tiles)

– Appendix C.

Flexural Strength

Testing for flexural shall be n accordance with IS 1237 (Specifications for Cement Concrete Floor Tiles) –

Appendix D.

Water Absorption

Testing for water absorption shall be in accordance with IS 2185:1979: Part I (Specifications for Concrete

Masonry Units) – Appendix E.



Appendix – A

Sampling of Paver blocks.

a) Method of sampling:

Before laying paver blocks, each designated section comprising not more than 50000 blocks, shall be

divided into ten approximately equal groups. Three blocks shall be drawn from each group. b) Marking and identification:

All samples shall be clearly marked at the time of sampling in such a way that the designated section of

part thereof, and the consignment represented by the sample, are clearly defined.

The sample shall be dispatched to the approved test laboratory taking precaution to avoid damage to the

paving in transit. Protect the paving from damage and contamination until they have been tested. The

testing shall be carried as soon as possible, after the sample has been taken. As soon as practicable

after sampling. The samples shall be stored in water at 20 degree C 5 degree C for 24 hours prior to

testing. The item is to be executed as per instructions and to the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge using

Rubber mould and Table vibrator for Kerb instead of mechanical press system.

Extra rate for excavation of asphalt payment of any thickness including demolishing the asphalt carpet,

metal, soling etc. complete with stacking the materials as directed. The road surface of asphalt shall

carefully be opened to full width as directed by the Engineer in charge.

Excavation area shall be properly identified and marked in rectangular shape. The road crust shall be

opened up to entire depth i.e. including soling. All the materials shall be separately deposited in such a

way and in places as may be determined by the Engineer in charge. In case rubble not being so

deposited or being mixed up with the excavated materials will not be allowed for refilling. The cost of

materials shall be charged from the contractor. The decision of the Civil Engineer shall be final and

binding to the contractor.

Mode of measurements and payment: The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. meter

23. Labour work for fixing interlocking blocks / any kind of pavement on up to 50 mm thick sand bedding, levelling, watering and fixing in line & level as well cleaning the site etc. comp. as directed.


works.

Labour work for fixing any kind of paving with cement pointing in CM 1:2, including watering, ramming

etc. comp. as directed.

For detailed specification refer R & B Department booklet for General Technical Specification for

building works

P/L brickbats sand concrete (1:2) of one part of sand and two part of old brickbats including spreading,

laying, ramming, watering and consolidation etc complete as directed.


works.

24. Construction of RCC nosing in central verge using M-200 grade cement concrete. The item

includes cost of centering & shuttering, reinforcement, both side cement plaster in C:M 1:3 mortar

& curing etc. complete. Half round portion of the nosing shall be made by using mild steel.

For detailed specification refer R&B Department booklet for General Technical Specification for building

works.

25. Providing & laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand: 10 hand broken stone

aggregates 40 mm nominal size) and curing complete excluding cost of form work in.

Before starting the concrete, the bed of the foundations trenches shall be cleared of all loose materials



and watered and rammed as directed. The proportion of cement, sand and hand broken stone

aggregates shall be one part of cement, 5 parts of coarse sand, 10 parts of hand broken stone

aggregates and shall so measured by volume. The concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer at the

site of work. Hand mixing may however be allowed for smaller quantity of work if approved by the

Engineer-incharge. When hand mixing is permitted by the Engineer-in charge in case of breakdown of

machinery’s and in the interest of the work. it shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care shall

be taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. The

quantity of water shall be sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for the purpose.

The concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the final position in not more than 15 minutes

by the method as directed and shall be placed into its final position, compacted and finished within 30

minutes of mixing with water i.e. before the setting commences. The concrete shall be laid in layers of 15

cms. to 20 cms. The concrete shall be rammed with heavy iron rammers and rapidly to get the required

compaction and to allow all the gaps to be filled with mortar. After the final set, the concrete shall be kept

continuously wet, if required by pounding for a period of not less than 7 days from the date of placement

The concrete shall be measured for its length breadth and depth, limiting dimensions to those specified

on plan or as directed.


works. Mode of m/s & Rate shall be on cumt basis

Supplying and fixing jumbo bollard Swiss type: - Made out of 1.5mm CRC sheet, height 140 cms bottom

dia 23cm, top dia 12cm with direction plate of 30cm dia fabricated as per drawing pretreated with

phosphating process painted with epoxy coating, reflectorized with micro prismatic grade XI sheeting as

per ASTM 4956-09 Type -XI.

Providing and fixing Swiss type bollard made out of 1.5mm CRC sheet ,height 140cms,bottom dia

23cm,top dia 12cm with direction plate of 30 cm dia fabricated necessary anchors as directed and also

provide throughout length pipe of 25 NB for the strengthening of bollard and reflectorized Micro Prismatic

Grade Sheet (Type XI)and three yellow strip 6 Inches wide of Type XI Retro reflective Sheeting, fixing

with P.C.C M25 grade concrete(Foundation size 30cm×30cm×35cm) Providing and fixing Swiss type

bollard made out of 1.5mm CRC sheet in conical shape having bottom diameter for 23cms and top dia

12cms,Top Circular plate of 30 cms diameter for Arrow, with fabricated necessary anchors as directed

and also provide throughout length pipe of 25NB for the strengthening of bollard total height 170 cms

and located with Black epoxy coating and Yellow retro reflective high intensity prismatic bends(Grade XI)

of 15 cms width applied in body and Blue and white circular reflective on top plate as per the drawing

using High Prismatic grade ASTM Type XI Fixed material at site in M 25 PCC grade concrete as per the

instruction of Engineer in charge

The Swiss type bollard shall be approved from the Engineer-In charge before commencement of work.

Retro Reflective Sheeting

The retro reflective sheeting used on the signs shall consist of white or coloured sheeting having a

smooth outer surface which has the property of retro reflection over its entire surface. It shall be weather

resistant and exhibit colour fastness. It shall be new and unused and show no evidence of cracking,

scaling, and pitting, blistering, edge lifting or curling and shall have negligible shrinkage or expansion. A

certificate of having the sheeting tested for coefficient of retro reflection, daytime colour and luminance,

shrinkage, flexibility, liner removal, adhesion, impact resistance, specular gloss and fungus resistance, 3

years outdoor weathering and its having passed these tests shall be obtained from

International/Government Laboratory/Institute by the manufacturer of the sheeting and in case the

certificate is obtained from international agency, it should also be obtained from Indian agency within 3

years of launching of product by the manufacture in abroad. Alternatively, a certificate conforming to

ASTM Specification (D 4956-09) on artificial accelerated weathering requirements from a reputed

laboratory in India can be accepted provisionally.



Description of sheet:

Type XI Micro prismatic grade sheeting

Retro-reflective sheeting typically manufactured as a cube corner. The reflective sheeting shall be retro-

reflective sheeting made of micro prismatic retro-reflective material. The retro-reflective surface, after

cleaning with soap and water and in dry condition shall have the minimum co-efficient of retro-reflection

(determined in accordance with ASTM D 4956-09) as indicated in Table

When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values, of retro-reflection

indicated in above Table. At the end of 10 years, the sheeting shall retain at least 80 percent of its

original retro-reflectance.

Table Acceptable Minimum Coefficient of Retro-reflection for Type XI Prismatic Grade

Sheeting (Candelas per Lux per Square Meter)

Observ

atio

n A

ngle

Entr

ance

Angle

White

Yello

w

Ora

nge

Gre

en

Red

Blu

e

Bro

wn

Flo

rescent

yello

w-

Gre

en

Flo

rescent

yello

w

Flo

rescent

Ora

nge

0.1°B -4° 830

620

290

83

125

37

25

660 500

250 0.1°B +30° 3

25

245

115

33

50

15

10

260 200

100 0.2° -4° 5

80

435

200

58

87

26

17

460 350

175 0.2° +30° 2

20

165

77

22

33

10

7 180 130

66

0.5° -4° 420

315

150

42

63

19

13

340 250

125 0.5° +30° 1

50

110

53

15

23

7 5 120 90

45

1.0° -4° 120

90

42

12

18

5 4 96 72

36

1.0° +30° 45

34

16

5 7 2 1 36 27

14

A. Minimum Co-efficient of Retro-reflection (RA) (cd . lx-1 . m-2).

B. Values for 0.1° observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply

only when specified by the purchaser in the contract or order.

Adhesives

The sheeting shall have a pressure-sensitive adhesive of the aggressive-tack type requiring no

heat, solvent or other preparation for adhesion to a smooth clean surface, in a manner recommended by

the sheeting manufacturer. The adhesive shall be protected by an easily removable liner (removable

by peeling without soaking in water or other solvent) and shall be suitable for the type of material of

the base plate used for the sign.

The adhesive shall form a durable bond to smooth, corrosion and weather resistant surface of the

base plate such that it shall not be possible to remove the sheeting from the sign base in one piece by

use of sharp instrument. The sheeting shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturers

specifications.

Fabrication

Surface to be refectories shall be effectively prepared to receive the retro-reflective

sheeting. The aluminum sheeting shall be de-greased either by acid or hot alkaline

etching and all scale/dust removed to obtain a smooth plain surface before the application



of retro-reflective sheeting. If the surface is rough, approved surface primer may be used.

After cleaning, metal shall not be handled, except by suitable device or clean canvas

gloves, between all cleaning and preparation operation and application of reflective

sheeting/primer. There shall be no opportunity for metal to come in contact with grease,

oil or other contaminants prior to the application of retro-reflective sheeting. Complete

sheets of the material shall be used on the signs except where it is unavoidable. At splices,

sheeting with pressure-sensitive adhesives shall be overlapped not less than 5 mm.

Where screen printing with transparent colours is proposed, only butt joint shall be used. The material

shall cover the sign surface evenly and shall be free from twists, cracks and folds. Cut-outs to produce

legends and borders shall be bonded with the sheeting in the manner specified by the manufacturer.

Messages/Borders

The messages (legends, letters, numerals, etc.) and borders shall either be screen-printed or of cut out

from durable transparent overlay or cut-out from the same type of reflective sheeting for the cautionary

and mandatory sign boards. Screen printing shall be processed and finished with materials and in a

manner specified by the sheeting manufacturer. For the informatory and other sign boards, the

messages (legends, letters, numerals etc.) and borders shall be cut-out from durable transparent overlay

film or cut-out from the same reflective sheeting only. Cut-outs shall be from durable transparent overlay

materials as specified by the sheeting manufacturer and shall be bonded with the sheeting in the

manner specified by the manufacturer. Whenever transparent overlay film is used for making any type

of sign, the coloured portion of sign shall have coefficient of reflectivity not less than the reflectivity of type

and colour of sheeting normally used, as per table. Cut-out messages and borders, wherever used,

shall be either made out of retro-reflective sheeting or made out of durable transparent overlay except

those in black which shall be of non-reflective sheeting or opaque in case of durable transparent

overlay. Creating coloured areas by means of screen-printing with ink shall not be permitted.

Special Note:

Contractor Shall have to Submit the manufacture test certificate of retro reflective sheet before

Starting the work at no Extra cost.

Contractor Shall have to Submit the test report of retro reflective sheet from Govt. approved Laboratory testing of sheeting at no extra cost before producing First R.A bill and then after on end when asked by MEGA. The contractor shall not be paid extra for same.

Contractor shall have to submit the filled form as mentioned below in Soft (Signed & Scanned) and two hard copies

Mode of payment: -

Item shall be paid in Number of bollard fixed at site shown by the Engineer in charge. Nothing Extra

shall be paid for transportation of Bollards from manufacturing place to any site of work within GMRC

limit.

Rate: The Contract unit rate shall be payment in full for the cost of making the road sign, including all

materials, installing it at the site and incidentals to complete the work in accordance with the

Specifications.

USAGE CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATE

CLIENT NAME__________________________________________________________________

CONVERTER NAME_____________________________________________________________

CONTRACTOR NAME____________________________________________________________

WORK ORDER DETAILS__________________________________________________________



Details of the bollard fixing work is carried out using Name of Manufacturer

Sr no. Type of work with

location

size Qty Remarks

Certified that the bollard fixing work have been manufactured using Brand Name of (According to ASTM

D 4956-09 TYPE XI) and are covered by

the Warranty No...........................Dated...............................

which will be expired on dated.............

Name of Manufacturer Name of Converter

Authorized Signatory Authorized Signatory

26. Painting Two Coats on divider and footpath curb surface / New Concrete Surface (Painting two

coats after filling the surface with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new plastered concrete

surfaces).


works.

27. Reinstatement work for Central verge and footpath Kerb Stone.


works.

28. Road marking Hot applied thermoplastic paint with reflectorizing glass beads on Bitumen

surface: - Providing and applying hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.50 mm thick including

reflectorizing glass beads@250 gms per sq.m area, thickness of 2.5mm is exclusive of surface

applied glass beads as per IRC: 35. . The finish surface to be level, uniform and free form streaks

and holes, at Zebra patta, Bump patta, Lane, centre line, Edge line, cut patta etc. complete.

a) For Edge line marking of 15 cm width. b) For Center Line marking of 10 cm width. c) For pedestrian markings at junctions. General (MORTH section 803.4): The colour, width, and layout of road markings shall be in accordance with IRC:35-1997(Code for practice for road marking with paints). Material & Workmanship (MORTH section 800.3): The readily available thermoplastic paint shall used. It shall be a homogeneous compound of aggregate,

Pigment, resin, & glass reflector rising beads. The compound shall have the following constituents (In

percent by weight):

Component White Yellow

Binder 18.0% min. 18.0 % min.

Glass beads 35.0% 35.0%

Titanium Dioxide 10% min. -

Calcium Carbonate 25% 25%



Insert Fillers 12% 12%

Yellow Pigments - 10%

Colour:

The colour of the compound shall be white or yellow (IS colour no. 356) as specified or directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge.

Laying (MORTH section 803.4.4):

The Thermoplastic material shall readily get screeded/ extruded at temperatures specified by the

manufacturers for respective method of application to produce a line of specified thickness which shall be

continuous and uniform in shape having clear and sharp edges. The material upon heating to application

temperature shall not exude fumes, which are toxic, obnoxious or injurious to person or property. Glass

beads used should confirm to MORTH section 803.4.3. It covers two types of glass beads viz. those

which are the constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound (Type 1) & those which are to be sprayed

on the surface (Type 2). The Gradation of Glass shall be as follows:

Gradation Requirements for Glass Beads

Percent Retained

Sieve Size

Type 1 Type 2

1.18 mm 0 to 3 -

850 micron 5 to 20 0 to 5

600 micron - 5 to 20

425 micron 65 to 95 -

300 micron - 30 to 75

180 micron 0 to 10 10 to 30

Below 180 micron - 0 to 15

The glass Beads shall have a minimum 70 % true spheres. It should be having a refractive index of

atleast 1.50. They shall be free of hard lumps & cluster and shall dispense readily under an conditions

suitable for paint stripping. They shall pass the free flow test.

The material shall be screeded/Extruded on to the pavement in molten stage at a temperature of around

160 degree C by Thermoplastic applicator having control of temperature and material flow with a

propelling device at a specified speed to make stripes in desired width and thickness and a dispensing

device to drop on/ spray glass beads at a specified rate. No other means of laying will be followed. While

on a cement concrete surface, a sealing primer recommended by the manufacturer shall be used before

laying of the paint.

Application (MORTH section 803.6):

The application of the paint shall be for Zebra Crossing, Straight and turning arrows and STOP or other

letters. The standard specifications of applications of paint shall be followed and rate shall be of unit of

one square meter. Actual area of the painted surface will be considered for the measurement. Word

Messages shall confirm to IRC 35-1970 Section 19 Plate 1, 2, and 3.



Marking shall be done by machine. If machine marking is not possible, approved manual methods shall

be used with prior approval of Engineer- in- charge. The contractor shall maintain control over traffic while

painting to cause minimum inconvenience to the traffic.

The material shall be applied hot by screeding or extrusion machine and should be applied at a

temperature specified by the manufacturer. All surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly cleaned of all

dust, dirt, oil, grease and all other foreign matters before application of paint. The material when formed

into traffic stripes must be readily renewable by placing an overlay of new material directly over the old

line. The new material shall so bond itself that no splitting or separation takes place. The paint shall be

applied in intermittent or continuous lines of uniform thickness of at least 2.5 mm unless otherwise

specified. The glass beads shall be sprayed uniformly on to the hot layer of paint immediately. The Glass

beads shall be applied at the rate of 250 gm/ sq. mt area.

The minimum thickness specified is exclusive of surface applied glass beads.

The finished lines shall be free from ruggedness on sides and end and be parallel to the general

alignment of the carriageway. The upper surface of the lines shall be level, uniform & free from streaks.

Mode of measurement and payment (MORTH section 803.7):

Actual area painted will be considered.

Rate shall be of unit of one Square meter.

29. Road marking with hot applied thermoplastic paints with reflectorizing glass beads on bitumen

surface providing and laying a hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including

reflectorizing glass beads @ 250gms per sqm area, thickness of 2.5mm is excluding of surface

applied glass beds as per IRC:35. The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from streaks

and holes.) Directional Arrow, Lettering.

Specifications shall be as per item no. 47 but the mode of measurement shall be per Number.

C.R. Base Road Marking Painting lines, dashes, arrow, letters etc. on Road, Air fields and like in two

coats with road-road marking paint, brushing including cleaning the surface of all dirt, dust and other

foreign matter.

mode of measurement shall be per Number.

C.R. Base Road Marking Painting lines, dashes, arrow, letters etc. on Road, Air fields and like in two

coats with road-road marking paint, brushing including cleaning the surface of all dirt, dust and other

foreign matter.

(ii) Up to 10 cm in width.

Specifications shall be as per item no. 18 but the mode of measurement shall be per Number.

RETRO –REFLECTORISEED TRAFFIC SIGN Cautionary signage 60cm equilateral triangle plus 60 cm x

20cm rectangular additional plate. Providing and fixing of reflectorized cautionary, mandatory and

Informative sign as per IRC-67-2012 made of micro prismatic grade sheeting as per ASTM 4956-09 Type

-XI fixed over 4 mm thick Aluminum Composite Material supported with frame fabricated from suitable

size MS angle 40mm x 40mm x 5mm square box or equilateral triangle as required on a mild steel angle

iron post 65mm NB MS MW pipe or equivalent MS Pipe section firmly fixed to the ground. The total

height of pole/Stand post is 3.3 mt and clear height is 2.1 from the footpath top or ground level by means

of properly designed foundation with M25 grade cement concrete 45cmx45cmx60cm below footpath/

ground level as per approved drawing including excavation, curing etc. complete under the supervision of

engineer In Charge. The pole shall be Painted with best Quality epoxy coating in Black and white Bends.

The details of symbol for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer incharge.

The board shall consist of a 45cm x 45cm x 60cm Plate of 16-gauge thickness at the top. This shall be

finish to the angles iron post of 50mm x 50mm x 6mm size by means of welding or riveting as directed by



Engineer-in-charge. The angle iron post shall be split at the bottom end to 10 cm (minimum) in length

shall be fixed at right angle to the edge line of the road in ordinary concrete of grade as specified in the

item, using hand broken metal, field metal or gravel. The top of the post shall be at a height of 25cm. As

above the ground level. Concrete platform shall be of the size 45cmx45cm and shall project 2.5cm above

ground level and shall be at least 60cm below ground level. Total height of post shall be 3 mt. (minimum).

The exposed platform Shall be neatly finished and its shape shall be as directed by the Engineer- in-

charge.

The post will be painted with enamel paint with two coats alternative in Red/Blue and white strips 23cm in

height after applying one coat of anticorrosive paint. The paint shall be of approved quality. The board

shall be painted with approved colour and lettering shall be in accordance with I.R.C.30 (Standard Letters

and Numerals of Different Heights for use on Highway designs) and as per notified signs of Motor Vehicle

Act respectively.

RETRO–REFLECTORISEED TRAFFIC SIGN - Informatory signage 60cmx45cm rectangular plus 45 cm

x 20cm rectangular additional plate. Providing and fixing of reflectorized cautionary, mandatory and

Informative sign as per IRC-67-2012 made of micro prismatic grade sheeting as per ASTM 4956-09 Type

-XI fixed over 4 mm thick Aluminum Composite Material supported with frame fabricated from suitable

size MS angle 40mm x 40mm x 5mm rectangular box as required on a mild steel angle iron post 65mm

NB MS MW pipe or equivalent MS Pipe section firmly fixed to the ground. The total height of pole/Stand

post is 3.3 mt and clear height is 2.1 from the footpath top or ground level by means of properly designed

foundation with M25 grade cement concrete 45cmx45cmx60cm below footpath/ ground level as per

approved drawing including excavation, curing etc. complete under the supervision of engineer In

Charge. The pole shall be Painted with best Quality epoxy coating in Black and white Bends. The details

of symbol for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer incharge.

Specifications as per item no. 19.

Directional board: Providing and fixing Directional sign boards made out of 4mm. Aluminum composite

Panel (ACP) in cubical shape of dimensions 153 cm x 122 cm x 17cms (avg.) Framed on 25 x 25 x 5

Equal angle sections as per drawing including sufficient horizontal support and diagonal bracing to

withstand static as well as dynamic (WIND LOAD) after mounting it on 100x100x3.6 mm. M.S. Square

Hollow Section(CHS) with 6 mm. M.S. Plates and stiffeners in such a manner that they are not visible

from outside. The composite panel face is covered with micro prismatic grade sheeting confirming to

type XI as per ASTM-D 4956 -09. It should bear minimum 10 Yrs. outdoor exposed performance

supported by the Reflective - Sheeting manufacture is having legal jurisdiction in India. The letters (dual

languages), symbols, borders shall be made of same material either by screen printing or by cut sheet

lettering as recommended by the sheeting manufacture. The board sides (Top, Bottom, Sides and back

side) are covered with round 4 MM Aluminum Composite Panel(ACP) Blue Color sheet. The board sides

are fabricated with 25x 6mm ms flat in round shape. The sign shall be installed at site on MB110 MS

CHS. at 2.10 mt. clear bottom height from the pavement in M25 grade cement concrete block of 0.45 m x

0.45 m x 0.90 m dimensions as directed by the Engineer in charge. Total length of pole will be of 4.53 m

height. Back side of directional board shall be made of Flex board maintaining with MEGA letters and its

logo according to instruction of Engineer -In charge. Nothing shall be paid for carting from factory to the

fixing site within MEGA limit.

Providing and Jointing Stoneware Pipes Incl. Excavation Up to 2 Mt. Refilling, Transporting Pipes to Work

Site, Unloading, lowering in Trench, jointing material Such as Cement, sand, Hemp Bitumen as Directed,

Incl. Watering The Trenches Spreading and Carting Away of Surplus material as directed by engineer in

charge.

For detailed specification refer GWSSB Department booklet for General Technical Specification& also

amendment shall be applicable to the latest versions

Brick work using common burnt clay building brick having crushing strength not less than 35 kg/sq.cm in

foundation and plinth in cement mortar (1:5) (1 Cement: 5 fine sand) including curing, etc.; complete all

as per specifications.




works.

Providing 15mm thick Cement plaster in single coat on fair side of brick concrete walls for interior

plastering up to floor level and finished even and smooth in cement mortar, 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand)

for brick works. (for finishing with a floating coat of net cement slurry).


works.



PART – I: SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT

1.0 General

1.1 Scope

This document defines the principal requirements of the Employer on Safety and Health

associated with the contractor / sub-contractor and any other agency to be practiced in works

at all time.

1.2 Definition / languages

In this document

a) The use of „shall‟ indicates a mandatory requirement.

b) The use of „should‟ indicates a guideline that is strongly recommended.

c) The use of „may‟ indicates a guideline that is to be considered.

d) Employer means Gujarat Metro Rail Corporation Ltd., (GMRC).

e) Chief Safety Officer means an officer nominated by GMRC who is overall responsible for monitoring all Safety and Health functions prescribed in this document.

f) BOCWA means Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996

g) BOCWR means Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Servi` harmful effects on the environment during work.

2.0 “SHE” Targets and Goals

The SHE targets, goals and aim for the Works are to achieve:

a) Zero total recordable injuries.

b) Zero reportable environmental incidents

c) 100% incident recording and reporting

d) 100% adherence of usage of appropriate PPEs at work.

e) Executing work with least disturbance to the environment, adjoining road users and traffic.

3.0 Compliance

3.1 GMRC’s Safety and Health Policy and Management Systems

The works shall be undertaken in accordance with GMRC‟s Safety and Health Policy and

Management Systems as amended from time to time provided in Safety and Health Manual.

3.2 Indian statutory requirements

Contractor shall develop thorough understanding about Building and Other Construction

Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996, Central Rules 1998,

Building and Other construction workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and Central Rules, 1998.

In addition, the works shall be undertaken in accordance with all applicable legislation and

Indian statutory requirements listed below but not limiting to:

a) Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Rules 1956

b) National Building Code, 2005

c) Factories Act, 1948

d) Gas Cylinder Rules, 2003

e) The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 and Rules 1991

f) Employees Compensation Act, 1923 along with allied Rules

g) Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and Rules 1950

h) Contract Labour Act, 1970 and Rules 1971

i) Child Labour (Prohibitions & Regulations) Act, 1986 and Rules 1950

j) Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Rules 1986

k) Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 1981

l) Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

m) The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000



n) Notification on Control of Noise from Diesel Generator (DG) sets, 2002

o) Recycled Plastic Usage Rules, 1998

p) Notification, Central Ground Water Board, Act January 1997

q) Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989

r) The Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989

s) Hazardous Waste Management Rules 1989 (as amended in 1999)

t) Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules

4.0 ID Card and First day at work, SHE orientation training

Identity card to each staff shall be issued by the Contractor. The contractor should submit

application for this in the prescribed format clearly providing basic details affixing photographs

and finger prints of the concerned staff. In the absence of valid identity card, the staff shall not

be permitted to enter into the station premises/work sites.

The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working at the site receive an induction Safety

and Health training explaining the nature of the work, the hazards that may be encountered

during the work place work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within the

operation.

5.0 Safety and Health Training

5.1 The contractor shall organise quality SHE training to engage Managers, supervisors and other

personnel in behavioural change and improve safety performance.

The Contractor shall analyse the training requirements for all the employees and initiate a

training program to demonstrate that all persons employed, including subcontractors, are

suitably qualified, competent and fit. This will include:

i) Detailed Job descriptions for all personnel, to include their specific SHE responsibilities

ii) Specification of qualifications, competency and training requirements for all personnel

iii) Assessment and recording of training needs for all personnel, including subcontractors‟ employees in the workforce, vendor representatives and site visitors

iv) A system for assessing new hirers e.g. previous training

v) A means of confirming that the system is effective

vi) A matrix and schedule of training requirements, covering general, task–specific and SHE-related training, showing the training frequency and interval between refresher courses

vii) Timely, competent delivery of training courses

5.2 The contractor shall arrange behavioural-based training programme for all the executives to

identify recognise and eliminate unsafe act and unsafe conditions.

The refresher-training programme to all employees shall be conducted once in six months.

5.3 Toolbox talk as given in the Employer’s Project SHE manual shall be conducted to all high-

risk workmen every day.

5.4 On-the spot practical skill development training on height safety including scaffold safety,

crane safety, welding safety, electrical safety, traffic safety for marshals shall also be

conducted to all foremen/ workmen who are associated to the concerned jobs.

6.0 Accident reporting.

All accidents and dangerous occurrences shall immediately be informed verbally to the



Employer. Reports of all accidents (fatal / injury) and dangerous occurrences shall also be

sent within 24 hours as per format provided.

No accident / dangerous occurrences is exempted from reporting to the Employer. Any willful

delay in verbal and written reporting to the Employer shall be penalized as per relevant

clause.

PART – II: SAFETY

7.0 Housekeeping

i) Contractor shall understand and accept that improper is the primary hazard in any work

place and ensure that a high degree of is always maintained. Indeed “Cleanliness is indeed

next to Godliness”

ii) General shall be carried out by the contractor and ensured at all times at Work place,

Labour Camp, Stores, Offices and toilets/urinals.

iii) All stairways, passageways and gangways shall be maintained without any blockages or

obstructions. All emergency exits passageways, exits fire doors, break-glass alarm points,

fire-fighting equipment, first aid stations, and other emergency stations shall be kept clean,

unobstructed and in good working order.

iv) Water logging on work places shall not be allowed.

v) Proper and safe stacking of material needs to be ensured.

vi) All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials,

shall be removed from work place to identified location(s).

vii) Some DO‟s and DONT‟s for Working Staff



DO’S AND DON’TS FOR STAFF DO’S

a In case of fire / anything unusual on electric traction equipment or wires, inform t he station controller/Manager.

b Extinguish fire by special extinguishers (carbon tetrachloride or carbon dioxide type, if available.

c Ensure no water jet to be directed at the fire under any circumstances.

d Before taking up the work on a line running parallel to 750 DC system, the line shall be earthed on both sides. Ensure that the distance between the two earths used for protection does not exceed 1km.

e Keep clear of the track and avoid contact with the rails when electric train within 250m.

f Special care should be taken to carry long pipes, poles or ladders so that it should not come in contact with or within 2 meters of live third rail.

g Cleaning work other than that of surface (i.e. of beam, pillars etc.) should be done during block period only.

h Whenever washing or cleaning using water jets is done, take appropriate power block.

i Cases of electric shock arising out of contact with 750 DC traction equipment shall be reported immediately to TPC(Traction Power Control).

DON’Ts

a. Do not approach within 2 meters of any traction wires or live equipment.

b. Do not work on or near traction wires or any live equipment unless they are made dead, earthed and shut down notices/ permit to work obtained.

c. Do not enter any switching station or remote control centre unless specially permitted.

d. Do not touch a person in contact with live traction wires. Remove body only after power supply is switched off & earthed.

e. Do not touch any traction wire hanging from the mast or fallen on the ground and do not allow anyone else to touch it.

f. Cleaning work with conducting materials like Aluminium/ Steel rods should be avoided at all times when power block is not availed.

g. Do not lift or raise your tools towards traction wires.

h. Do not damage the plinth continuity, connection to BEC, OPC and handrail continuity.

i. Do not use steel tape or metallic tape or tape with woven metal reinforcement in electrified area.

j. Do not forget to give artificial respiration to the victim as per the prescribed procedure laid down at shock treatment charts.

k. Metallic telescopic rods are prohibited for use in the GMRC station.

l. Do not throw garbage in haste. Dispose it properly at designated place.

m. Do not dispose dirty water in to

8.0 Working at Height

The contractor shall ensure that work at height is

a. properly planned for any emergencies and rescue

b. appropriately supervised; and

c. carried out in a manner, which is reasonably practicable safe.

8.1 Falling objects

i) The contractor shall, where necessary to prevent injury to any person, take suitable and sufficient steps to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, the fall of any material or object.

ii) Every contractor shall take suitable and sufficient steps to prevent any person being struck by any falling material or object which is liable to cause personal injury.

iii) The contractor shall ensure that no material or object is thrown or tipped from height in circumstances where it is liable to cause injury to any person.

iv) Every contractor shall ensure that, every workplace where chances of fall of material or other may exist shall be properly barricaded or provided with suitable safety net as well as fall catch arrestors etc.



8.2 Danger areas

Every contractor shall ensure that

i) where a workplace contains an area in which, owing to the nature of the work, there is a risk of any person at work,

a) falling a distance; or

b) being struck by a falling object,

which is liable to cause personal injury, the workplace is so far as is reasonably practicable

equipped with devices preventing unauthorized persons from entering such area; and such

area is clearly indicated.

8.3 Inspection of work equipment

The contractor shall ensure that, all work equipment used at work place and exposed to

conditions causing deterioration shall be inspected regularly and recorded.

8.4 Requirements for all Working Platforms

Every contractor shall ensure that whenever necessary proper, safe and adequate to

th

e working requirement, working platforms is provided

8.5 Every contractor shall ensure that fall protection measures are provided for safety

means of access as well as safe working.

8.6 Requirements for Ladders

Every contractor shall ensure that a ladder is used for work at height only if a risk assessment

has demonstrated that the use of more suitable work equipment is not justified because of the

low risk.

i) Only metal ladders shall be allowed. Bamboo ladders are prohibited.

ii) Any surface upon which a ladder rests shall be stable, firm, of sufficient strength and of suitable composition safely to support the ladder so that its rungs or steps remain horizontal, and any loading intended to be placed on it.

iii) A ladder shall be so positioned as to ensure its stability during use

iv) A portable ladder shall be prevented from slipping during use by -

a. securing the stiles at or near their upper or lower ends;

b. an effective anti-slip or other effective stability device; or

c. any other arrangement of equivalent effectiveness.

v) A ladder used for access shall be long enough to protrude sufficiently above the place of landing to which it provides access, unless other measures have been taken to ensure a firm handhold.

vi) No interlocking or extension ladder shall be used unless its sections are prevented from moving relative to each other while in use.

vii) A mobile ladder shall be prevented from moving before it is stepped on.

viii) Where a ladder or run of ladders raises a vertical distance of 9 metre or more above its base, there shall, where reasonably practicable, be provided at suitable intervals sufficient safe landing areas or rest platforms.

ix) Every ladder shall be used in such a way that

(a) a secure handhold and secure support are always available to the user; and

(b) the user can maintain a safe handhold when carrying a load unless, in the case of a step ladder, the maintenance of a handhold is not practicable when a load is carried, and a risk assessment has demonstrated that the use of a stepladder is justified because of

(i) the low risk; and

(ii) the short duration of use.

8.7 Fragile surfaces

The contractor shall ensure that no person at work passes across or near, or working on, from



or near, a fragile surface where it is reasonably practicable to carry out work safely and under

appropriate ergonomic conditions without his doing so.

Where it is not reasonably practicable to carry out work safely and under appropriate

ergonomic conditions without passing across or near, or working on, from or near, a fragile

surface, every contractor shall,

(a) ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that suitable and sufficient platforms, coverings, guard rails or similar means of support or protection are provided and used so that any foreseeable loading is supported by such supports or borne by such protection;

(b) where a risk of a person at work falling remains despite the measures taken under the preceding provisions of this regulation, take suitable and sufficient measures to minimise the distances and consequences of his fall.

Where any person at work may pass across or near, or work on, from or near, a fragile

surface, every contractor shall ensure that

(a) prominent warning notices are so far as is reasonably practicable affixed at the approach to the place where the fragile surface is situated; or

(b) where that is not reasonably practicable, such persons are made aware of it by other means.

9.0 Slipping, Tripping, Cutting and Falling Hazards

i) All places should be free from dust, debris or similar materials. Sharp projections or any protruding nails or similar objects shall be suitably guarded or shall even be avoided to make the place safe to work.

ii) Open side or opening where worker, equipment, vehicle or lifting appliance may fall at a building or outside shall be guarded suitably except in places of free access by reasons of nature of work.

iii) Suitable safety net shall be provided at places of material / man falling is possible in accordance with national standards.

10.0 Lifting Appliances and Gear

i) The contractor shall ensure that a valid certificate of fitness is available for all lifting appliances, if used.

ii) The laminated photocopies of fitness certificate issued by competent person, the operators‟ photo, manufacturer’s load chart and competency certificate shall always be either kept in the operator cabin or pasted on the visible surface of the lifting appliances.

iii) All lifting appliances and loose gears shall be clearly marked for its safe working load and identification by stamping or other suitable means.

10.1 Test and periodical examination of lifting appliances and gears

iv) All lifting appliances including all parts and gears thereof, whether fixed or movable shall be thoroughly tested and examined by a competent person once at least in every six months or after it has undergone any alterations or repairs liable to affect its strength or stability.

v) All alarms and signals like automatic safe load indicators (SLI), boom angle indicators, boom extension indicators, over lift boom alarm, swing alarm, hydraulic safety valves, mechanical radius indicators, load moment indicators etc. shall be periodically examined and maintained always in working condition.



10.2 Automatic safe load indicators

Every lifting appliances and gears like cranes, hydras etc, if so constructed that

the safe working load may be varied by raising or lowering of the jib or otherwise

shall be attached with an automatic indicator of safe working loads approved by

Bureau of Indian standards/ International certifying bodies which gives a

warning to the operator and arrests further movements of the lifting parts.

10.3 Mandatory rigging requirements

i) Rigging shall be done under experienced and qualified rigger only.

ii) The primary requirement in rigging shall be to assess the weight of load before attempting any lift.

iii) All hooks shall be fitted with Master Rings having certificate of fitness from the competent person, so that the hooks are subjected to balanced vertical loading only.

iv) Only four legged slings shall be allowed which includes master link (ring), intermediate master link (ring) if necessary, chain / wire rope sling, sling hook or other terminal fitting.

v) Hand spliced slings up to 32mm diameter shall not be used at site for any lifting

purpose.

vi) No load shall be slewed over public areas without stopping the pedestrians and road traffic first.

vii) Requirements of outriggers

a) All outriggers shall be fully extended and at all tyres are clear of the ground.

b) Heavy duty blocking having large bearing area shall be necessary to prevent sinking of floats.

viii) All loads shall have tag-lines attached in order to ensure that the load can be controlled at all times.

ix) No close working to any live overhead power line is permitted without the operation of a strict Permit to Work.

x) Minimum lighting is to be ensured at all lifting operations.

11.0 Work place machinery

Every work place equipment shall be in sound mechanical working condition and

certified by either competent person under Factories Act or manufacturers‟

warranty in case of brand new equipments or authorized persons / firms approved

by Employer before induction to any work place.

All Vehicles shall be fitted with audible reverse alarms and maintained in good

working condition. Reversing shall be done only when there is adequate rear view

visibility or under the directions of a banksman.

12.0 Machine and General Area Guarding

The contractor shall ensure at the work place all dangerous and moving parts of

machines are securely fenced. The fencing of dangerous part of machinery is not

removed while such machinery is in motion or in use.

13.0 Manual lifting and carrying of excessive weight

The contractor shall ensure at his work place no staff, lifts by hand or carries

overhead or over his back or shoulders any material, article, tool or appliances

exceeding in weight as said below, unless aided by another staff or device.



Person Maximum weight in kg.

Adult man 55

Adult woman 30

14.0 Work place Electricity

i) Every contractor shall ensure safe usage practices of power supply as well as safe electrical equipments fitted with protection devices.

ii) Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the condition to which they shall be exposed and the duties for which they are required.

iii) The contractor shall ensure plugs, socket-outlets, and couplers available in the work place as per IS/applicable standard.

iv) Every joint and connection in a system shall be mechanically and electrically suitable for use to prevent danger. Proper cable connectors as per standards shall only be used to connect cables.

v) No loose connections or tapped joints shall be allowed anywhere in the work place, office area, stores and other areas.

vi) The main contractor shall take consideration, the requirements of the sub / petty contractors‟ electric power supply and arrive at the capacity of main source of power supply from diesel generators.

vii) As the sub / petty contractors‟ small capacity generators create more noise and safety hazard, no small capacity diesel generators shall be allowed for whatsoever the type of job to be executed under this contract.

viii) The contractor shall also submit electrical single line diagram, schematic diagram and the details of the equipment for all temporary electrical installation and these diagrams together with the temporary electrical equipment shall be submitted to the Employer’s for necessary approval. Failure to do so shall invite penalty as per relevant clause.

The contractor shall provide sufficient ELCBs (maintain sensitivity 30 mA) /

RCCBs for all the equipments (including Potable equipments), electrical

switchboards, distribution panels etc. to prevent electrical shocks to the workers.

15.0 Work on or near live conductors

i) For working near Third Rail & other Electrical installation, the rules/measures provided in the Safety Circular of O&M wing shall be followed.

ii) No person shall be engaged in any work activity on or so near any live conductor (other than one suitably covered with insulating material so as to prevent danger) that danger may arise unless-

a) Suitable precautions (including where necessary the provision of suitable protective equipment) are taken to prevent injury.

15.1 Inspection and Maintenance

All electrical equipment should be permanently numbered and a record kept of

the date of issue, date of last inspection and recommended inspection period.

16.0 Hand Tools and Power Tools

i) The contractor is wholly responsible for the safe condition of plant and equipment used by his employees and that of his sub-contractors.

ii) Use of short / damaged hand tools shall be avoided and the contractor shall ensure all his hand tools used at his work place are safe to work with or stored



and shall also train his employees (including his sub-contractors) for proper use thereby.

iii) All hand tools and power tools shall be duly inspected before use for safe operation.

iv) The contractor shall ensure that power tools (electric) are properly grounded or / and double insulated.

17.0 Fire prevention, protection and fighting system

i) The contractor shall ensure that storage area is provided with fire extinguishing equipment sufficient to extinguish any small fire at work place.

ii) Recharging of fire extinguishers and their proper maintenance should be ensured and as a minimum should meet Indian National Standards

iii) Combustible scrap and other work place debris should be disposed off on a regular basis.

18.0 Corrosive substances

Corrosive substances including alkalis and acids shall be stored and used by a

person dealing with such substances at a building / work place in a manner that it

does not endanger the worker and suitable PPE shall be provided by the

contractor to the worker during such handling and work. In case of spillage of such

substances on worker, the contractor shall take immediate remedial measures.

19.0 Work Permit system

19.1 The Contractor shall develop a Work Permit system, which is a formal written

system used to control certain types of work that are potentially hazardous.

A permit is needed when work place work can only be carried out if normal

safeguards are dropped or when new hazards are introduced by the work.

Examples of high-risk activities include but are not limited to:

i. Entry into confined spaces

ii. Lifting/Lowering activity

iii. Excavation

iv. Work in close proximity to overhead power lines and telecommunication

cables.

v. Work with electrical equipment and operations closer to live power line

vi. Working on track & operation rooms

19.2 A Work Permit authorization form shall be completed with the maximum duration

period not exceeding one shift.

19.3 A copy of each Permit to Work shall be displayed, during its validity, in a

conspicuous location in close proximity to the actual works location to which

it applies.

20.0 Work to adjacent track

Whenever work is to be conducted in close proximity to the live track then the

following measures shall need to be addressed:



a. The rules/measures provided in the Safety Circular – 2 of O&M manual shall be followed.

b. No persons are allowed to work onto the track unless specific authority has been given by GMRC. Adequate protection in accordance with the O&M requirements shall be followed.

c. All persons shall wear high visibility clothing at all times.

d. Any induction training requirements of the Track shall be strictly observed.

21.0 Lighting

The contractor shall provide sufficient site lighting, of the right type and at the right

place for it to be properly effective. Lighting ought not to introduce the risk of

electric shock. Therefore, 230V supplies should be used for those fittings, which

are robustly installed, and well out of reach e.g. flood lighting or high-pressure

discharge lamps.

22.0 Welding, Gouging and Cutting

i) Gas cylinders in use shall be kept upright on a custom-built stand or trolley fitted with a bracket to accommodate the hoses and equipment or otherwise secured. The metal cap shall be kept in place to protect the valve when the cylinder is not connected for use.

ii) Hose clamp or clip shall be used to connect hoses firmly in both sides of cylinders and torches.

iii) All gas cylinders shall be fixed with pressure regulator and dial gauges

iv) Non-return valve and Flashback arrester shall be fixed at both end of cylinder and

torch.

v) Domestic LPG cylinders shall not be used for Gas welding and Cutting purpose.

vi) DCP or CO2 type Fire Extinguisher not less than 5 kg shall be fixed at or near to welding process zone in an easily accessible location.

vii) Use firewatchers if there is a possibility of ignition unobserved by the operator (e.g. on the other side of bulkheads).

viii) Oxygen cylinders and flammable gas cylinders shall be stored separately, at least 6.6 meters (20 feet) apart or separated by a fire proof, 1.6 meters (5 feet) high partition. Flammable substances shall not be stored within 50 feet of cylinder storage areas.

ix) Transformer used for electrical arc welding shall be fixed with Ammeter and Voltmeter and also fixed with separate main power switch.

x) Welding grounds and returns should be securely attached to the work by cable lugs, by clamps in the case of stranded conductors, or by bolts for strip conductors. The ground cable will not be attached to equipment or existing installations or apparatus.

xi) Use a low voltage open circuit relay device if welding with alternating current in constricted or damp places.

xii) Take precautions against the risk of increased fume hazards when welding with chrome containing fluxed consumables or high current metal inert gas (MIG) or tungsten inert gas (TIG) processes.

xiii) Avoid being in contact with water or wet floors when welding. Use duckboards or rubber protection.

xiv) All electrical installations shall meet the IS: 5571: 1997 and NFPA 70 for gas cylinder storage area and other hazardous areas.

xv) The current for Electric arc welding shall not exceed 300 A on a hand welding operation.



23.0 Demolition

i) The Contractor shall ensure that all demolition works be carried out in a controlled manner under the management of experienced and competent supervision.

ii) All glass or similar materials or articles in exterior openings are removed before commencing any demolition work and all water, steam, electric, gas and other similar supply lines are put-off and such lines so located or capped with substantial coverings so as to protect it from damage and to afford safety to the building workers and public.

iii) No demolishing work be performed if the adjacent structure seems to be unsafe unless and until remedial measures life sheet piling, shoring, bracing or similar means be ensured for safety and stability for adjacent structure from collapsing.

iv) Debris / bricks and other materials or articles shall be removed by means of chutes buckets or hoists through openings through floors or any other safe means

v) No person other than building workers or other persons essential to the operation of demolition work shall be permitted to enter a zone of demolition and the area be provided with substantial barricades.

24.0 Excavation

i) Where any site building worker engaged in excavation is exposed to hazard of falling or sliding material or article from any bank or side of such excavation which is more than one 1.5 m above his footing, such worker is protected by adequate piling and bracing against such bank or side.

ii) Where banks of an excavation are undercut, adequate shoring is provided to support the material or article overhanging such bank.

iii) Excavated material is not stored at least 0.65 m from the edge of an open excavation or trench and banks of such excavation or trench are stripped of loose rocks and the banks of such excavation or trench are stripped of loose rocks and other materials which may slide, roll or fall upon a site building worker working below such bank.

iv) Metal ladders and staircases or ramps are provided, as the case may be, for safe access to and egress from excavation where, the depth of such excavation exceeds 1.5 m and such ladders, staircases or ramps.

25.0 Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs)

The contractor shall provide required PPEs to workmen to protect against safety and/or

health hazards. Primarily PPEs are required for the following protection:

A. Height Work

i. Safety Helmet

ii. Full body Safety harness

B. Electrical Operation Room

i. Shoes with insulated sole/Rubber Gum boots

ii. Electrically insulated Gloves

C. Chemical Handling

i. Eye protection i.e. Safety goggles

ii. Chemical Gloves for hand protection



PART – III: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND WELFARE

26.0 Physical fitness of workmen

The contractor shall ensure that his employees/workmen subject themselves to

such medical examination as required under the law or under the contract

provision and keep a record of the same.

The contractor shall not permit any employee/workmen to enter the work area

under the influence of alcohol or any drugs.

27.0 Medical Facilities

27.1 Medical Examination

As per BOCW relevant rules, the contractor shall arrange a medical examination

of all his employees including his sub-contractor employees employed before

employing, after illness or injury, if it appears that the illness or injury might have

affected his fitness and, thereafter, once in every two years up to the age of 40

and once in a year, thereafter.

27.2 Ambulance van

The contractor shall ensure that an arrangement is made with a nearby hospital

for providing such ambulance van for transportation of serious cases of accident

or sickness of workers to hospital promptly.

27.3 First-aid boxes

The contractor shall ensure at a work place one First-aid box provided and

maintained for providing First-aid to the workers. Every First-aid box is distinctly

marked “First-aid” and is equipped with the articles specified in BOCWR.

28.0 Noise

The Contractor shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that work carried out

by the Contractor and by his sub-Contractors, whether on or off the Site, will not

cause any unnecessary or excessive noise which may disturb the occupants of

any nearby dwellings, schools, hospitals, or premises with similar sensitivity to

noise.

Noise level reduction measures shall include the following:

i) Contractor shall ensure that all powered mechanical equipment used in the works shall be effectively sound reduced using the most modern techniques available including but not limited to silencers and mufflers.

ii) Contractor shall construct acoustic screens or enclosures around any parts of the works from which excessive noise may be generated.

Contractor shall ensure that noise generated by work carried out by the Contractor

and his sub-Contractors during daytime and night time shall not exceed the

maximum permissible noise limits.

29.0 Illumination

Contractor shall take every effort to illuminate the work site as per the Employer’s

requirement. The contractor shall conduct a monthly illumination monitoring by lux

meter for all the locations and the report shall be sent to the Employer.



10. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1

Definitions 1.1

1.1.1

1.1.1.1

1.1.1.2

1.1.1.3

1.1.1.4

1.1.1.5

1.1.1.6

1.1.1.7

1.1.1.8

1.1.1.9

1.1.1.10

1.1.1.11

1.1.1.12

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION In the contract (as defined below) the words and expressions defined below shall have the meanings assigned to them, except where the context requires otherwise. Words indicating persons or parties include corporations and other legal entities except where the context requires otherwise. Documents “Appendix to Form of Tender” means the completed pages in title Appendix, which are appended to and form part of the Tender. “Bill of Quantity” means a document containing various items of payment and contains schedule of Payment also. “Construction and/or Manufacture Documents” means all drawings, calculations, computer software (programs), samples, patterns, models, operation and maintenance manuals, and other manuals and information of a similar nature, to be submitted by the Contractor. “Contract” means the Contract Agreement, the Letter of Acceptance, the letter of tender, General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, the Employer’s Requirements, the Tender, the Notice Inviting Tender, Instructions To Tenderers, the Contractor’s Proposal, the Schedules, and such further documents which are listed in the Letter of Acceptance or Contract Agreement (if completed). “Contract Agreement” means the contract agreement referred to in Sub-Clause 1.4. It shall also include all subsequent modifications/ amendments to the Contract as a result of the communications or negotiation proceedings between the parties. “Contractor’s Proposal” means the proposal submitted by the Contractor with the Tender, as modified and accepted by the Employer and included in the Contract. Such documents may include the Contractor’s preliminary design. “Contractor’s Document” means the calculations, computer programme and other software’s, drawings, manuals and other documents of a technical nature(if any) supplied by the Contractor under the Contract. “Design Data” means all specifications, plans, drawings, details, graphs, sketches, models, levels, setting-out dimensions, calculations duly checked by the Contractor and other documents relating to the design of the Works prepared or to be prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor. “Drawings” means the Employer’s Drawings and the Drawings submitted by the Contractor and any modification of such drawings as any, from time to time, be furnished or for which the Engineer has issued a Notice of No Objection. “Employer’s Requirements” means the description of the scope, standard, design criteria, specifications, drawings, programme of work, indigenisation programme (where appl icab le) a s included in the Contract, and any alterations and modifications thereto in accordance with the Contract. “Interim Payment Schedule” means the schedule included for each Cost Centre in the Pricing Document and accepted by the Employer to be used for interim payments in relation to achievement of milestones under that Cost Centre, as the same may be revised from time to time in accordance with Clause 11. “Letter of Acceptance” means the formal acceptance to work by the Employer of the Tender.



1.1.1.13 “Notice to proceed” means the notice issued by the Employer to the

Contractor communicating t h e date on which the Works are to be

commenced and unless a clear Notice to Proceed is issued separately, the

“Letter Of Acceptance” will be deemed as “Notice To Proceed”. 1.1.1.14 "Letter of Tender” means the document entitled letter of tender, which

was completed by the Contractor and includes the signed offer to the Employer for the Works.

1.1.1.15 “Safety, Health and Environmental (SHE) Manual” means the Employer’s manual containing the requirements and conditions to be met during the execution of the Works by the Contractor.

1.1.1.16 “Schedules” means the information and data submitted with the

Tender, as included in the Contract. 1.1.1.17 “Tender” means the Contractor’s priced offer to the Employer for the

designing where ever applicable, execution, manufacture, and completion of the whole of Works, testing and commissioning (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning where ever applicable) and remedying of any defects therein, as accepted by the Letter of Acceptance.

1.1.1.18 “Schedule of Milestones” means the schedule included in each Cost

Centre in the Pricing Document, describing the Milestones and stipulating dates by which the Milestones are to be achieved under that Cost Centre in order to maintain interim payments by the Employer to the Contractor in accordance with the Interim Payment Schedule for that Cost Centre, as the same may be revised from time to time in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.1.19 “Schedule of Payment” means the schedule included in the Bill of Quantity for payment at various stages on part of the works.

1.1.1.20 “Special Conditions of Contract” means any special conditions of contract issued by the Employer prior to submission of the Tender or negotiated and agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor prior to and conditional upon acceptance of the Tender.

1.1.1.21 “Works Programme” means the programme showing the sequence, method and timing of investigations, design, issue of No Objection Notices, execution, manufacture, delivery to site, erection, installation, testing, commissioning of the Works (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning), indigenisation (where applicable) and related activities in the form and content prescribed by the Employer’s Requirements, or any amended or varied version thereof, as submitted by the Contractor and for which the Engineer has issued a Notice of No Objection.

1.1.2 Persons 1.1.2.1 “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor as the context requires 1.1.2.2 “Tenderer or Bidder” means the person submitting a bid/Tender. 1.1.2.3 “Contractor” means the person whose Tender has been accepted by

the Employer and the legal successors in title to such person, but not

(except with the consent of the Employer) any assignee of such person. 1.1.2.4 “Contractor’s Representative” shall mean a person named by the

Contractor in the Contract or appointed from time to time by the Contractor under Sub-clause 4.3 to act on behalf of Contractor.

1.1.2.5 "Designated Contractors" means any of the following whose activities

or the works they are engaged to carry out, affect or are affected by the

Works, in any way or at any time:

(a) contractors, design consultants and utility authorities engaged on

the Project from time to time by the Employer; (b) sub-contractors of any tier of the contractors above; provided that

the definition shall exclude the Contractor and his sub-contractors of any tier in relation to the Works.



1.1.2.6 “Other Contractor” means a person employed b y or having Contract

directly or indirectly with the Employer otherwise than through the

Contractor. 1.1.2.7 “Designer” means the Contractor, or part of the group forming the

contractor, person, firm or company or group of companies, or any replacement, carrying out the Design of Works or part thereof.

1.1.2.8 “Employer” means GUJARAT METRO RAIL CORPORATION (GMRC) LIMITED or commonly called as “GMRC”, its legal successors and assignees.

1.1.2.9 “Engineer” means any person nominated or appointed from time to time

by the Employer to act as the Engineer for the purposes of the Contract

and notified as such in writing to the Contractor. 1.1.2.10 “Engineer’s Representative” means any Assistant of the Engineer

appointed from time to time by the Engineer under Sub-clause 3.3 1.1.2.11 “Sub-contractor” means any person named in the Contract as a sub-

contractor, manufacturer or supplier for a part of the Works or any person to whom a part of the Works has been sub-contracted with the consent of the Employer and the legal successors in title to such person, but not any assignee of such person.

1.1.3 Dates, Times and Periods

1.1.3.1 “Commencement Date” means the date on which the Contractor shall

commence the Works on the written instructions of the Employer contained in the Notice to Proceed.

1.1.3.2 “Contract Period” means the period from the Commencement Date to the end of Defects Liability Period including Integrated Testing and Commissioning and as certified by the Engineer under Clause 7.11 (or as extended under Sub-Clause 10.3).

1.1.3.3 “Day” means a calendar day, “Week” means 7 calendar days, “Month” means a calendar month and “Year” means 365 days.

1.1.3.4 “Effective Date” means the date on which the Contract comes into

force and effect. 1.1.3.5 “Gazetted Holiday” means every holiday which is observed by GMRC as a gazetted holiday as well as a weekly holiday. 1.1.3.6 “General Holiday” means Sunday. 1.1.3.7 “Key Date” means a date identified as such in the Contract. 1.1.3.8 “Milestone” means the completion of a part of the Works or the

occurrence of an event identified as such in the Schedule of Milestones. 1.1.3.9 “Milestone Date” means the date prescribed in the Schedule of

Milestone by which a Milestone is to be achieved, if Interim Payments for the Cost Centre in which the Milestone is included are not to be suspended.

1.1.3.10 “Stage” means level of progress of the works identified as such and

more particularly described in the Employer’s Requirements for which a Key Date for the achievement thereof is stipulated in the Contract.

1.1.3.11 “Time for Completion” means the time for completing the Works or a section or a part thereof (as the case may be), and passing the Tests on Completion, including Integrated Testing and Commissioning, as stated in the contract, calculated from the Commencement Date.

1.1.4 Tests and Completion

1.1.4.1 “Factory Tests” means the tests required to be carried out in the

factory premises on components, equipment, subsystem, system, etc. during and/or after manufacture in the factory.

1.1.4.2 “Integrated Testing” in the contracts where applicable means the

programme of tests performed by the Contractor at the direction of the



Engineer following satisfactory completion of Contractor’s tests on his equipment, s u b -systems o r system to verify and confirm the compatibility and compliant performance of his equipment/ sub-system/ system with the equipment/ sub-system/ system provided by others.

1.1.4.3 “Milestone Certificate” means the certificate to be issued by the Engineer in relation to the achievement or otherwise of Milestones.

1.1.4.4 “Performance Certificate” means the certificate issued by the

Engineer under Sub-Clause 10.9. 1.1.4.5 “Taking Over Certificate” means a certificate issued under Clause 9.1. 1.1.4.6 “Tests on Completion” means the tests specified in the Contract and

designated as such, including Integrated Testing where applicable and any other such tests as may be agreed by the Engineer and the Contractor, or instructed as a Variation, which are to be carried out before the Works, or any Section are taken over by the Employer.

1.1.5 Money and Payments

1.1.5.1 “Contract Price” means the sum stated in the Letter of Acceptance as

payable to the Contractor, subject to such additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under the provisions of the Contract.

1.1.5.2 “Cost” means all expenditure properly incurred (or to be incurred) by the Contractor, whether on or off the Site,

1.1.5.3 “Cost Centre Amount” means the amount apportioned to a Cost

Centre as set out in the Pricing Document, as the same may be revised from time to time in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.5.4 “Final Payment Certificate” means the payment certificate issued by

the Engineer under Sub-Clause 11.9. 1.1.5.5 “Final Statement” means the agreed statement defined in Sub-Clause

11.10. 1.1.5.6 “Foreign Currency” means a freely convertible international trading

currency in which part of the Contract Price is payable, but not the Local Currency.

1.1.5.7 “Interim Payment Certificate” means any payment certificate issued

by the Engineer under Sub-Clause 11.5, other than the Final Payment Certificate.

1.1.5.8 “Local Currency” means Indian Rupees.

1.1.6 Other Definitions

1.1.6.1 “Approval or Approved” means Approval in writing including

subsequent written confirmation of previous verbal approval.

1.1.6.2 “Contractor’s Equipment” means all machinery, apparatus, appliances, other things of whatsoever nature required for purpose of the Contract, including without limitation, Contractor’s Plant and Equipment, or Materials to or from the Site, but does not include Plant, or Materials intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works.

1.1.6.3 “Cost Centre” means a group of activities and/ or items of work

identified as such in the Pricing Document. 1.1.6.4 “Materials” means things of all kinds (other than Plant) to be provided

and incorporated in the Permanent Works by the Contractor, including the supply-only items (if any), which are to be supplied by the Contractor as specified in the Contract.

1.1.6.5 “Plant” means the machinery, equipment, and apparatus and the likes, intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works, including the supply-only items (if any), which are to be supplied by the Contractor as specified in the Contract.



1.1.6.6 “Section” means a part of the Works specifically designated in the Appendix to Form of Tender as a Section (if any).

1.1.6.7 “Site” means the places provided by the Employer where the Works are to be executed and to which Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials are to be delivered, and any other place as may be specifically designated in the Contract as forming part of the Site. Site includes Depot, where Rolling Stock will be delivered, tested and commissioned as provided in the Contract.

1.1.6.8 “Scheduled Bank” means a bank included in the second schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, or modifications thereto.

1.1.6.9 “Specification” means the Specification referred to in the contract and any

modification thereof or addition thereto, as may from time to time be

furnished or approved in writing by the Engineer. 1.1.6.10 “Test” means such Tests as are prescribed in the Specifications or by

the Engineer or Engineer’s Representative, whether performed by the Contractor or by the Engineer or his Representative or any agency acting under the direction of the Engineer.

1.1.6.11 “Variation” means any alteration and/ or modification to the

Employer’s Requirements, which is instructed by the Engineer or approved as a variation by the Engineer, in accordance with Clause 12.

1.1.6.12 “Works” means the work, both permanent and temporary, or services

to be carried out, designed, manufactured, fabricated, delivered to Site, erected, installed, completed, tested, commissioned, (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning) and remedying of any defects, and/ or supplied in accordance with the Contract and include Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials and their accessories.

1.1.6.13 “Permanent Works” means the permanent works to be designed and executed in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.6.14 “Temporary Works” means all temporary works of every kind (other

than Contractor’s Equipment) required for the execution and completion of the Works, and the remedying of any defects.

1.1.6.15 “Project” means Ahmedabad Metro Rail Project

Interpretation 1.2 In the Contract except where the context requires otherwise:

1.2.1 (a) words indicating one gender include all genders;

(b) words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular and

(c) “ written” or “ in writing” means hand-written, type written, printed or electronically made and resulting in a permanent record.

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in

the interpretation of these condition.

1.2.2

Terms and Expressions not herein defined shall have the meanings assigned to

them in the “Indian General Clauses Act, 1897” or the Indian Contract Act,1872 or the Indian Sale of Goods Act,1930 or any other applicable Indian Law, as the case may be.

Law and Language

1.3

The Contract shall be governed by the Acts and Laws of India, the rules, regulations and bye-laws of the concerned public bodies and authorities.

Language of the Contract shall be English.

Contract Agreement

1.4

The Employer and the Contractor shall execute a Contract Agreement, with such modifications as may be necessary to record the Contract. The costs of stamp

duties and similar charges imposed by law shall be borne by the Contractor.

Priority of Documents

1.5

The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another. If there is an ambiguity or discrepancy in the documents, the



Engineer shall issue any necessary clarification or instruction to the Contractor, and the priority of the documents shall be as follows:

(a) The Contract Agreement; (b) The Letter of Acceptance;

(c) Pre and Post bid proceeds (d) Form of Tender (e) BOQ/Payment schedule (f) NIT (g)

(h)

ITT

The Outline Design Specifications

(Design Criteria) and Outline Construction Specifications; or any other specification

(i) Drawings

(j) The Employer’s Requirements (k) The Special Conditions of Contract; (l) The General Conditions of Contract; (m) The Contractor’s Proposal; and

(n) Any other document forming part of the Contract.

Care and 1.6 Supply of Construction and/or Manufacture Documents

Communica- 1.7 tions

Employer's 1.8 Use of Contractor's Documents

The Construction and/or Manufacture Documents shall be in the custody and care of the Contractor during the Contract. Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide three copies for the use of the Engineer and assistants (as referred to in Sub-Clause 5.3).

The Contractor shall keep on Site one complete set of the documents forming the Contract the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, Variations, other communications given or issued from time to time and the documents/samples mentioned in Sub-Clause 5.3. The Employer, the Engineer and their assistants (as referred to in Sub-Clause 3.3) shall have the right to access these documents all reasonable times. On discovery of any technical error or defect in a document intended to be used for the purpose of Contract, the Contractor shall promptly give notice to the Engineer of such error or defect. Communications between parties, unless otherwise specified shall be effective only when made in writing. A notice will be effective only when delivered.

As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other

intellectual property rights in the Contractor's Documents and other design

documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be deemed (by signing the Contract) to give to the

Employer a non-terminable transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to

copy, use and communicate the Contractor's Documents, including making and

using modifications of them. This licence shall:

(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer) of

the relevant parts of the Works,

(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works to

copy, use and communicate the Contractor's Documents for the purposes of

completing, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting, repairing and

demolishing the Works, and

(c) in the case of Contractor's Documents which are in the form of computer

programs and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site



and other places as envisaged by the Contract, including replacements of

any computers supplied by the Contractor.

Contractor's 1.9 Use of Employer's Documents

Compliance 1.10 with Statutes, Regulations and Laws

Joint and 1.11 Several Liability

2

General 2.1 Obligations

Access to 2.2 and Possession of the Site

As between the Parties, the Employer shall retain the copyright and other

intellectual property rights in the Employer's Requirements and other documents

made by (or on behalf of) the Employer. The Contractor may, at his cost, copy,

use, and obtain communication of these documents for the purposes of the

Contract.

They shall not, without the Employer's consent, be copied, used or communicated to a third party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of the Contract. The Contractor shall familiarise themselves and conform in all aspects with:

(a) the provision of any enactment in India as applicable from time to time

(b) the regulations or bye-laws of any local body and utilities.

(c) the Contractor shall be bound to give all notices required by statute,

regulations or by-laws, as aforesaid and to pay all fees and bills payable in

respect thereof. The Contractor will arrange necessary clearances and

approvals before the Work is taken up.

Ignorance of Rules, Regulations and Bylaws shall not constitute a basis for any claim at any stage of work.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all penalties and liabilities of every kind of breach of any such enactment, laws, regulations, bye-laws or rules.

If the Contractor is (under applicable Laws) a joint venture, consortium, or other incorporated grouping of two or more Persons: a) these Persons shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the

Employer for the performance of the Contract; b) these Persons shall notify the Employer of their leader who shall have

authority to bind the Contractor and each of these persons; and c) the Contractor shall not alter its composition or legal status without the prior

consent of the Employer.

THE EMPLOYER

The Employer shall provide the Site/area of works and shall pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

The Employer shall grant the Contractor right of access to, and / or possession of, the Site progressively for the completion of Works. Such right and possession may not be exclusive to the Contractor. The Contractor will draw/modify the schedule for completion of Works according to progressive possession/right of such sites.

If the Contractor suffers delay from failure on the part of the Employer to grant right of access to, or possession of the Site, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer in a period of 28 days of such occurrence. After receipt of such notice the Engineer shall proceed to determine any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled and shall notify the Contractor accordingly.

For any such delay in handing over of site, Contractors will be entitled to only reasonable extension of time and no monetary claims whatsoever shall be paid



Permits,

2.3

or entertained on this account.

It shall be Contractor’s exclusive responsibility to get approvals, permits or Licences or license required for the Contract. However, the Employer may (where he is in a Approvals position to do so) provide reasonable assistance to Contractor at the request and

cost of the Contractor in getting Permits, License or Approvals required during

the Contract.

The rendering of such assistance by the Employer shall not be interpreted as a

pretext by the Contractor as condoning of any delay or non-performance of any of the Contractors obligations. The following-up of all such applications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Assignment

2.4

The Employer shall be fully entitled without the consent of the Contractor, to by the assign the benefit of the part thereof and any interest therein or there under to Employer any third party.

3

THE ENGINEER

Appointment

3.1

The Employer shall notify the Contractor in writing of the appointment and of Engineer identity of the Engineer and of any replacement from time to time.

Duties and

3.2

The Engineer shall carry out the duties specified in the Contract. The Engineer Authorities of shall have no authority to amend the Contract. the Engineer The Engineer may exercise the authority specified in, or necessarily to be

implied from the Contract. If the Engineer is required to obtain the specific

approval of the Employer before exercising such authority, such requirements

shall be as stated in Special Conditions of Contract. Any requisite approval shall

be deemed to have been given by the Employer for any such authority exercised

by the Engineer.

The Engineer shall have no authority to relieve the Contractor of any of his duties, obligations, or responsibilities under the Contract. Any proposal, inspection, examination, testing, consent, approval or similar act by the Engineer (including absence of disapproval) shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility, including responsibility for his errors, omissions, discrepancies, and non-compliance with Sub-Clause 5.4.

The Engineer shall copy to the Employer all communications given or received

by him in accordance with the Contract.

Engineer’s

3.3

i. The Engineer, may from time to time assign and delegate authority to Authority to Engineer’s representatives/assistants and may also revoke such assignments Delegate and delegations. The delegation or revocation shall be in writing and shall be

applicable only after same has been notified in writing to the Contractor.

ii. Each Assistant to whom duties have been assigned or authority has been

delegated, shall be authorized to issue instructions to the Contractor to the

extent defined by the delegation. Any determination, approval, check, certificate,

consent, examination, inspection, instruction, notice, proposal, request, test or

similar act by an assistance shall have the same effect as though the act had

been an act of the Engineer. However:

(a) Any failure to disapprove any Plant, Goods , Material, design and workmanship shall not prejudice the right of the Engineer to reject such Plant, Goods , Material, design and workmanship;



(b) if the Contractor questions any determination or instruction of an assistant of the Engineer, the Contractor may refer the matter to the Engineer within three days of such decision having been given, who shall confirm, reverse or vary such determination or instruction.

Engineer’s 3.4 Instructions

Engineer to 3.5 Attempt Agreement

4


The Contractor shall comply with instructions given by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the Engineer of any instruction, which he considers necessary for the execution of the Works, to enable the Engineer to issue the instruction so that progress of the Works is not delayed. The Engineer shall not, however, be bound to issue any instruction which, in his opinion, is unnecessary. No act or omission by the Engineer or the assistants to the Engineer in the performance of any of the Engineer’s duties or the exercise of any of the Engineer’s powers under the Contract shall, in any way, operate to relieve the Contractor of any of the duties, responsibilities, obligations or liabilities imposed upon the Contractor by any of the provisions of the Contract.

When the Engineer is required to determine value, cost or extension of time, he shall consult with the Contractor and the Employer in an endeavour to reach agreement. If agreement is not achieved, the Engineer shall determine the matter fairly, reasonably and in accordance with the Contract, with the approval of Employer THE CONTRACTOR

The Works as completed by the Contractor shall be wholly in accordance with the Contract and fit for the purposes for which they are intended, as defined in the Contract. The Works shall include any work which is necessary to satisfy the Employer's Requirements, the Contractor's Proposal and Schedules, or is implied by the Contract, or arises from any obligation of the Contractor, and all works not mentioned in the Contract but which may be inferred to be necessary for stability, or completion, or the safe, reliable and efficient operation of the Works.

The Contractor shall design, if in the scope of work, manufacture, execute, install, complete, test (including Integrated Testing in case of rolling stock and signalling contracts) and commission, the Works, including providing Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, within the Time for Completion and shall remedy any defects within the Contract Period. The Contractor shall provide all superintendence, Labour, Plant, Materials, Contractor’s Equipment, Temporary Works and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for such design, works and remedying of defects.

Before commencing design, if in the scope of the contract, the Contractor shall satisfy himself regarding the Employer's Requirements (including design criteria and calculations, if any) and the items of reference mentioned in Sub-Clause 4.8.

The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer of any error, fault or other defect in the Employer's Requirements or such items of reference. After receipt of such notice, the Engineer shall determine whether Clause 12 shall be applied, and shall notify the Contractor accordingly.

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all Site operations, of all methods of construction, manufacture, and of all the Works, irrespective of any approval or consent by the Engineer.



The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before submitting his tender as to the correctness and sufficiency of his Tender to cover all his risks, liabilities and obligations set out in or implied by the Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper design, manufacture, execution, installation, completion, testing, integrated testing whichever is in the scope of the contract, commissioning of the Works and remedying of the Defects.

The Contractor acknowledges responsibility for ascertaining and securing at his

own cost:

(a) conditions bearing upon the proper transportation, disposal, handling

and storage of materials (including but not limited to hazardous toxic substances and excavated materials);

(b) availability of electricity, water and gas; (c) availability of skilled manpower;

(d) the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the manufacture, installation, execution, testing, Integrated testing and commissioning of the Works and remedying of any defects;

(e) the protection of the environment and adjacent structures which will be necessary preliminary to and during the manufacture, installation, execution, testing, integrated testing, and commissioning of the Works and remedying of any defects;

(f) the location of and the authorisation required for and the means of

diversion of any services and facilities required for the purposes of the

Works.

Performance 4.2 security Amount 4.2.1 (i)

(ii)

(iii)

The Contractor shall whenever required by the Engineer, submit details of the arrangement and methods which the Contractor proposed to adopt for the execution of the Works. No alteration to these arrangements or methods shall be made without the approval of the Engineer.

Within 30 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful Tenderer shall furnish Performance Security in the form of a bank guarantee from a branch in India of a scheduled foreign bank or from a scheduled commercial bank in India acceptable to the Employer for an amount of 10% (ten per cent) of the Contract value in types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable. The approved form provided in the ‘Instructions to Tenderers’ documents or any other form approved by the Employer shall be used for Bank Guarantee. The Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to 6 months beyond the Defect Liability Period. In case the contract value exceeds beyond 25% of the original contract value, the contractor shall have to submit Additional Performance Security.

Whenever the contract value exceeds beyond 25% of the original contract value either due to employer’s variation or due to contractor’s variation, the contractor shall submit Additional Performance Security equal to an amount of 10% of the variation reduced by an amount equal to 5% of the work already certified as completed by the Engineer-in-Charge on the date of variation subject to a maximum limit of 10% of the variation amount.

No Additional Performance Security will be required to be submitted if the variation is within 25% of the original contract value.



Forfeiture 4.2.2

Release 4.2.3

Guarantees and 4.2.4 Warranties

Representation 4.3 on Works

Failure of the successful Tenderer to furnish the required Performance Security shall be a ground for the annulment of the award of Contract and forfeiture of the tender security. The whole of the Performance Security amount shall be liable to be forfeited by the Employer at the discretion of the Employer, in the event of any breach of contract on the part of the Contractor.

i. On completion of the entire work, one half of the Performance Security shall be refunded to the Contractor, on issue of Taking over Certificate by the Engineer, in accordance with Sub-Clause 9.1 and 9.2 of these conditions. This shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligations and liabilities, to make good that may be detected during the Defects Liability Period

ii. The balance amount shall become due and shall be paid to the on

Contractor on signing of the Performance Certificate after the expiry of the final Defects Liability Period as per Clause 10.9 of these conditions.

Within 30 days of the date of Letter of Acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer:

(a) An Undertaking in the approved format from a parent company, the identity of

which shall have been submitted in writing to the Employer prior to acceptance of the Tender and against which the Employer shall have raised no objection.

(b) A Written Guarantee in the approved format from a Parent Company, the identity

of which shall have been submitted in writing to the Employer prior to acceptance of the Tender and against which the Employer shall have raised no objection.

(c) A warrantee in the approved format from the Contractor.

In the event that the Contractor shall comprise two or more members, corporations acting in partnership, joint venture, consortium or otherwise each such member or corporation shall submit a Parent Company Undertaking and written Guarantee.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract:

(a) submission by the Contractor of the requisite Performance S ecurity, Parent

Company Undertakings and written Guarantees shall be condition precedent to the Contractor's entitlement to any payment, under the Contract; and

(b) failure by the Contractor to provide a Performance Security or Parent Company Undertakings or Parent Company written Guarantees shall entitle the Employer either to suspend the Works or to terminate the Contract forthwith by notice in writing to that effect, notwithstanding that the Contractor may have been permitted to proceed with the Works, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation whatsoever as a consequence of such suspension or termination.

Unless the Contractor's Representative is named in the Contract, the Contractor shall, within 14 days of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Engineer for consent the name and particulars of the person the Contractor proposes to appoint. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor's Representative without the prior consent of the Engineer. The Contractor’s Representative so nominated shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. The Contractor's Representative shall give his whole time to directing the preparation of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents and the execution of the Works. The Contractor's Representative shall receive (on behalf of the Contractor) all notices, instructions, consents, no objection certificate approvals, certificates, determinations and other communications under the Contract. Whenever the Contractor's Representative is to be absent from the Site, a suitable replacement



person shall be appointed, with prior consent of Engineer.

Failure on part of the Contractor to comply with these provisions shall

constitute a breach of Contract leading to action under Sub-Clause 13.2

The Contractor's Representative may delegate any of his powers, functions and authorities to any competent person, and may at any time revoke any such delegation. Any such delegation or revocation shall be in writing and shall not take effect until the Engineer has given prior consent thereto. The Contractor’s Representative and such persons shall be fluent in the language of day to day communication and the Contractor shall be bound by and fully liable for the acts or omissions of the Contractor’s Representatives or any of his employees and/or delegates, agents or nominees.

Facilities for 4.4 and co- ordination with Others.

The Contractor shall not impede and shall afford all necessary facilities, access and/or services to the Employer, Engineer, Designated Contractors, utility undertakings, other relevant authorities and other contractors (whether employed by the Employer or not) who are carrying out on, or in the vicinity of, the Site, works not included in the Contract but forming part of the Project: a The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Works are co-

ordinated and integrated with the design, manufacture, installation execution and testing of such other works and shall in particular (but without limitation):

(i) comply with any direction which the Engineer may give for the

integration of the design of the Works with the design of any other part of the Project;

(ii) consult, liaise and co-operate with those responsible for carrying out

such other works, including where necessary, in the preparation of the respective designs, the preparation of co-ordinated programmes, method statements, co-ordination drawings and specifications together with arrangements of service priorities and zoning;

(iii) participate in Integrated Testing and Commissioning of the system with

Designated Contractors and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the Works have been designed and constructed in a manner compatible with the works of Designated Contractors.

b The Contractor shall undertake design co-ordination with other contractors who

are carrying out works forming part of the Project as described in the Employer's Requirements. At the end of each such co-ordination period, the Contractor and the other contractor with whose works the interface period refers s hall jointly state in writing that their design co-ordination activities are complete and that their respective designs are integrated and can be finalised without interference with each other's designs or the designs with which their designs have already been integrated. A copy of this joint written statement shall be provided to the Engineer within 7 days of the end of the said design co-ordination period. Unless and until copies of all relevant and necessary design co-ordination statements have been submitted to the Engineer, the Engineer shall be entitled to suspend any review or further review of the Contractor's or the other contractor's design submissions. Such suspension shall not be grounds for the Contractor to claim nor shall be entitled to receive an extension of time or additional payments.



c The Contractor shall provide within the Site, staging, storage and unloading areas for the use of Designated Contractors, if any, who are undertaking track work, fare collection system, supply, testing and commissioning of Rolling Stock, escalators, lifts, signalling and telecommunications and traction power installation works, etc. Separate locations shall be provided for each such contractor. The exact size and location of these staging, storage and unloading areas, and the commencement date shall be co-ordinated and agreed during the design interface period with each Designated Contractor.

d Any other contract which depends for its execution on the Contract or upon

which the Contract is dependent for its own execution shall be identified by the Engineer as a "Designated Contract". The Contractor shall provide attendance on Designated Contractors in accordance with the Employer's Requirements and as instructed by the Engineer. The identity of the contractor for a Designated Contract may not be known before the execution of the Contract but this shall not be a ground for the Contractor to object to the subsequent appointment of a Designated Contractor.

e The Contractor shall in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer co -

ordinate his own Works with that of Designated Contractors through Co- ordinated Installation Programme (CIP) stated in the Employer's Requirements, or as the Engineer may require, and shall afford the Designated Contractors all reasonable opportunities for carrying out their works.

f The Contractor shall afford all reasonable opportunities, for carrying out their

work, to other contractors employed by the Employer and their workmen respectively and the workmen of the Employer who may be engaged on or near the Site of any work, ancillary to the Works, but, not included in the Contract and shall not cause them inconvenience.

g If the Contractor shall suffer delay by reason of failure by any Designated

Contractor to meet the specified installation interfacing and co -ordination, completion dates, which delay shall be caused otherwise than by fault of the Contractor, or, if compliance with sub-clause (f) herein shall involve the Contractor in delay beyond that which could be reasonably foreseen by an experienced contractor at the time of tender, then the Engineer shall take such delay into account in determining any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.

h It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the full extent of the

Works under the Contract and the works to be carried out by Designated Contractors within the Works or, in, on, under, through and over the Site are co- ordinated and integrated in their design, manufacture, installation and construction. Such responsibility shall neither be mitigated nor in any other way affected by virtue of similar responsibilities being placed on other contractors.

The Contractor shall be deemed to have made adequate allowance in the Contract Price and in the Works Programme in respect of these obligations.

If any act or omission of the Contractor whether directly or indirectly results in the delay in the execution of the works of a Designated Contractor, the Contractor, in addition to his liability in respect of Liquidated Damages, if they become due, shall pay to the Employer, or the Engineer may deduct from Interim Payment Certificates such amount as the Engineer shall have certified in respect of additional payments or costs to the Designated Contractor in respect of such delay.



Sub-contractors- 4.5 The Contractor shall not sub-contract the whole of the Works.

4.5.1

Unless otherwise stated in the Special Conditions of Contract:

4.5.2

4.5.3

4.5.4

a) the Contractor shall not be required to obtain consent for purchases of Materials which are in accordance with the makes specified in the Contract or provisions of labour or for the sub-contracts for which the Sub-contractor is named in the Contract;

b) the prior consent of the Engineer shall be obtained for other proposed Sub- contractors;

c) not less than 28 days before the intended date of each Sub-contractor commencing work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of such intention; and the Contractor shall give fair and reasonable opportunity for contractors in India to be appointed as Sub-contractors.

NOT USED The Contractor shall be responsible for observance by all Sub-contractors of all the provisions of the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts or defaults of any Sub-contractor, his representatives or employees, as fully as if they were the acts or defaults of the Contractor, his representatives or employees and nothing contained in Sub-clause (a) of clause 4.5 shall constitute a waiver of the Contractor’s obligations under this contract. The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer of all the Sub Contracts including terms, conditions and pricing. The Contractor shall endeavour to resolve all matters and payments amicable and speedily with the sub-contractors. The contractor shall ensure that their sub contractors, material/equipment suppliers, consultants and other agencies deployed by them in connection with execution of the contract do not make any claim or raise any dispute before GMRC. For this, necessary provision is to be made in the agreement between contractor and their sub contractors/consultants/other agencies. Similarly the agreement should also incorporate the provision of dispute resolution. An undertaking in the following format shall be submitted by contractor in respect of each such agency:-

“Name of work…………………………………………………………………………….. In connection with above work, M/s…………………………, Contractor has/is engaging M/s………………………………, as sub contractor(or consultant or material/equipment supplier or service provider). For this, the terms and conditions of agreement include necessary provisions for resolution of dispute if any arising between contractor and sub contractor. It is confirmed by the sub contractor that any claim/dispute arising out of the above work shall be resolved in terms of agreement and shall not be raised before GMRC and also shall not make any claim against GMRC before any forum/court.

Signature of Contractor



Assignment of 4.6 Contractor’s and Sub- contractor’s Obligations

Compensation 4.7 for Breach

Setting Out 4.8

Accurate 4.8.1 Setting Out

Errors in 4.8.2 Setting out

Site Data 4.9

The Contractor shall not assign a right or benefit under the Contract without first obtaining Employer’s prior written consent, otherwise than by: a. a charge in favour of the Contractor’s bankers of any money due or to become

due under the Contract, or b. assignment to the Contractor’s insurers (in cases where the insurers have

discharged the Contractor’s loss or liability) of the Contractor’s right to obtain relief against any other party liable.

If a Sub-contractor’s obligations extend beyond the expiry date of Defects Liability Period then the Contractor shall assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer. In the event that a sub-contractor of any tier provides to the Contractor or any other sub-contractor a warranty in respect of Plant, Materials or Services supplied in connection with the Works, or undertakes a continuing obligation of any nature whatsoever in relation to such Plant, Materials or Services (including without limitation an obligation to maintain stocks of spare parts) extending for a period exceeding that of the Defects Liability Period or where there is more than one Defects Liability Period exceeding that of the latest Defects Liability Period, and if the Engineer so directs in writing within 21 days of the expiry of the Defects Liability Period or the latest Defects Liability Period (as the case may be), the Contractor shall immediately assign or obtain the assignment of the benefit of such warranty or obligation to the Employer or at the direction of the Employer, to any third party referred to in Sub- Clause 2.4. Any breach of Sub-clauses 4.5 to 4.6 shall entitle the Employer to rescind the contract under Clause 13.2 of these conditions and also render the Contractor liable for loss or damage arising due to such cancellation.

The Contractor shall be responsible for

(a) the accurate setting out of the Works in relation to the original points, lines and

levels of reference given by the Engineer in writing (b) the correctness of position, levels, dimensions and alignments of all parts of the

Works (c) the provisions of all necessary instruments, equipment, apparatus and labour in

connection with the foregoing responsibilities (d) carefully protecting and preserving all bench marks, sight rails, pegs and other

things used in setting out the Works The checking of any setting-out or of any line or level by the Engineer shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the accuracy or correctness thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve all bench -marks, sight-rails, pegs and other things used in setting out the Works. If at any time during the execution of the Work, an error appears in the positions, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor on being required to do so by the Engineer shall, at Contractor’s cost, rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer. i. The Employer shall have made available to the Contractor with the Tender

documents such relevant data in Employer’s possession on hydrological and sub-surface conditions. The accuracy or reliability of the data/studies/reports and of any other information supplied at any time by the Employer or Engineer is not warranted with respect to the viability of his design and execution of Works and



the Contractor shall be responsible for interpreting all such data. The Contractor shall conduct further investigations considered necessary by him at his own cost and any error, discrepancies if found in Employer’s data at any stage will not constitute ground for any claim for extra time and costs.

ii. The Contractor shall be deemed to have obtained all necessary information as to

risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect the Tender or Works.

iii. The Contractor shall also be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site, its surroundings, the above data and other available information with respect to the viability of his design and execution of Works and to have satisfied himself before submitting the Tender, as to all the relevant matters including without limitation:

(a) the form and nature of the Site, including the sub-surface conditions;

(b) the hydrological and climatic conditions; (c) the extent and nature of the Work, Plant and Materials necessary for the

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects;

(d) the applicable laws, procedures and labour practices

(e) The Contractor’s requirement for access, accommodation, facilities,

personnel, power, transport and other services.

(f) the risk of injury or damage to property adjacent to the Site and to the

occupiers of such property or any other risk.

Sufficiency of 4.10 accepted Contract Amount

Access Route 4.11

Rights of way 4.12 and Facilities

Programmes 4.13

The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Contract Price shall cover all his obligations under the Contract and all things necessary for the proper design, execution and completion of the Works, testing and commissioning (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning) and remedying of any defects. The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the suitability and availability of the access routes he chooses to use. The Contractor shall (as between the parties) be responsible for the maintenance of access routes. The Contractor shall provide at his cost signs or directions, which he may consider necessary or as instructed by Engineer for the guidance of his staff, labour and others. The Contractor shall obtain any permission concessions and related easement right that may be required from the relevant authorities for the use of such routes, signs and directions. The Employer will not be responsible for any claims which may arise from the use or otherwise of any access route. The Employer does not guarantee the suitability or availability of any particular access route, and will not entertain any claim for any non-suitability or non-availability for continuous use during construction of any such route.

The Employer will acquire and provide land for Permanent Works and right of way (within GMRC’s land) for access thereto over routes established by the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear all cost and charges for special or temporary rights of way which he may require including those for access to the Site. The Contractor shall also obtain, at his risk and cost, any additional facility outside the Site which he may require for the purpose of the Works. The Employer reserves the right to make use of these service roads/rights of way for itself or for other Contractors working in the area, as and when necessary without any payment to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall submit a detailed programme to the Engineer after receipt of the



Letter of Acceptance not later than 28 days from the date of receipt of Letter of Acceptance. The Contractor shall also submit a revised programme whenever the Engineer finds that the previous programme is inconsistent with actual progress or with the Contractor’s obligations.

Each programme shall include the following:

a the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Works (including

each stage of design, procurement, manufacture, delivery to Site, construction, erection, testing and commissioning),

b all major events and activities in the production of Construction or Manufacture Documents; and

c the sequence of all tests specified in the Contract including Integrated Testing and Commissioning.

Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the programmes shall be developed using precedence networking techniques, showing early start, late start, early finish and late finish dates.

No significant alteration to the programmes, or to such arrangements and methods, shall be made without obtaining consent of the Engineer. If the progress of the Works does not conform to the programmes, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to revise the programmes, showing the modifications necessary to achieve completion within the Time for Completion.

Consent by the Engineer to Programmes shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities or obligations under the Contract. If the Programmes indicate that a Key Date has not, or will not be met, it shall not, by itself entitle the Contractor to an extension of time in relation to such Key Date.

Progress 4.14 Reports

Contractor's 4.15 Equipment

4.15.1

4.15.2

4.15.3

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer by the end of each calendar month his Monthly Progress Report which shall, amongst other things, highlight actual or potential departures from the Works Programmes and/or the Design Submission Programme and state the measures which the Contractor proposes to take in order to make good or reduce any delay. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, at weekly intervals, a written report as to the progress of off-Site manufacture of Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials. The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer such other reports as may reasonably be required by him or any relevant authority or public body. The progress reports shall conform to the Employer’s Requirements.

All Contractor’s Equipment and Temporary Works provided by the Contractor shall, when brought on to the site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for execution of the Works and not be removed without the consent in writing of the Engineer. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall remove from the Site all the said Constructional Plant and his unused materials The Employer shall not, at any time, be liable for the loss or damage to any of the Constructional Plant, Temporary Works or Materials save as mentioned in Clauses 14.1



4.15.4

4.15.5

Safety of Works 4.16

Protection of 4.17 the Environment

Electricity 4.18 Water and Gas

In respect of any Constructional Plant which the Contractor shall have imported for the purpose of the Works, the Employer may assist the Contractor, where required, in procuring any necessary Government consent for re-export of the same after the completion of the Works. The Employer may assist (but is not obligated to) the Contractor, where required, in obtaining clearance through the Customs of Constructional Plant, materials and other things required for the Works The Contractor shall throughout the execution of the Works including the carrying out of any testing, commissioning (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning), or remedying of any defect: a. take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability, safety and security of the Works,

Plant, Rolling Stock, Contractor's Equipment, Temporary Works, operations on Site and methods of manufacture, installation, construction and transportation;

b. have full regard for the safety of all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site (including without limitation persons to whom access to the Site has been allowed by the Contractor), comply with all relevant safety regulations, including provision of safety gear, and in so far as the Contractor is in occupation or otherwise is using areas of the Site, keep the Site and the Works (so far as the same are not completed and occupied by the Employer) in an orderly state appropriate to the avoidance of injury to all persons and shall keep the Employer indemnified against all injuries to such persons.

c. provide and maintain all lights, guards, fences and warning signs and watchmen when and where necessary or required by the Engineer or by laws or by any relevant authority for the protection of the Works and for the safety and convenience of the public and all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site; and

d. where any work would otherwise be carried out in darkness, ensure that all parts of the Site where work is being carried out are so lighted as to ensure the safety of all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site and of such work.

Contractor is required to take note of all the necessary provisions in Employer’s Safety, Health and Environment Manual (SHE Manual) and the Contractor’s Price shall be inclusive of all the necessary costs to meet the prescribed safety standards. In the case, the Contractor fails in the above, the Employer may provide the necessary arrangements and recover the costs from the Contractor. The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment (both on and off the Site) and to avoid injury, damage and nuisance to people and property resulting from pollution, noise and other results of his operations. The Contractor shall ensure that air emissions, surface discharges and effluent from the Site during the Contract Period shall not exceed the values indicated in the Employer's Requirements, and shall not exceed the values prescribed by law. The Contractor shall conform to the Employer’s Requirements and shall indemnify the Employer against any liability or damages or claims arising out of his operations. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable for any stoppage, closure or suspension of the works due to any contravention of statutory requirements relating to the protection of the environment and shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer in this regard. The Contractor's Site Environmental Plan shall be developed from his Employer’s Safety, Health and Environmental Manual (SHE Manual), as per the Employer's Requirements and Special Conditions of Contract. Nothing extra shall be payable to the Contractor on this account and his Tender Price shall be inclusive of expenditure required to be incurred for working as per SHE Manual. The Contractor shall be responsible for making his own arrangements at his own cost to obtain supply of water, electricity or gas for the Works. The Employer where feasible may at its discretion assist the Contractor in this respect.



Tools, Plants 4.19 And Equipment Supplied By The Employer

Employer’s 4.20 Materials & Excavated Materials

Sheds, Stores, 4.21 Yards

Temporary 4.22 Works

Unforeseeable 4.23 Physical Conditions

Except for any specific item mentioned in the Special Conditions of Contract or in Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide all tools, plants and equipment for the Works. In respect of such exceptional tools, plants or equipment committed to be provided by the Employer under terms and conditions specified in the Special Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall take all reasonable care and shall be responsible for all damages or loss caused by him, his representatives, sub- contractors or his workmen or others while they are in his charge. On completion of the Works, the Contractor shall hand over the unused balance of the tools, plants and equipments to the Employer in good order and repair, fair wear and tear expected, and shall be responsible for any failure to account for the same or any damage done thereto.

The decision of the Engineer as to the amount recoverable from the Contractor on this account shall be final and binding. (i) Except for items mentioned in the Special Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall provide all materials for the Works. Materials, if any, to be provided by Employer will be done only in a phased manner as per pre-approved program, against a Bank Guarantee for the value of the Material and at terms and conditions for issue, upkeep, usage, return and recovery of such Materials as specified in Special Conditions of Contract. (ii) Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall not sell or remove, except for the purpose of this Contract, sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other materials obtained from the work Site and these shall be the property of the Employer and will be disposed off only in the manner instructed the Employer.

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide at his own expense the required sheds, store houses, and yards for both Permanent and Temporary Works and provide free access to the Engineer and the Engineer’s Representative who will have right of inspection including that of instructing the Contractor to remove a particular material from the stores and not to use the same on the Works. All temporary works necessary for the proper execution of the works shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor at his cost and subject to the consent of the Engineer shall be removed by Contractor at his own expense when they are no longer required and in such manner as the Engineer shall direct. In case the Contractor fails to remove the temporary works on completion the Engineer is authorized to get the same removed and recover the cost there of from the Contractor. In this Clause “physical conditions” means natural physical conditions, which the Contractor encounters at Site while executing the Works excluding climatic conditions. If, during the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall encounter physical conditions, which in his opinion, could not have been reasonably foreseen by an experienced Contractor, the Contractor shall forthwith give written notice thereof to the Engineer and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such conditions could not have been reasonably foreseen by an experienced Contractor, then the Engineer shall certify and the Employer shall pay reasonable additional cost to which the Contractor shall have been put by reason of such conditions in the following cases:

a. for complying with any instruction which the Engineer may issue to the Contractor in connection therewith, and

b. for any proper and reasonable measures approved by the Engineer which



the Contractor may take in the absence of specific instructions from the Engineer, as a result of such conditions or obstructions being encountered. The decision of the Engineer as to the additional cost shall be final and binding.

Access for 4.24 Engineer

Access Road 4.25 and Way Leaves

Contractor to 4.26 keep Site Clear

Security of the 4.27 Site

Contractor's 4.28 Operations on Site

The Contractor shall allow the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative or any other person authorised by him, at all times access to the Site, and to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out and to any place where materials or plant are being manufactured, fabricated and/or assembled for the Works. The Contractor shall ensure that sub contracts if any shall contain provisions entitling the Engineer or any person authorised by him to have such access. Providing access roads/ way leaves to the site will be Contractor’s responsibility.

During the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall keep the Site free from all unnecessary obstruction, and shall store or dispose of any Contractor’s Equipment or surplus materials. The Contractor shall clear away and remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish or Temporary Works no longer required. On completion of the works, the Contractor shall clear away and remove from site all Constructional Plant, surplus material and Temporary Works. He should leave the whole of the site and Works in a clean, tidy and workman like condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

On completion of Work the Contractor shall also clear away the labour camps, hutments and other related installations and restore the land to its original condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer within 45 days of the physical completion of Work. The cost on account of delay in return of land and reinstatement of original condition within the stipulated time as determined by Engineer will b e recovered from the Contractor’s dues.

No final payment in settlement of the accounts for Works shall be made or held to be due to the Contractor, till, in addition to any other condition necessary for such final payment, site clearance and clearances of labour camps etc shall have been effected by him. Such clearance may be made by the Engineer through any other agency at the expense of the Contractor in the event of the Contractor’s failure to comply with this provision within 7 days after receiving notice to that effect from the Engineer. All expenses on such removal / clearance shall be debited to the Contractor as loans due from the Contractor to the Employer, and the Employer shall be competent to recover the same from Contractor’s on-account or final bills, or from Performance Security amount or from any other amount payable to the Contractor in any other Contract.

The Contractor shall be wholly responsible for security of site and Works. Unless otherwise stated in Special Conditions of Contract a the Contractor shall be responsible for keeping unauthorised persons off the

Site; and

b Authorized persons shall be limited to the Employees of the Contractor, Subcontractor or persons authorized by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall confine his operations to the Site, and to any additional area which may be provided to the Contractor and agreed by the Engineer as working areas. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to keep his personnel and equipment within the Site and such additional areas, and to keep and prohibit them from encroaching on adjacent land.



Discoveries 4.29

Publicity 4.30

Disclosure Of 4.31 Relationship

Use Of 4.32 Explosives

Corrupt or 4.33 fraudulent practices

Definition 4.33.1

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest, in addition to oil and other minerals discovered on the Site shall be the absolute property of the Government of India and the Contractor shall take all the necessary precautions to prevent its workmen or its sub-contractors' workmen or any other person from removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof, acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the instructions of the Engineer. The Contractor shall not publish or otherwise circulate alone or in conjunction with any other person, any articles, photographs or other materials relating to the Contract, the Site, the Works, the Project or any part thereof, nor impart to the Press, or any radio or television network any information relating thereto, nor allow any representative of the media access to the Site, Contractor's Works Areas, or off-Site place of manufacture, or storage except with the permission, in writing, of the Employer. The Contractor shall ensure that his sub-contractors of any tier shall be bound by a like obligation and shall, if so required by the Employer, enforce the same at his own expense. The provisions of this Sub-Clause shall not exempt the Contractor from complying with any statutory provision in regard to the taking and publication of photographs. If the Contractor or any partner of the Contractor or Director of the Contractor’s company is closely related to any of the Officers of the Employer or the Engineer, or alternatively, if any close relative of an officer of the Employer or the Engineer has financial interest / stake in the Contractor’s firm, the same shall be disclosed by the Contractor at the time of filing his tender. Any failure to disclose the interest involved, shall entitle the Employer to rescind the Contract, without payment of any compensation to the Contractor. The Contractor shall note that he is prohibited from developing such interest during the Contract period. Explosives if required on the Work shall be used by Contractor only with prior Approval of the Engineer and in the manner and to the extent permitted by him. The Contractor shall be responsible for safe upkeep of such explosives in a special magazine as per the law on explosives as well as for taking all the precautions in the usage of the explosives with proper license and at Contractor’s cost, sole risk and responsibility. The Contractor shall hold the Employer harmless and indemnify for the above.

The Employer requires that the Bidders/Contractors, their designated contractors and/or their agents observe the highest standards of ethics during Tendering and execution of this Contract. In pursuance with this policy, the Employer:

a. defines, for the purpose of these provisions, the terms set forth below as follows: (i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any

thing of value to Employer, Engineer or any of their employees, influence in the procurement process or in Contract execution; and

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a concealment or misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a Contract to the detriment of the Employer, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Employer of the benefits of free and open competition, and

(iii) Breach of any of the contract condition during execution.

b. Will reject the Tender for the Work or rescind the Contract if the Employer determines that the Bidder/Contractor has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent



practices.

c. Will declare a Contractor ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a Contract/s if he at any time determines that the Contractor has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing the Contract.

d. The successful Bidders/Contractors shall apprise the Employer through Chief Vigilance Officer, GMRC of any fraud/suspected fraud as soon as it comes to their notice.

Compensation 4.33.2 to Contractor on rescission of Contract

5


Contractor’s 5.2 warranty of design

In the event of rescission of Contract under Sub-clause 4.33.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation whatsoever, except for the work done up to the date of rescission.

DESIGN The clauses under the head ’Design’ are applicable only in ‘Design & Build’ contracts and in case of ‘Part Design & Build’ contracts, these are applicable only to part of the contract in which the design is the responsibility of the contractor.

The Contractor shall design and provide all necessary specifications for the Works in accordance with the site plans and Employer’s requirements. Any design detail, plan, drawing, specifications, notes, annotations, and information required shall be provided in such sufficient format, details, extent, size and scale and within such time as may be required to ensure effective execution of Works and/or as otherwise required by the Engineer. The Contractor holds himself, and his designers as having the experience and capability necessary for the design. The Contractor undertakes that the designers shall be available to attend discussions with the Engineer at all reasonable times during the Contract Period. The designer shall be the same entity as proposed by the Contractor at the time of pre-qualification, unless otherwise approved by the Employer. The Contractor shall furnish Designer’s Warranty in the format approved by the Employer.

a. The Contractor shall be fully responsible, for the suitability, adequacy, integrity, durability and practicality of the Contractor’s proposal.

b. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor’s Proposals meet the Employer’s Requirements and is fit for the purpose thereof. Where there is any inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability in or of the Employer’s Requirements or any part thereof, the Contractor’s Proposal shall take into account, address or rectify such inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability at Contractor’s own cost.

c. The Contractor warrants that the Works have been or will be designed, manufactured, installed and otherwise constructed and to the highest standards available using proven up-to-date good practice

d. The Contractor warrants that the Works will, when completed, comply with enactments and regulations relevant to the Works

e. The Contractor warrants that the design of the Works and the manufacture of plant have taken or will have taken full account of the effects of the intended manufacturing and installation methods, Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment

f. The Contractor shall also provide a guarantee from the Designer for the design for suitability, adequacy, practicality of design for Employer’s Requirements

g. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any damage, expense, liability, loss or claim, which the Employer might incur, sustain or be subject to arising from any breach of the Contractor’s design responsibility and/or warranty set out in this Clause.



h. The Contractor further specifies and is deemed to have checked and accepted full responsibility ‘for the Contractor’ s Proposal and warrants absolutely that the same meets the Employer’s Requirements:

i. Notwithstanding that such design may be or have been prepared, developed or issued by the Employer, any of Contractor’s consultants, his sub contractors and/or his qualified personnel/persons or cause to be prepared, developed or issued by others.

ii. Notwithstanding any warranties, guaranties and/or indemnities that may be or may have been submitted by any other person.

iii. Notwithstanding that the same have been accepted by the Engineer

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Plants, Materials, goods, workmanship, preparing, developing and coordinating all design Works to enable that part of the Works to be constructed and/or to be fully operational in accordance with the Contract’s requirements.

Apart from the Contractor, the above warranty shall also be applicable for his designer. This warranty shall be a part of his sub contract with the designer and should be made available at the time of signing of the Agreement.

No claim for additional payment or extension of time shall be entertained and/or the Contractor shall not be relieved from any obligation/liability under the Contract, for any delay, suspension, impediment to or adverse effect upon the progress of the Works due to any mistake, inaccuracy, discrepancy or omission in or between the Contractor’s, the Definitive Design and the final design, or any failure by the Contractor to prepare any Design Data or submit the same to the Engineer in due time and the Contractor shall promptly make good any such defect at his own cost.

Construction 5.3 The Manufacture Documents shall comprise the technical documents specified in and/or the Employer’s Requirements, documents required to satisfy all regulatory Manufacture approvals, documents described in Sub Clause 5.6 (As Built Document), and Sub Documents Clause 5.7 (Operations and Maintenance Manuals). The Contractor shall prepare

all Manufacture Documents in sufficient detail and shall also prepare any other document necessary to instruct the Contractor’s personnel. The Engineer shall have the right to inspect the preparation of all these documents wherever they are being prepared.

Each of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents shall, when considered ready for use, be submitted to the Engineer for pre -construction or pre-manufacture review. Unless otherwise stated in Employer’s Requirements, each review by the Engineer shall not exceed 21 days, calculated from the date on which the Engineer receives the Manufacture Document.

The Engineer may during the review period, give notice to the Contractor that a

Manufacture Document fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the Employer's

Requirements, it shall be rectified, resubmitted and reviewed (and if specified,

approved) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, at the Contractor's cost.

For each part of the Works, and except to the extent that the prior consent of the Engineer shall have been obtained:

(a) In the case of a Construction and/or Manufacture Document which has (as

specified) been submitted for the Engineer’s approval (i) The Engineer shall give notice to the Contractor that the Construction

and/or Manufacture Document is provided with no objection, with or without comments, or that it fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the Contract

(ii) Execution of such part of the Works shall not commence until the Engineer has provided with no objection the Construction and/or Manufacture Document; and

(iii) The Engineer shall be deemed to have provided with no objection the Construction and/or Manufacture Document upon the expiry of the review periods for all the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents which are relevant to the design and execution of such parts, unless the Engineer has previously notified otherwise in accordance with sub-paragraph (i)



(b) construction and/or manufacture of such part of the Works shall not commence prior to the expiry of the review of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents which are relevant to its design and execution;

(c) construction and/or manufacture shall be in accordance with such reviewed (and if specified, approved) Construction and/or Manufacture Documents; and

(d) if the Contractor wishes to modify any design or document which has previously been submitted for such pre-construction and/or pre- manufacture review, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer, and based on Engineer’s approval shall subsequently submit revised documents to the Engineer in accordance with the above procedure.

If the Engineer instructs that further Construction and/or Manufacture Documents are necessary for carrying out the Works, the Contractor shall promptly and at Contractor’s cost prepare such documents,

Errors, omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies and other defects if found at any stage in construction or any operations manufacture documents, then shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own cost and any approval or consent or review (under this sub-clause or otherwise) by the Employer/Engineer of the Manufacture and Construction Documents under this Sub-clause shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations or responsibility under the Contract.

Technical 5.4 The design, the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, the execution and Standards the completed Works (including remedying of defects therein) shall comply with and Regulation the specifications, technical standards, building construction, safety and

environmental regulations and other standards specified in the Employer’s

Requirements applicable to the Works or defined by the applicable laws and

regulations

Samples 5.5 The Contractor shall submit at his own cost the following samples and relevant information to the Engineer for pre-construction and/or pre-manufacture review in accordance with the procedure for Construction and/or Manufacture Documents described in Sub-Clause 5.3: a. manufacturer's standard samples of Materials,

b. samples (if any) specified in the Employer's Requirements. Each sample shall be labelled as to origin and intended use in the Works.

As-Built 5.6 This clause is applicable for ‘Build’ part of contract also. The Contractor shall Drawings and prepare, and keep up-to-date, a complete set of "as-built" records of the Documents execution of the Works, showing the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and details of

the Works as executed, with cross references to relevant specifications and data sheets. These records shall be kept on the Site and shall be used exclusively for the purposes of this Sub-Clause. Six copies shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the Tests on Completion. In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer "as-built drawings" of the Works, showing all Works as executed. The drawings shall be prepared as the Works proceed, and shall be submitted to the Engineer for his inspection. The Contractor shall obtain the consent of the Engineer as to their

size, the referencing system, and other pertinent details. Prior to the issue of any Taking Over Certificate, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer one microfiche copy, one full-size original copy and six printed copies of the relevant "as-built drawings", and any further Construction and/or Manufacture Documents specified in the Employer's Requirements. The Works shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of Taking Over under Sub -Clause 9.1 until such documents have been submitted to the Engineer.

Operation 5.7 Prior to commencement of the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall prepare, and and submit to the Engineer, Operation and Maintenance Manuals in Maintenance accordance with the Employer's Requirements and in sufficient detail for the Manuals Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust and repair the

Works. The Works shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of Taking Over under Sub-Clause 9.1 unt i l such Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been submitted to the Engineer and received his consent.



Intellectual Property Rights and Royalties

5.8 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer and the Engineer from and against all claims and proceedings on account of infringement (or alleged infringement) of any patent rights, registered designs, copyright, design, trademark, trade name, know-how or other intellectual property rights in respect of the Works, Contractor's Equipment, Machines, Work method, or Plant, or Materials, or anything whatsoever required for the Works and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto. The Contractor shall pay all traffic surcharges and other royalties, licence fees, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel, clay or other materials, machine, process, systems, work methods, or Contractor’s Equipment required for the Works. The Contractor shall, in the event of infringement of Intellectual Property Rights, rectify, modify or replace at his own cost the Works, Plant or materials or anything whatsoever required for the Works so that infringement no more exist or in the alternative shall procure necessary rights/license so that there is no infringement Intellectual Property Rights.

The Contractor shall be promptly notified of any claim under this Sub - Clause made against the Employer. The Contractor shall, at his cost, conduct negotiations for the settlement of such claim, and any litigation or arbitration that may arise from it. The Employer or the Engineer shall not make any admission which might be prejudicial to the Contractor, unless the Contractor has failed to take over the conduct of the negotiations, litigation or arbitration within a reasonable time after having been so requested. In the event of Contractor failing to act at Engineer’s notice, the Employer shall be at full liberty to deduct any such amount of pending claim from any amount due to the Contractor under this Contract or any other Contract.

Insofar as the patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights in any Plant, Design Data, plans, calculations, drawings, documents, Materials, know-how and information relating to the Works shall be vested in the Contractor, the Contractor shall grant to the Employer, his successors and assignees a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable licence (carrying the right to grant sub-licences) to use and reproduce any of the works, designs or inventions incorporated and referred to in such Plant, documents or Materials and any such know-how and information for all purposes relating to the Works (including without limitation the design, manufacture, installation, reconstruction, Testing, commissioning, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair and operation of the Works).

If any patent, registered design or software is developed by the Contractor specifically for the Works, the title thereto shall vest in the Employer and the Contractor shall grant to the Employer a non-exclusive irrevocable and royalty-free licence (carrying the right to grant sub-license) to use, repair, copy, modify, enhance, adapt and translate in any form such Software for his own use.

If the Contractor uses proprietary software for the purpose of storing or utilising records the Contractor shall obtain at his own expense the grant of a licence or sub-licence to use such software in favour of the Employer and shall pay such licence fee or other payment as the grantor of such licence may require provided that the use of such software under the licence may be restricted to use relating to the design, construction, reconstruction, manufacture, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair and operation of the Works or any part thereof .

The Contractor's permission referred to above shall be given, inter alia, to enable the Employer to disclose (under conditions of confidentiality satisfactory to the Contractor) programmes and documentation for a third party to undertake the performance of services for the Employer in respect of such programmes and documentation.



If any software is developed under the Contract or used by the Contractor for the purposes of storing or utilising records over which the Contractor or a third party holds title or other rights, the Contractor shall permit or obtain for the Employer (as the case may require) the right to use and apply that Software free of additional charge (together with any modifications, improvements and developments thereof) for the purpose of the design, manufacture, installation, reconstruction, testing, commissioning, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair, modification or operation of the Works, or any part thereof, or for the purpose of any Dispute

The Employer reserves the right to use other Software on or in connection with

the Works.

6 STAFF AND LABOUR

Engagement 6.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the engagement of staff and of Staff and labour at his own cost. Labour

Rates of 6.2 Full compliance of statutory requirements apart, the Contractor shall pay rates of Wages and wages and observe conditions of labour not less favourable than those Conditions of established for the trade or the industry where the work is carried out.

Labour The Contractor shall make himself aware of all labour regulations and their impact on the cost and build up the same in the Contract Price. During the Contract Period no extra amount in this regard shall be payable to the Contractor, for whatsoever reason including any revision of rates payable to the labour due to revision of rates payable in Minimum Wages Act.

Labour provided by the Contractor, either directly or through sub-contractors, for the exclusive use of the Employer or the Engineer, shall, for the purpose of this Sub-Clause, be deemed to be employed by the Contractor.

In the event of default being made in the payment of any money in respect of wages of any person employed by the Contractor or any of its sub-contractors of any tier in and for carrying out of this Contract and if a claim therefore is filed in the office of the Labour Authorities and proof thereof is furnished to the satisfaction of the Labour Authorities, the Employer may, failing payment of the said money by the Contractor, make payment of such claim on behalf of the Contractor to the said Labour Authorities and any sums so paid shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor.

Persons in the service/ retired of

6.3 a) The Contractor shall not recruit or attempt to recruit, staff and labour from amongst the Employer and the Engineer’s personnel.

Employer/En b) The Contractor either at the tendering stage or during construction stage will gineer not employ any retired employee of Employer or Engineer of the Employer in

any capacity unless such employee has completed at least two years post retirement period or has obtained the no-objection certificate from Employer for being employed with the Contractor. It will be responsibility of the Contractor to collect the Employer’s no objection certification from such retired employee and submit the same back to the Employer.

In case of noncompliance of above, in addition to any or several of the courses, referred in Sub-clauses 13.2 being adopted by the Employer the Contractor on Termination of the Contract for the aforesaid reasons will have no claim whatsoever against the Employer except for actual value of the Work executed till the time of Termination.

Labour Laws

6.4

(a) In dealing with labour and employees, the Contractor and his Sub-Contractors

(including piece rate and petty Contractors) shall comply fully with all laws and statutory regulations pertaining to engagement, payment and upkeep of the labours in India.



(b)The Contractor shall have a Labour Welfare Organisation which shall be responsible for labour welfare and compliance with prevalent labour laws, statutes and guidelines. In this context the Contractor is also required to familiarize himself with GMRC’s Labour Welfare Fund Rules as specified in Special Conditions of Contract or elsewhere in the contract and comply with the same.

(c)The Contractor shall prepare and submit compliance reports of adherence to labour laws as and when desired by the Engineer.

(d) The Contractor will ensure to open bank accounts for each worker employed by him and his sub-contractors and all the payments to workers will be released through bank accounts.

(e) The violation of Labour Laws viz. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act,

1970 & Central Rules, 1971 made there under or other applicable Labour Laws under the jurisdiction shall attract following penalties in addition to the penalties imposed by Statutory Authorities in terms of applicable Act/Rules :-

i.) Delay in payment of dues to any workmen

Rs. 100/- per day per workman.

ii.) Non-compliance(s) of any

other provision of labour laws,

pointed out by

Employer/Engineer or their

representative

Rs. 5,000/- for each non-compliance Informed in writing, under the contract.

The decision of Engineer with regard to the merits of imposition of penalty,

determination of non-compliance and amount of penalty shall be final and

binding on Contractor. The ‘Contract’ under this sub-clause shall include any

workmen employed by contractor working within premises of Works at Employer’s establishment whether directly or through Sub -Contractor etc.

(f) The contractor shall ensure the registration of all his eligible workers (inclusive of

sub-contractors and petty contractors) with BOCW Board.

Working Hours

6.5 The Contractor, if required, shall carry out work during night hours or in shifts, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contract. No increase in rates or extra payments shall be admissible for night work. The Contractor shall provide adequate lighting and safety arrangements.

Facilities for Staff and Labour

6.6

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense, all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities as per prevailing labour & welfare laws for his (and his Sub- contractor’s) staff and labour. This includes good practices like

provision of temporary crèche (Bal Mandir) where 50 or more women are employed at a time. All accommodation shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition, by the Contractor at his cost.

Health and Safety

6.7

Precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the health and safety of his staff and labour. The Contractor shall, in collaboration with and to the requirements of the local health authorities, ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at the accommodation and on the Site at all times, and that suitable arrangements are made for all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements and for the prevention of epidemics. The Contractor shall maintain records and make reports concerning health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property, as per the Engineer’s requirement and will ensure complete compliance with relevant clauses of Employer’s Health, Safety and Environment Manual (SHE Manual).



The Contractor's Site Safety Plan shall be developed from his Outline Safety Plan as per Employer's Requirements and SHE Manual of the Employer. The Contractor shall appoint a member of his staff at the Site to be responsible for maintaining the safety, and protection against accidents, of personnel on the Site. This person shall be qualified for his work and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective measures to prevent accidents.

Contractor's 6.8 Superintend- ence

Provision Of 6.9 Efficient And Competent Staff

Preservation 6.10 of Peace and orderly conduct

6.10.1

6.10.2

Labour to be 6.11 Contractor’s Employee

Report Of 6.12 Accidents To Labour

Claim on 6.13

The Contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during the design and execution of the Works, and as long thereafter as the Engineer may consider necessary for the proper fulfilling of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. Such superintendence shall be provided by sufficient persons having adequate knowledge of the operations to be carried out (including the methods and techniques required, the hazards likely to be encountered and methods of preventing accidents) for the satisfactory and safe execution of the Works. The Contractor shall employ (or cause to be employed) only persons who are careful and appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades or occupations. The Engineer may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) any person employed on the Site or Works, including the Contractor's Representative, who in the opinion of the Engineer:

a. persists in any misconduct, b. is incompetent or negligent in the performance of his duties, c. fails to conform with any provisions of the Contract, or

persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment.

The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of peace and orderly conduct at the site and its neighbourhood by Contractor’s employees, Representatives, petty contractors, Sub Contractors etc. In case, deployment of a Special Police Force, becomes necessary at or near Site, during the tenure of Works, the expenses for the same shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions which will include that no labour or employee is permitted to work at site in an intoxicated state or under influence of drugs, to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst his staff and labour, and to preserve peace and protection of persons and property in the neighbourhood of the Works against such conduct. If, the Contractor directly or through petty contractors or Sub-Contractors supplies any labour to be used wholly or partly under the direct orders and control of the Engineer or the Employer, whether in connection with any work being executed by the Contractor or otherwise for the purposes of the Employer, such labour shall, for the purpose of this clause, be deemed to be persons employed by the Contractor The Contractor shall be responsible for safety of all employees, employed by him on Works, directly or through petty contractors or Sub-Contractors, and shall report accidents to any of them, however, and wherever occurring on Works, to the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative, and shall make every arrangement to render all possible assistance and to provide prompt and proper medical attention. The compensation for affected Workers or their relatives shall be paid by the Contractor in such cases with utmost expeditious in accordance with the Workmen’s Compensation Act. The Contractor shall be solely accountable for violation of any labour law by it, its



account of violation of Labour laws

petty contractors or Sub-Contractors and will pay any such claim/damage to the authorities forthwith on demand. If any moneys shall, as a result of any instructions, directions or decisions from the Authorities or claim or application made under any of the labour laws or regulations, be directed to be paid by the Employer, such moneys shall be deemed to be moneys payable to the Employer by the Contractor and he will pay the same to the Employer forthwith on demand, without demur and without asking for any reasons/explanations from the Employer. On failure of the Contractor to repay the Employer any moneys paid or to be paid by it as aforesaid within seven days after the same shall have been demanded, the Employer shall be entitled to recover the amount from any moneys due or accruing to the Contractor under this or any other Contract with the Employer.

7.

QUALITY CONTROL

Manner of Execution

7.1

All Plant, Goods and Materials to be supplied shall be manufactured, and all work to be done shall be executed, in the manner set out in the Contract. Where the

manner of manufacture and execution is not set out in the Contract, the work shall be executed in a proper, workmanlike and careful manner, with properly equipped facilities and non-hazardous Materials, and in accordance with modern recognized good practice.

7.2 Sources of Materials being supplied shall be intimated to the Engineer and are subject to his approval. Materials that are not specified in the Contract document shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards or in their absence conform to any International Standard approved by the Engineer.

Said as otherwise expressly provided in the contract, samples shall be supplied by

the Contractor at his own cost.

Delivery to 7.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for procurement, transport, receiving, Site unloading and safe keeping of all Plant, Rolling Stock, construction, Materials,

Contractor's Equipment and other things required for the completion of the Works.

Inspection

7.4

The Employer and the Engineer shall at all reasonable times a. have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which natural

materials are being obtained, and

b. during production, manufacture, fabrication and construction (at the site and elsewhere) be entitled to inspect, examine, measure and test the materials and workmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture, of all Plant, Goods, Construction and Materials to be supplied under the Contract.

The Contractor shall give the Engineer full opportunity to carry out these activities including providing access, facilities, permissions and safety equipments. No such activity/inspection shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation or responsibility.

Testing

7.5

This sub-clause shall apply to all tests specified in the Contract, other than the Tests after Completion.

The Contractor shall provide all documents and other information necessary for all types of testing and such assistance, labour, materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as are necessary to carry out such tests efficiently. The Contractor shall agree, with the Engineer, the time and place for the testing of any Plant, Goods, Materials and other parts of the Works as specified in the Contract. The Employer/Engineer may instruct the contractor for any additional test, at employer’s cost. The Engineer shall give the Contractor not less than 24 hours' notice of his intention to attend the tests.



If the Engineer does not attend at the time and place agreed, or if the Contractor and the Engineer agree that the Engineer shall not attend, the Contractor may proceed with the tests, unless the Engineer instructs the Contractor otherwise. Such tests shall be deemed to have been made in the Engineer's presence. The Contractor shall promptly forward to the Engineer duly certified reports of the tests. If the Engineer has not attended the tests, he shall accept the readings as accurate. When the specified tests have been passed, the Engineer shall endorse the Contractor's test certificate, or issue a certificate to him, to that effect. The expense of conducting such Tests shall be borne by the Contractor. No such testing shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation or responsibility.

Rejection

7.6

(i) If, as a result of inspection, examination or testing, any Plant, Goods, Material, Design or Workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in

accordance with the Contract, the Engineer may reject the same and by giving notice to the Contractor with reasons. The Contractor shall then promptly make good the defect and ensure that the rejected item after rectification complies with the Contract.

(ii) If the Engineer requires such Plant, Goods, Material, Design or Workmanship to be retested, the tests shall be repeated under the same terms and conditions. If such rejection and retesting cause the Employer to incur additional costs, such costs shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and may be deducted by the Employer from any sum due, or to become due, to the

Contractor.

(iii) Notwithstanding any previous Test or certification, the Engineer shall have the authority to instruct the Contractor:-

a) To remove from the Site and replace any plant or Materials which is not in accordance with the Contract.

b) To remove and re-execute any other work which is not in accordance with the

Contract. c) Execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Works, whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise.

(iv) In case of default on the part of the Contractor in carrying out such order, the Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other parties, to carry out the

same, and all expenses consequent thereof or incidental thereto, shall be recoverable from the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any sum which may be due to the Contractor..

Liability after

7.7

The Contractor shall not be released from any liability or obligation under the Inspection Contract by reason of any such inspection or testing or witnessing of testing, or by and Testing the submission of reports of inspection or testing to the Engineer.

Ownership of

7.8

Each item of Plant, Goods, and Material shall become the property of the Plant and Employer, when it is delivered to Site or payment thereof, either in part or full, has Materials been made. The Contractor shall however continue to bear the risk in respect of

such items which continue to remain in his custody.

Cost of

7.9

The Employer shall bear the costs of attendance including travel by the Employer Employer’s or his Representative for the purposes of Sub-Clauses 7.4 and 7.5 above. The Attendance cost of attendance including travel by the Employer, Engineer or his IncludingTra Representative for the purpose of Sub-clause 7.6 shall be borne by the Contractor. vel

Covering up

7.10

of Works



Examination 7.10.1 of work before covering up

Cost of 7.10.2 uncovering

the work already covered up

Tests after 7.11 Completion

Contractor’s 7.11.1 Obligations

No work or part of work shall be covered up or put out of view, without the prior approval of the Engineer or the Engineer’s Representative.

The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works, or make openings in or through the same, as the Engineer may from time to time direct, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up, or put out of view after compliance with the requirement of Sub-clause 7.11.4 and the Works are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating and making good the same, shall be borne by the Employer, but if the Works are found to be defective, costs shall be borne by the Contractor. In case after completion of a part of the Work, the part of Work is not fully consistent with the Employer’s Requirements and there is no way to change the same, in that case, the same (provided it has no implication on safety and operation) shall be accepted only at a Contractor’s deemed variation at lower negotiated price.

The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out the Tests on Completion at his own cost in accordance with the Contract after providing the documents in accordance with Sub-Clauses 5.4 and 5.5. The Contractor shall give, to the Engineer, 21 days' notice of the date after which the Contractor will be ready to carry out the Tests on Completion. Unless otherwise agreed, such Tests shall be carried out within 14 days after this date, on such day or days as the Engineer shall instruct. Unless otherwise stated in Special Conditions of Contract, the Tests on Completion shall be carried out in the following sequence:

(a) pre-commissioning test, which shall include appropriate instructions

and (“dry” or “cold”) functional tests to demonstrate that each item of the Plant, goods and Work can safely undertake the next stage

(b) Commissioning Test shall include the specified operational tests to

demonstrate that Works or Sections can be operated safely and as specified under all available operating condition

(c) trial operation which shall demonstrate that the Works or Section perform reliably and in accordance with the Contract:

The Contractor at his cost shall arrange all tools, equipments, gadgets, facilities or as deemed necessary by the Engineer for such tests. In considering the results of the Tests on Completion, the Engineer shall make allowances for the effect of any use of the Works by the Employer on the performance or other characteristics of the Works. As soon as the Works, or a Section, have passed the Tests on Completion described in sub-paragraphs (a), (b) or (c), the Contractor shall provide the Engineer and the Employer with a certified report of the results of all such Tests



Delayed 7.11.2 Tests

Retesting 7.11.3

Failure to 7.11.4 Pass Tests on Completion

Integrated 7.12 testing and system commissioning

Integrated 7.12.1 Testing

Compilation 7.12.2 of Test Results

Retesting 7.12.3

Failure to 7.12.4 Pass Test

If the Engineer opines that Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed by the Contractor, the Engineer may by notice require the Contractor to carry out such Tests within 21 days after the receipt of the notice. The Contractor shall carry out such Tests on such day or days as the Contractor may fix an d of which he shall give notice to the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to carry out the Tests on Completion within 21 days, the Engineer may proceed with such Tests at the risk and cost of the Contractor. The Tests on Completion then shall be deemed to have been carried out in the presence of the Contractor and the results of such Tests shall be accepted as accurate.

If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion, Sub-Clause 7.6 “Rejection” shall apply, and the Engineer or the employer may require such failed Tests and the Tests on Completion on any related work, to be repeated under the same terms and conditions.

If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion repeated under Sub-Clause 7.11.4, the Engineer shall be entitled to:

(a) order further repetition of Tests on Completion under Sub-Clause 7.11.4; (b) reject the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section (as the case may be), in

which event the Employer shall have the same remedies against the Contractor as are provided under Clause 13; or

(c) issue a Taking Over Certificate, if the Employer so requires. The Contract Price shall then be reduced by such amount as determined by the Engineer and as shall be appropriate to cover the reduced value to the Employer as a result of this failure. The Contractor shall then proceed in accordance with his other obligations under the Contract.

Tests on Completion shall also include Integrated Testing where applicable as per the contract conditions. The Contractor shall, following satisfactory completion of tests on his works, equipment, sub-systems or system, perform, at the direction of the Engineer, programme of tests to verify and confirm the compatibility and complete performance of his works, equipment, sub -systems or system with the works, equipment, sub-systems or system provided by others.

The results of the Integrated Testing and Commissioning shall be compiled and evaluated by the Engineer and the Contractor.

If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass the Integrated Testing and Commissioning, the Engineer shall require such failed Tests, to be repeated under the same terms and conditions. If such failure and retesting result from a default of the Contractor and cause the Employer to incur additional costs, the same shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due, or to become due, to the Contractor. If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass Integrated Testing and Commissioning and the Contractor in consequence proposes to make any adjustment or modification to the Works or a part thereof, or a section, the Engineer may, with the approval of the Employer, instruct the Contractor to carry out such adjustment or modification, at his own cost and to satisfy the



requirements of Integrated Testing and Commissioning within such time as the Employer / Engineer may deem to be reasonable.

Statutory 7.12.5 Requirement s

8

Commence- 8.1 -ment of Works

Time for 8.2 Completion

Delay 8.3

Extension of 8.4 Time for Completion

Extension of 8.4.1 Time

The Contractor along with others shall carry out all statutory tests and trials, under the supervision of the Engineer, necessary for obtaining sanction of the competent authority for opening the system for public carriage of passengers. TIME MANAGEMENT The Contractor shall commence the Works on the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance or if no date is specified in the Letter of Acceptance, on the date specified in an instruction in writing to that effect from the Engineer (Notice to Proceed). Thereafter the Contractor shall proceed with due diligence, without delay, and in accordance with the programme or any revised or modified programme of the Works. Time will be the essence of Contract and time for Completion shall run from the date the Contractor is to commence the Works under this Clause. The Contractor shall not commence the construction, manufacture or installation of the Works or of any part of the Works unless and until the Engineer has endorsed the relevant Working Drawings in accordance with the Employer's Requirements. Time is the essence of Contract and will remain so at all times during the pendency of the Contract including the extended period of Contract. The Contractor shall ensure defect free completion and have passed the tests on the completion, including integrated testing where ever in the scope of work and commissioning of the whole of the Works and/or parts thereof before the same is taken over by the Employer. In case of delay on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be liable to pay liquidated damages and any other compensation for the damages suffered by the Employer as per clause 8.5. This is without prejudice to the right of the Employer to rescind the Contract. Failure or delay by the Employer or the Engineer, to hand over to the Contractor the Site necessary for execution of Works, or any part of the Works, or to give necessary notice to commence the Works, or to provide necessary Drawings o r instructions or clarifications or to supply any material, plant or machinery, which under the Contract, is the responsibility of the Employer, shall in no way affect or vitiate the Contract or alter the character thereof; or entitle the Contractor to damages or compensation thereof but in any such case, the Engineer shall extend the time period for the completion of the Contract, as in his opinion is / are reasonable.

The Contractor may apply for an extension of the Time for Completion if the Work is or will be delayed either before or after the Time for Completion by any of the following causes:

a. “Force Majeure” referred to in Clause 16

b. The Contractor’s work held up for not being given possession of or access to the Site in accordance with the Contract

c. Instruction of the Engineer to suspend the Works and the Contractor not being in default as to reasons of suspension.

d. Acts or omissions of other Designated Contractors in executing work not forming part of this Contract and on whose performance, the performance



of the Contractor necessarily depends.

e. Any act of prevention or Breach of Contract by the Employer and not

mentioned in this Clause f. Any order of Court restraining the performance of the Contract in full or in

any part thereof g. Any other event or occurrence which, according to the Employer is not

due to the Contractor’s failure or fault, and is beyond his control without Employer being responsible for the same.

h. An Employer’s Variation

However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time where the instructions or acts of the Employer or the Engineer are necessitated by or intended to cure any default of or breach of Contract by the Contractor or where any delay is due to

a. the failure of sub-contractor, to commence or to carry out work in due

time,

b. non-availability, or shortage of Contractor’s equipment, labour, utility

services, Plant and Materials, c. inclement weather conditions, and d. the Contractor not fulfilling his obligations under Sub-Clause 4.4.

If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to an extension of time for Completion, he shall give notice to the Engineer of such intention as soon as possible and in any event within 28 days of the start of the event giving rise to the delay and full and final supporting details of his application within 21 days of the last day of delay, together with any notice required by the Contract and relevant to such Clause.

The Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 to agree or determine either prospectively or retrospectively such extension of the Time for Completion as may be due. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor accordingly. The extension of time including that of key date shall not entitle the contractor to retain the advance which shall be governed by Clause 11.2.

Extension of 8.4.2 time for completion for other reasons

Extension of 8.4.3 time for delays due to Contractor

Liquidated 8.5 Damages for Delay

The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time by reason of any delay to any activity in the carrying out of the Works unless in the opinion of the Engineer such delay results in or may be expected to result in a delay to completion of the Works, or achievement of any Stage by the relevant Key Date. Whether or not the Contractor fails to achieve any Milestone by reason of any delay shall not by itself be material to the Contractor's entitlement to an extension of time.

Any extension to a Key Date shall not by itself entitle the Contractor to an extension to any other Key Date. If the delay in the completion of the whole Works or a portion of the Works, for which an earlier completion period is stipulated, is due to the Contractor’s failure or fault, and the Engineer is of the view that the remaining Works or the portions of Works can be completed by the Contractor in a reasonable and acceptable short time, then, the Engineer may allow the Contractor extension or further extension of time at its discretion with or without liquidated damages, for completion, as he may decide. Time is the essence of the Contract. Appendix FT-1 (clause 4) to the Form of Tender shall include in respect of the Works and in respect of any Stage, a percentage of the total contract value which will be recoverable from the Contractor as liquidated damages for delay in completion of the Works or in achievement of a stage by a particular Key Date. The total amount of liquidated damages in respect of the



Works in all stages shall, however, not exceed the limit of liquidated damages stated in the Appendix FT-1 (clause 4 (iv)) to the Form of Tender. The aforesaid liquidated damages do not, however, include the sums payable by the Employer to Designated Contractors on account of delay caused by the Contractor to Designated Contractors which sums shall be recoverable from the Contractor in addition to any liquidated damages payable under this clause, the total ceiling limit of which is 15% of the contract va l u e including l i q u i d a t ed d a m a g e s l e v i e d under the provision of Appendix FT-1 to the Form of Tender.

The liquidated damages are recovered by the Employer from the Contractor for

delay and not as penalty.

The Employer may, without prejudice to any other method of recovery, deduct the amount of such damages from any sum due, or to become due, to the Contractor. In the event of an extension of time being granted under Sub - Clause 8.3, the amount due under this Sub-Clause shall be recalculated accordingly, and any Over - payment refunded. The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligations to complete the Works, or from any other of his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Contract.

The Contractor shall use and continue to use his best endeavours to avoid or reduce further delay to the Works, or any relevant Stages.

At any time after the Employer has become entitled to liquidated damages, the Engineer may give notice to the Contractor under Sub-Clause 13.1, requiring the Contractor to complete the Works within a specified reasonable time. Such action shall not prejudice the Employer's entitlements to recovery of liquidated damages, under this Sub-Clause and to terminate under Sub-Clause 13.2.

The decision of the Engineer as to the compensation payable by the Contractor under this Clause shall be final and binding.

Rate of

8.6

If for any reason which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension of time, the Progress rate of progress of the Works is at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, too slow to ensure timely completion of the Works or achievement of any Stage by the

relevant Key Date the Engineer may so notify the Contractor in writing. The

Contractor shall thereupon take such steps as are necessary, or in default of taking such steps, shall take such steps as the Engineer may reasonably instruct in

writing, to expedite progress so as to complete the Works or any Section in time or achieve any Stage by the relevant Key Date. The Contractor shall not be

entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps.

If any steps taken by the Contractor in meeting his obligations under this

Sub Clause cause the Employer to incur additional costs, such costs shall

be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and shall be deducted by

the Employer from any sum due, or to become due, to the Contractor.

If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the steps taken by the contractor to expedite the progress are not adequate, the Engineer may take a recourse as per Clause

13.2.4 of this GCC.

Suspension

8.7

The Engineer may at any time instruct the Contractor to suspend progress of part of Work or all of the Works. During suspension, the Contractor shall protect, store and

secure such part or whole of the Works against any deterioration, loss or damage.

Consequenc-

8.8

The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra cost (if any), incurred by him, during es of the period of suspension of Work, if such suspension is Suspension

a. provided for in the Contract, or



b. necessary for proper execution of Woks or by reasons of weather

condition or by some default on the part of the Contractor, or

c. necessary for the safety of Works or any part thereof or

d. necessary for the safety of adjoining public or other property or safety of

the public or workmen or those who have to be at the site or

e. to ensure safety and to avoid disruption of traffic and utilities, as also to

permit fast repairs and restoration of any damaged utilities,

If suspension is ordered by the Engineer for reasons other than those mentioned in sub-clause 8.8 then the Contractor’s entitlement are in the table below

Suspension Period

Extension of Time

Compensation for the suspension

period

Remarks

Upto 14 days

NO NO Engineer may, at his sole discretion, give extension of time in exceptional circumstances

15 - 30 days

YES NO Extension of time as considered proper by the Engineer

Above 30 days

YES As per Daily rate

of wages for idle

labour/employees

70% of the rate

for hire charges

for idle plant and

machinery

(excluding cost of

fuel and lubricants)

15% above all these items to cover overhead costs

Compensation as assessed by the Engineer on submission of documentary proof by the Contractor to Engineer’s satisfaction

Above 90 days if Contractor asks for closure

NO As per Clause 13.3.4

Contractor may ask for closure of the Contract, or deletion from the Contract of that part of Works which has been suspended

Resumption of Work

8.9 After receipt of permission or of an instruction to proceed, the Contractor shall, after notice to the Engineer, and together with the Engineer, examine the Works,

Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials affected by the suspension. The Contractor shall make good any deterioration or defect in or loss of the Works, Plant, Rolling stock and Materials, which has occurred during the suspension.



9 Taking Over 9.1 Certificate

Taking over of 9.2 Parts of the Works

10 Completion of 10.1 Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects

EMPLOYER'S TAKING OVER The Works shall be taken over by the Employer when they have been completed in accordance with the Contract, have passed the Tests on Completion, including Integrated Testing and Commissioning where ever applicable as per the contract, and a Taking Over Certificate for the Works shall be issued. If the Works are divided into Sections, the Contractor shall be entitled to apply for a Taking Over Certificate for each Section. The Contractor may apply by notice to the Engineer for a Taking-Over-Certificate not earlier than 14 days before the works or section (as the case may be) will, in the Contractor’s opinion, be complete and ready for taking over. The Engineer shall, within 28 days after the receipt of the Contractor’s application shall conduct a complete joint survey of the works including carrying out any tests prescribed in the contract and prepare a list of defects and outstanding works and : (a) issue the Taking Over Certificate to the Contractor, stating the date on which

the Works or Section were completed, including the Tests on Completion and Integrated Testing and Commissioning where ever applicable as per the contract in accordance with the Contract if defects and/or outstanding works are minor that does not affect the use and safety of the Works or Section for their intended purposes. The list of such works along with the target date of completion for each work shall be enclosed with the taking over certificate and completion of all these works /rectification of defects within the stipulated time shall be the responsibility of the contractor and any failure in it may be considered a reason by the Engineer to cancel the taking over certificate issued earlier; or

(b) reject the application, giving his reasons and specifying the work required to be done by the Contractor to enable the Taking Over Certificate to be issued. The Contractor shall then complete such work before issuing a further notice under this Sub-Clause.

The Engineer may, at the sole discretion of the Employer issue a Taking Over Certificate for any part of the Permanent Works by following the procedure stipulated in Clause 9.1 above if:

(a) the Employer uses that part of the Works for revenue service before the Taking Over Certificate is issued for the entire work.

(b) the balance part is not completed not due to the fault of the contractor and contractual date of completion for the completed part is over.

DEFECTS LIABILITY

“Defects Liability Period” shall mean the defects liability period stated in the Special Conditions of Contract calculated from the date of taking over of the Works. Provided that, if any part of the Works or sub-systems or component of that part has been replaced, renewed or repaired except minor repair, the “Defects Liability Period” in respect of that part or sub-system or components of that part shall start from the date such replacement, renewal or repair has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In order that the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents and the Works shall be in the condition required by the Contract (fair wear and tear excepted) at, or as soon as practicable after the expiry of the Contract Period, the Contractor shall execute all such work of amendment, reconstruction, and remedying defects



or damage, as may be instructed in writing by the Employer or the Engineer during the Defect Liability Period.

Cost of 10.2 Remedying Defects

Extension of 10.3 Contract Period

Failure to 10.4 Remedy Defects

Removal of 10.5 Defective Work

Further Tests 10.6

All work referred to in Sub-Clause 10.1shall be executed by the Contractor at his own cost, if the necessity for such work is due to: (a) the design of the Works; (b) Plant, Rolling Stock, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance

with the Contract; or (c) failure by the Contractor to comply with any of his other obligations.

If in the opinion of the Engineer, such necessity is due to any other cause, he shall determine an adjustment to the Contract Price, with the approval of the Employer, and shall notify the Contractor accordingly. In this event, Sub -Clause 12.3 shall apply to such work. The Contract Period shall be extended by a period, after the Works are taken over, during which the Works or any Section or item of Plant, Rolling Stock, cannot be used, for the purposes for which they are intended, by reason of a defect or damage. When delivery of Plant, Rolling Stock, and/or Materials, or erection of Plant, or installation of Materials, has been suspended under Sub-Clause 8.7, the Contractor's obligations under this Sub-Clause shall not apply to any defects or damage occurring more than three years after the Plant, Rolling Stock and/or Materials would otherwise have been delivered, erected and taken over. If the Contractor fails to remedy any defect or damage within such time as the Employer / Engineer may deem to be reasonable, the Employer or the Engineer may fix a date on or by which to remedy the defect or damage, and give the Contractor reasonable notice of such date. If the Contractor fails to remedy the defect or damage by such date and the necessity for such work is due to a cause stated in Sub-Clause 10.2(a), (b) or (c), the Employer may (at his sole discretion): (a) carry out the work himself or by others, in a reasonable manner and at the

Contractor's risk and cost, but the Contractor shall have no responsibility for such work: the costs incurred by the Employer in remedying the defect or damage shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer;

(b) require the Engineer to determine and certify a reasonable reduction in the Contract Price; or

(c) if the defect or damage is such that the Employer has been deprived of substantially the whole of the benefit of the Works or parts of the Works, terminate the Contract in respect of such parts of the Works as cannot be put to the intended use, the Employer shall then be entitled to recover all sums paid for such parts of the Works together with the cost of dismantling the same, clearing the Site and returning Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials to the Contractor, and Sub-Clause 13 shall not apply.

If the defect or damage is such that it cannot be remedied expeditiously on the Site and if the Employer gives consent, the Contractor may, remove from the Site for the purposes of repair any part of the Works, which is defective or damaged. This consent may require the Contractor to increase the amount of Performance Security by the full replacement cost of these items or to provide other appropriate security acceptable to the Employer. If the remedying of any defect or damage is such that it may affect the performance of the Works, the Engineer may require that Tests on Completion, including Integrated Testing, be repeated to the extent necessary. The requirement shall be made by notice within 28 days after the defect or damage is



remedied. Such Tests shall be carried out in accordance with Clause 7.11

Right of 10.7 Access

Contractor to 10.8 Search

Performance 10.9 Certificate

Unfulfilled 10.10 Obligations

Emergency 10.11 defect rectification

11

The Contract 11.1 Price Inclusions / 11.1.1 Exclusions

Maintaining 11.1.2 Records and Availing Exemptions

Until the Performance Certificate has been issued, the Contractor shall have the right of access to all parts of the Works and to records of the working and performance of the Works, except as may be inconsistent with any reasonable security restrictions by the organisation responsible for operating the Works. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, search for the cause of any defect, under the direction of the Engineer. Unless the defect is one for which the Contractor is liable, the Cost of such search shall be added to the Contract Price. The Contract shall not be considered to be completed until the Performance Certificate has been signed by the Engineer and delivered to the Contractor at the end of ‘Defect Liability Period, stating the date on which the Contractor completed his obligations related to completion of works and rectification of defects during Defect Liability Period to the Engineer's satisfaction. Only the Performance Certificate shall be deemed to constitute approval of the Works.

After the Performance Certificate has been issued, the Contractor and the Employer shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation, which remains unperformed at that lime. For the purposes of determining the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract shall be deemed to remain in force. If any defect or damage is one requiring immediate attention from safety, environmental or operational viewpoint, the Engineer has the authority to proceed with rectification in any manner suitable and deduct such sums from the Contract Price. CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT i) Unless otherwise stated in the Special Conditions of Contract the Contract

Price, subject any to any adjustment thereto in accordance with the Contract Price shall be all inclusive (including all taxes, duties, royalties etc.) except: Value Added Tax (VAT) paid under Gujarat VAT Act / Rules where work is done in Ahmedabad and also Value added tax(VAT) paid under other State Govt VAT Act if work is done in that state.

ii) Nothing extra shall be payable over the quoted rates, notwithstanding any

provision to the contrary in any law for the time being in force, save and except what is specifically provided in General or Special Conditions of Contract.

iii) The reimbursement (as per this Sub-clause) of whatsoever nature shall be

provided only for Permanent Works. No reimbursement (as per this Sub-clause) shall be provided for Temporary Works and Fuel.

i) In the event of exemption of custom duties, excise duties, CST/VAT or any

other cess/levy being granted by the Government in respect of the Works, the benefit of the same shall be passed on to Employer. The Contractor shall therefore maintain meticulous records of all the taxes and duties paid and provide the same as and when required by the Employer, so that the Employer is able to avail the reimbursement for which GMRC may issue a procedure order separately. Alternatively, the Employer may direct the Contractor to get the reimbursements based on exemption certificates / government’s order and it shall be obligatory on part of the Contractor to get the reimbursements from the statutory authorities and pass on the benefit to GMRC.

ii) In case of Contractor’s failure in availing the exemptions as stipulated



above, the recovery of equivalent amount will be made from Contractor’s dues.

Adjust in 11.1.3 Contract Price

Change in 11.1.4 Taxes/Duty

Advances 11.2

Mobilisation 11.2.1 Advance

Advance 11.2.2 against Plant and Machinery

Adjustment in Contract Price on account of inflation shall be done only if a “Price Variation Formula” is given in the Special Conditions of Contract otherwise it will be a Fixed Price Contract. The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take into account any increase or decrease in cost resulting from any change in taxes, duties, levies from the last date of submission of the Tender to the completion date including the date of the extended period of Contract unless a contrary provision exists in Special Conditions of Contract.

Mobilisation Advance shall be generally 5% of Original Contract Value payable in two equal instalments or as mentioned in the Special Conditions of Contract. The first instalment shall be paid after mobilization has started and next instalment shall be paid after satisfactory utilization of earlier instalment.

Mobilisation Advance shall be paid interest free against acceptable Bank Guarantee from a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India. The value of Bank Guarantee taken towards security of “Mobilisation Advance” shall be 110% of the advance taken by the contractor. The Contractor, once the 50% mobilization advance has been recovered, shall have a one-time option to reduce the Bank Guarantee for the mobilization advance by the amount recovered.

Plant and Machinery Advance shall generally be 5% of Original Contract Value or as specified in Special Conditions of Contract. This advance is payable against plant, equipment and machinery, provided the same have reached the site or in the case of new items meant specifically for the work firm purchase order has been placed and the invoices received. The advance will be given only if the plant/machinery has been purchased for this contract and not for those which are already in the books of the contractor. The plant and machinery shall be valued by the Engineer as follows:

a. New Items : 80% of purchase price b. Used items in working order : 80% of the depreciated value as

assessed by the Engineer c. Items valued at less than

Rs.1,00,000 per unit : Not to be considered

Written 11.2.3 Request for Advances

Recovery of 11.2.4 Advances

The total advance for Plant & Machinery shall be limited to 5%. This shall also be an interest free advance. Advances as admissible, shall be payable only on Contractor’s written request to the Employer.

a. The recovery of Advances shall commence when 20% of the Original

Contract Value of the work has been paid and it will be completed by the time 85% of the Contract Value has been paid or the original completion date whichever is earlier. As far as possible the recovery of advances shall be limited to 30% of an account bill.

b. No advance shall be given after 40% of the Original Contract Amount has been paid.

c. The contractor shall always have the option to have the recoveries commenced and / or completed earlier, and / or to have recoveries affected in instalments of higher amount and also to repay part or whole of the advance by direct payment rather than through On-account Bills.



d.) In case the Contract is terminated due to default of the contractor

or rescinded/foreclosed due to any other reason, the contractor shall return the unrecovered amount of all advances within 15 days of issue of notice of termination/rescission/ fore closer of the contract and if the contractor fails t o do so due to any reason whatsoever, then interest at an interest rate equal to State Bank of India Base Rate plus 3% per annum or 12% per annum whichever is higher shall be charged on the unrecovered amount of such advances from 16th day onwards till the same is

returned by the contractor.

Interest in 11.2.5 Case of Delay in Repayment of Advances

Advances to 11.2.6 be Used only for This Work.

Provisional 11.3 Payment Against Material at Site 11.3.1

Written Request 11.3.2 for Advances/ Provisional Payment against material at site

Recovery of 11.3.3 Advances/ Provisional Payment

Should there be delay in the progress and completion of work, as a result of which it is not possible to recover the advance and interest thereon, before the date of completion stipulated in the Contract, then the interest to be charged from the Contractor on the remaining portion of the advance beyond the original completion date specified in the Contract, shall be the State Bank of India Base Rate plus 3% per annum or 12% per annum whichever is higher. The advances shall be used by the Contractor strictly for the purpose of the Contract, and for the purpose for which they are paid. Under no circumstances, shall the advances be diverted for other purposes. Any such diversion shall be construed as a breach of the Contract and the Contractor shall be asked to return the advance at once and pay interest at 15% per annum till the advance is recovered back from him. The Contractor shall return the advance and pay the interest in one go without demur. Employer retains the right for any other remedy prescribed for breach of Contract in this regard. The Contractor, if required by the Engineer shall provide the details of utilisation of Mobilization Advance.

A provisional payment on account of main construction materials required for the Permanent Works, shall be paid on request of the Contractor after these materials are brought to Site, against an Indemnity Bond in a form acceptable to Employer is duly executed. The payment shall be limited to 80% of the actual value or assessed value of these materials and the total of such provisional payment on account of construction materials at a time shall be limited to three percent of Original Contract Value or likely average consumption of such materials for three months, whichever is less and at any time the total outstanding provisional payment against material at site shall not exceed four percent of the Original Contract Value. The valuation of the average consumption of such main construction materials shall be approved by the Engineer, whose decision shall be final. Materials which are of perishable nature should be adequately insured. Advances and provisional payments as admissible, shall be payable only on Contractor’s written request to the Employer/Engineer.

(a) The recovery of Advances shall commence when 20% of the Original Contract Value of the work has been paid and it will be completed by the time of Original Date of Completion. As far as possible the recovery of advances shall be limited to 30% of On - account bill.

(b) No advance shall be given after 40% of the Original Contract Amount has

been paid. However, provisional payment against material at site will continue to be paid as stipulated in Clause 11.3 till end of the contract period.

(c) In case of provisional payment against Materials, the amount consumed every

month shall be recovered from the next month’s on-account bill and completing the recovery in 3 monthly instalments. In case recovery could not be made due to any reason, interest will be charged as per Clause 11.2.5



Application for 11.4 Interim Payment

Certificates

11.4.1

11.4.2

Issue of 11.5 Interim Payment Certificates

In case of ‘Lump Sum’ contract with cost centre and Milestone payment, the fixed Lump Sum Price shall be apportioned by the Contractor amongst the various Cost Centres. The amount thus apportioned under each Cost Centre will be further apportioned amongst various Milestones with the approval of the Employer. The Contractor shall be entitled to submit to the Engineer requests for interim payments only upon the achievement of one or more of the Milestones described in the Cost Centre. At the beginning of each month, the Engineer shall issue to the Contractor certificate in respect of each Milestone due to be achieved in the preceding month stating:

(a) the date on which the Milestone was achieved; or (b) the non-achievement of the Milestone.

The Contractor shall submit a statement in three copies to the Engineer at the beginning of each month, in a form approved by the Engineer, showing the amounts to which the Contractor is entitled, together with supporting documents, including Milestone Certificates. The statement shall include the following items, as applicable, which shall be expressed in the various currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, in the sequence listed:

(a) the amount due in respect of Milestones certified achieved by the Engineer under each Cost Centre;

(b) any amounts to be added and deducted for the advance payments and recovery thereof;

c) any other additions or deductions is due and approved by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract; and

(d) the deduction of the amounts certified in all previous Interim Payment Certificates.

The Contractor shall not submit more than one request for interim payment per month. If any Milestone is not achieved by the end of the month in which it is scheduled to be achieved, the Engineer shall suspend the payment relating to the Cost Centre in which the Milestone is included.

Payments suspended under this Clause shall be resumed by being included in the next application for interim payment made after the Milestone is achieved. In case of ‘Lump Sum’ or Item rate’ contracts with payment schedule, the contractor shall be entitled to be paid from time to time, normally once in a calendar month, by way of ‘on account’ bill as per the payment schedule indicated in Bill of Quantity(BOQ) or as finally approved by the Engineer. No amount will be certified or paid until the Employer has received, and approved, the Performance Security and the parent Company Undertakings and Guarantees in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2. Thereafter, the Engineer shall, within 21 days of receiving a statement and supporting documents, deliver to the Employer, with a copy to the Contractor, an Interim Payment Certificate showing the amount which the Engineer considers to be due; if no payment is considered to be due, the Engineer shall promptly notify the Contractor accordingly.



Where only a part of the payment applied for is disputed, payment certificate shall be issued for the undisputed amount.

The Engineer shall have the power to omit from any of the contractor’s requests for payment the value of any work executed or Materials supplied or services rendered, with which he may for the time being be dissatisfied and for that purpose and for any other reason which to him may seem proper, may delete, correct or modify the sum(s) previously certified by him as being due to the Contractor.

Payment- 11.6 Interim and Final

Statement at 11.7 Completion

Application 11.8 for Final Payment Certificate

Unless otherwise stated in Special Conditions of Contract, (a) After preliminary scrutiny and certification by the Engineer, payment of 80%

of the certified interim amount shall be made by the Employer within 14 days. The amount certified shall account for all deductions, including statutory deductions, recoveries for advances and any amounts due from the Contractor. The balance 20% shall be paid within 28 days, from the date of the preliminary certification of the bill by the Engineer.

(b) Next 80% interim payment shall be made only after 100% payment of preceding interim payment certified has been completed.

(c) The Employer shall pay the amount certified in the Final Payment Certificate within 56 days from the date of issue of the Certificate.

Payments shall be made into a bank account, nominated by the Contractor in Indian Rupees in a Bank in India unless otherwise permitted in Special Conditions of Contract. If payments are to be made in more than one currency, separate bank accounts may be nominated by the Contractor for each currency, and payments shall be made by the Employer accordingly. Not later than 60 days after the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the whole of Works, the Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer, three copies of a statement at completion with supporting documents, showing in detail, in the form approved by the Engineer under Sub-Clause 11.4.:

(a) the final value of all work done in accordance with the Contract, up to the date stated in such Taking Over Certificate,

(b) any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due, and

(c) an estimate of amounts which the Contractor considers will become due

to him under the Contract.

The estimated amounts shall be shown separately in such statement at completion. The Engineer shall certify payment under Sub-Clause 11.5. Not later than 56 days after the issue of the Performance Certificate, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer three copies of a draft final statement with supporting documents showing in detail, in a form approved by the Engineer:

(a) the value of all work done in accordance with the Contract, and (b) any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due to him under

the Contract or otherwise. If the Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the draft final statement, the Contractor shall submit such further information as the Engineer may reasonably require and shall make changes in the draft as may be agreed between them. The Contractor shall then prepare and submit to the Engineer the Final Statement as agreed.



If, following discussions between the Engineer and the Contractor and any changes to the draft final statement which may be agreed between them, it becomes evident that a dispute exists, the Employer shall pay those parts of the draft final statement as certified by the Engineer as not being in dispute. The remainder of the dispute may then be resolved under Clause 17, in which case the Contractor shall then prepare and submit to the Engineer a Final Statement in accordance with the outcome of the dispute.

Discharge 11.9 Issue of Final 11.10 Payment Certificate

Cessation of 11.11 Employer's Liability

Calculation 11.12 of Payments in Foreign Currency

Round off 11.13

Payment By 11.14 Cheque and E- Payment Tax Deduction 11.15 at Source

When submitting the final statement, the Contractor shall submit a written discharge which confirms that the total of the Final Statement represents full and final settlement of all monies due to the Contractor under the Contract. Such discharge may state that it shall become effective only after payment due under the Final Payment Certificate has been made and the Performance Security referred to in Sub-Clause 4.2 has been returned to the Contractor. The Engineer shall issue to the Employer, with a copy to the Contractor, the Final Payment Certificate within 28 days after receiving the Final Statement and written discharge in accordance with Sub-Clause 11.7 and 11.8 stating: (a) the amount which is finally due, and (b) after giving credit to the Employer for all amounts previously paid by the

Employer and for all sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance, if any, due from the Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to the Employer, as the case may be.

If the Contractor has not applied for a Final Payment Certificate in accordance with Sub-Clauses 11.8 and 11.9, the Engineer shall request the Contractor to do so. If the Contractor fails to make such an application within a period of 28 days, the Engineer shall issue the Final Payment Certificate for such amount as he considers to be due. In respect of any matter or thing arising out of (or in connection with) the contract or execution of the Works before the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the whole of the Works, the Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor unless the Contractor shall have included a claim for it in his Statement at Completion described in Sub-Clause 11.7. For any such matter or thing arising after the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the whole of the Works, the Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor unless the Contractor shall have included a claim for it in his Final Statement. All payments made by the Employer pursuant to the terms of the Contract shall be in the currency or currencies specified in the Contract. Wherever any sum in a foreign currency has to be converted into Indian Rupees for any purpose, the exchange rate to be employed for such conversion shall be the Selling Rate of Exchange at the close of business of the State Bank of India 28 days before the latest date of submission of Tenders.

In every payment to the Contractor, sums of less than fifty paise shall be omitted and sums of fifty paise and more up to one rupee shall be reckoned as one rupee. All payments to the Contractor will be made by cheque or “E-Payment” as desired by the Employer. Tax deductions will be made at source as per statutory requirement from every payment made to the Contractor at rates notified from time to time by Government of India



Production of 11.16 Vouchers

Withholding 11.17 And Lien For Sums Claimed

Signature On 11.18 Receipts For Payments

Post Payment 11.19 Audit

i. The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Engineer, produce or cause to be produced for examination by the Engineer, any quotation, invoice, cost or other account books, vouchers, receipts, letters, memoranda or any copy of or extract from any such documents and also furnish information and returns, as may be required, relating to the execution of this Contract or relevant for verifying or ascertaining the cost of execution of this Contract or ascertaining the Materials supplied by the Contractor are in accordance with the Specifications laid down in the Contract. The Engineer’s decision on the question of relevancy of any documents, information or returns shall be final and binding on the parties.

ii. If any part or item of the work is allowed to be carried out by a sub-

Contractor, assignee or any subsidiary or allied firm, the Engineer shall have power to secure the books of such sub -Contractor, assignee or any subsidiary or allied firm through the Contractor, and shall have power to examine and inspect the same. The above obligations are without prejudice to the obligations of the Contractor under any statute, rules or orders.

i. The Employer shall have lien over all or any moneys that may

become due and payable to the Contractor under the Contract, and / or over the deposit of Performance Security or other amount or amounts made under the Contract and which may become payable to the Contractor

ii. And further, unless the Contractor pays and clears immediately on

demand any claim of the Employer, the Employer shall at all times be entitled to deduct the amount of the said claim from the moneys, securities and / or deposits which may have become or will become payable to the Contractor under these presents, or under any other Contract or transaction whatsoever between the Employer and the Contractor even if the matter stands referred to Arbitration. The Contractor shall have no claim for any interest or damage whatsoever in respect of any amounts withheld or treated as withheld under the lien referred to above and duly notified as such to the Contractor.

Every receipt of payment to Contractor including refund of the Performance Security shall be signed by the person authorized to do so on his behalf. In the event of death of any of the Contractor’s partners in case the Contractor is a partnership firm, during the currency of the Contract, it is hereby expressly agreed that every receipt by any one of surviving Contractor’s partners, shall, if so signed as aforesaid, be a good and sufficient discharge as aforesaid, provided that nothing in this Clause shall be deemed to prejudice or affect any claim, which the Employer may hereafter have against the legal representatives of any Contractor’s partner so dying, for or in respect of breach of any of the conditions of the Contract. Provided also that nothing contained in this clause shall be deemed to prejudice or affect the respective rights and obligations of the Contractor’s partners, or of the legal heirs / representatives of any deceased Contractor / partner inter-se. It is an agreed term of the Contract, that the Employer reserves to himself the right to carry out a post payment audit and / or technical examination of the Works, and the Final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts, etc., and to make a claim on the Contractor for the refund of any excess amount paid to him, if as a result of such examination, any over-payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of any work done or alleged to have been done by the



Contractor, under the Contract. If any under-payment is discovered, the same shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor. Such payments or recoveries, however, shall not carry any interest.

Recovery of 11.20 money due to the Employer

12 Right to Vary 12.1

Contractor’s 12.2 Variations

Variation 12.2.1 Proposals

Contents of 12.2.2 Variation

All damages (including, without limitation, liquidated damages), costs, charges, expenses, debts, or sums for which the Contractor is liable to the Employer under any provision of the Contract may be deducted by the Employer from monies due to the Contractor under the Contract (including, without limitation, liquidated damages) and the Employer shall have the power to recover any balance not so deducted from monies due to the Contractor under any other contract between the Employer and the Contractor. When the Contractor has assigned to a third party the right to receive monies due, or, to become due, under the Contract to the Contractor or charged such monies in favour of a third party, the Employer's right to deduct damages (including without limitation liquidated damages), costs, charges, expenses, debts or sums for which the Contractor is liable to the Employer from monies due to the Contractor under the Contract shall be limited to the right expressed above. VARIATIONS All Variations shall be recorded in a written instruction from the Engineer either as a Contractor's Variation or as an Employer's Variation, and shall not be implemented by the Contractor without such an instruction in writing from the Engineer. No Variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the Contract. The Contractor shall not make any alteration and/or modification of the Works, unless and until the Engineer instructs or gives consent to a Variation. If the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents or Works are not in accordance with the Contract, the rectification shall not constitute a Variation.

The Contractor may submit to the Employer, in writing at its own cost, any engineering proposal as contractor’s variation for modifying the Employer’s Requirements, provision of additional land, access or feasibility over and above that is provided in the Contract for the purpose of saving in time, construction or manufacture costs. Such variation proposal shall not impair the essential character, functions or characteristics or the Work, including service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, or design and safety standards. The Contractor shall provide his variation proposal in a time limit prescribed by the Engineer. The Engineer’s decision in this regard shall be communicated to the Contractor within a reasonable period of time. If by any reason the time limit specified by the Engineer is exceeded, the proposal may not be considered. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final and binding. If the Employer requires or accepts it, and if the Contractor wants to proceed with the proposal, the Contractor must provide (at no cost to the Employer) a detailed report prepared by a consultant acceptable to the Employer and which shall include:

a. a general description of the original Contract requirements for the Works

and the proposed changes

b. a detail of all the proposed modifications to the drawings and

specifications

c. a detail of all Work and goods affected by the value engineering proposal



d. a detailed estimate of the construction cost based on the original

Contract requirements and based on the proposed changes

e. any resultant time extensions or reductions for the Contract

f. statement to the extent of minimum saving expected. The Contractor’s

cost of preparing the variation proposal shall be excluded in determining

the estimated net savings in construction costs.

Employer 12.2.3 Review

Amendments- 12.2.4 Employer Issuance

Contractor’s 12.2.5 Acceptance and Payment

Employer’s 12.3 Variations

Variation 12.4 Procedure

The Employer may in his sole discretion, accept or reject the contractor’s variation or any part thereof and determine the estimated net saving in the construction cost. The Employer shall not be liable for delays or damages to the Contractor due to any failure of the Employer to accept or act upon any such variation proposal submitted pursuant to this Clause. Once, the Employer or the Engineer rejects the contractor’s variation during proposition due to any reason, it shall not be pursued by Contractor in any other form. If the variation proposal is acceptable to the Employer/Engineer in whole or in parts, it will accept by execution of an amendment. Such amendment shall identify all the changes in the specifications, Contract Period etc. and shall specify net savings on construction costs which shall be adjusted in the contract value by the Employer. The Contractor shall either accept or reject any proposed amendment executed by the Engineer pursuant to this section within 5 working days of its receipt date from the Employer. If the Contractor does not reject the same in the period stipulated above, the amendments shall be deemed to be accepted by the Contractor and shall become a variation to the Contract. The Contractor’s acceptance shall be unconditional and the contract value / price shall be adjusted by the amount of saving due to the variation. If the Engineer requests a proposal, prior to instructing a Variation which may be for additional work or alteration in the work on deletion / reduction in the scope of work, the Contractor shall submit at his own cost within 14 days or such period as the Engineer may allow of the receipt of such request of the Engineer a a description of the proposed design and/or work to be performed and a

programme for its execution,

b the Contractor's proposal for any necessary modifications to the

programme according to Sub-Clause 4. 13, and c the Contractor's proposal for adjustment to the Contract Price, Time for

Completion and/or modifications to the Contract.

The Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of proposals under sub- clauses 12.2 and / or 12.3, respond with approval, rejection or comments. If the Engineer instructs or approves a Variation, he shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 to agree or determine adjustments to the Contract Price, Time for Completion and Schedule of Payments. After receipt of proposal, it will be the prerogative of the Employer, whether to Instruct and proceed ahead with the variation or drop the proposal in part or full. In that case, no cost of preparing and submitting the proposal will be payable to Contractor. In case, the design part of variation has been completed on submission of same to the Engineer, the Employer decides to abandon the



variation, only cost for design to the extent of work done will be paid to the Contractor.

Variation in 12.5 the Bill of Quantities

i) The quantities of items shown in the Bill of Quantities are approximate, and liable to vary during the actual execution of the work. Some items/group of items may have to be altered, added or omitted. The Contractor shall be bound to carry out and complete the stipulated work as instructed by the Engineer, irrespective of the magnitude of variations including additions, alterations or omissions in the Bill of Quantities, individual items or group of items, specified in the Bill of Quantities. ii) Such variations shall be paid as follows: a) At the accepted rates of the Contract for Positive variation in quantities to the

extent of 25%, except in the case of foundation works. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Bill of Quantities or elsewhere in the Contract, the variation of 25% shall be applicable to a group of items mentioned therein and not to individual items. In case of variation in quantities on minus side, contract rates will be payable for executed quantities.

b) In case of foundation work, no variation limit applies and Contractor shall carry

out the Work, at rates stipulated in the Contract irrespective of any variation. c) In case of earth work, the aforesaid variation limit of 25% shall apply to the

gross quantity of earth work and variation in the quantity of individual classifications of soil will not be subject to this limit where any variation can take place.

d) For items against which the quantity given in the Bills of Quantities is “if or as

required”, there shall be no increase/decrease of rates whatever be the quantity finally executed.

e) Variation in the quantity of items individually costing upto 1% of the total

contract value, shall be payable at the rates stated in the Contract. notwithstanding the magnitude of variation upto 2% of the original Contract Value for each item.

f) In case the variation in individual items or the group of items a s

stipulated above, is more than 25% on plus side, the rate for the varied quantity beyond 25% shall be negotiated between the Engineer and the Contractor and mutually agreed rates arrived at before actual execution of the extra quantity.

g) In case Engineer introduces an item for which the Contract does not contain

any rates or prices applicable to the varied Works, the rate of such items shall be derived, wherever possible, from rate for similar items available in the Bill of Quantities of the accepted Tender. In case this is not possible, the rate may be decided on the following basis:

i) Cost of Materials at current market price, as actually utilised in the

final finished Permanent Works, including a reasonable percentage for wastage and transportation.

ii) Cost of enabling works if any (unless provided for separately) worked out on the above basis but with less stringent quality. Specifications minus salvage value of serviceable material released after completion of work and cost of material released as scrap.

iii) Cost of labour actually used at the site of work at rates under Payment of Minimum Wages Act for the area of work for each category of worker, further enhanced by a percentage of 10% of the aforesaid rates to account for labour not directly utilised at Site and



other ancillary and incidental expenses on labour.

iv) Hire charges for Plant & Machinery, scaffolding, shuttering, forms, etc., required to be used at the site of the work. The tools used by the various trades shall not be counted as Plant & Machinery for this purpose.

v) An amount of 20% of items (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above to allow for

Contractor’s overheads, profits and corporate taxes. This

percentage shall also apply to estimated cost of Materials supplied

free to the Contractor. vi) In all cases where extra items of work are involved, for which there

are no rates in the accepted Bill of Quantities the Contractor shall give a notice to the Engineer, of at least 7 days before the need for their execution arises.

h) In the event of disagreement in respect of items (f) and (g) above, the Engineer

shall fix such rates of price as are, in his opinion appropriate and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer. Until such time as rates or prices are agreed or fixed, the Engineer shall determine provisional rates or prices to enable on account payments to the Contractor. Alternatively, in the event of disagreement, the Contractor shall have no claim to execute extra quantities/new items and the Engineer shall be free to get such additional quantities beyond 25% new items executed through any other agency. However, if the Engineer or the Employer so directs the Contractor shall be bound to carry out any such additional quantities beyond the limits stated above original quantities and or new items and the disagreement or the difference regarding rates to be paid for the same shall be settled in the manner laid down under the conditions for the settlement of dispute.

Payment in 12.6 Applicable Currencies

13 Notice to 13.1 Contractor

Termination 13.2 of Contract Due to Contractor’s Default

Conditions 13.2.1 Leading To termination Of Contract

If the Contract provides for payment of the Contract Price in more than one currency, and an adjustment is agreed or fixed as stated above, the amount payable in each of the applicable currencies shall be specified when the adjustment is agreed or fixed. In specifying the amount in each currency, the Contractor and the Engineer (or, failing agreement, the Engineer) shall take account of the actual or expected currency proportions of the Cost of the varied work, without being bound by the proportions of various currencies specified for payment of the Contract Price.

TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT

If the Contractor fails to carry out any of his obligations, or if the Contractor is not executing the Works in accordance with the Contract, the Engineer may give notice to the Contractor requiring him to make good such failure and remedy the same within such time as the Employer / Engineer may deem to be reasonable. The Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if the Contractor or any one of its constituents,

a) fails to comply with a notice under Sub clause 13.1 b) abandons or repudiates the Contract c) without reasonable excuse acceptable to the Engineer, fails to



commence the Works in accordance with the Contract d) sub contracts the whole of the Works or assigns the Contract

without approval of the Employer e) becomes bankrupt or insolvent or goes into liquidation except

voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction

f) persistently disregards instructions of the Engineer or contravenes any provisions of the Contract, or

g) fails to adhere to the agreed programme of work by margin of 10% of the stipulated period or 21 days, whichever is earlier, or fails to complete the Works or parts of the Works within the stipulated or extended period of completion, or is unlikely to complete the whole Work or part thereof within time because of poor record of progress; or

h) fails to remove materials from the Site, or pull down and replace

work, after receiving notice from the Engineer to the effect that

the said materials or Works have been condemned or rejected, or i) fails to take steps to employ competent and/or additional staff

and labour, or j) fails to afford the Engineer or his representative proper facilities

for inspecting the Works or any part thereof, or k) indulges in corrupt or fraudulent practices

13.2.2 In any one of these events or circumstances, the Employer may upon giving 14

days notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel the Contractor from the Site. However, in case of sub-paragraph (e) or (k), the Employer may by notice of 7 days terminate the Contract immediately.

13.2.3 For the purpose of sub para (c) above, this clause, reasonable excuse shall be

one, which in the opinion of the Engineer has resulted from,

Any Circumstance which - is beyond the employer’s or contractor’s control and

- made the failure unavoidable and it is evidenced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the failure was remedied without unreasonable delay once that obstacle was out of the way.

13.2.4 In case of sub-para (g), the Engineer at its sole discretion may terminate only part

of the contract also by taking out some part of the total scope of work and may complete or arrange for any other entity through the process of open/limited/single tender or by calling quotations, to do so at the risk and cost of the contractor.

13.2.5 The Employer’s decision to terminate the Contract shall not prejudice any other

rights of the Employer under the Contract.

13.2.6 On termination of contract due to contractor’s default the Performance Security shall be forfeited by encashing the Bank Guarantee and the balance work shall be got done independently without risk and cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed contractor is a JV/consortium or a partnership firm, then every member/partner of such JV/consortium or partnership firm shall be debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work either in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other JV/consortium/partnership firm.

13.2.7 The Engineer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security except for

amounts to which the GMRC is entitled under the contract (Not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of:



i) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Security as described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the Performance Security.

ii) Failure by the contractor to pay GMRC any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any or the Clauses/Conditions of the agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer.

iii) The contractor being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC the Performance Security shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the GMRC.

Valuation at 13.2.8 the date of Termination

Payment after 13.2.9 Termination

Non-exercise 13.2.10 of power not to constitute waiver

Default of 13.3 Employer

Notice by 13.3.1 Contractor

The Engineer shall, as soon as possible after termination under Sub -Clause 13.2.1, determine and advise the Contractor of the value of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, Plant, Rolling Stock, Materials, Contractor's Equipment and works and all sums then due to the Contractor as at the date of termination. After termination under Sub-Clause 13.2.1, the Employer shall not be liable to make any further payments to the Contractor until the costs of design, manufacture, execution, completion and remedying of any defects, damages for delay in completion (if any), and all other costs incurred by the Employer, have been established. The Employer shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor the extra costs, if any, of completing the Works after allowing for any sum due to the Contractor under Sub-Clause 13.2.8. If there are no such extra costs, the Employer shall pay any balance to the Contractor.

Provided always that in case any of the powers conferred upon the Employer by Sub-clause 13.1 and Sub-clause 13.2.1 above, shall have become exercisable, and the same may not have been exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute waiver of any of the conditions thereof.

In the event of the Employer:

a. failing to pay the Contractor, without reasonable cause, the amount due under any certificate of the Engineer within 56 days after the expiry of the time stated in Sub-Clause 11.5 within which payment has to be made, subject to any deduction that the Employer is entitled to make under the Contract, or

b. becoming bankrupt or, being a company, going into liquidation, other than

for the purpose of a scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation, then, the Contractor may give notice requiring the Employer to remedy the default within 28 days after receipt of the notice. If the Employer fails to remedy the default or fails to propose steps reasonably acceptable to the Contractor to do so and in that case, the Contractor may terminate the Contract after issue of 14 days notice to the Employer with a copy to the Engineer. In this case, the Contractor shall be compensated as per Sub clause 13.3.4 The Engineer’s decision on the amount payable on this account shall be final and binding.



Contractor’s 13.3.2 Entitlement to Suspend the Work

Cessation of 13.3.3 Work by Contractor

Payment on 13.3.4 Termination

13.3.5

The Contractor may, if the Employer fails to pay the Contractor the amount due under any certificate of the Engineer within 56 days after the expiry of the time stated in Sub-Clause 11.6, within which payment is to be made, subject to any deduction that the Employer is entitled to make under the Contract, after giving 28 days’ prior notice to the Employer, with a copy to the Engineer, suspend work or reduce the rate of work. If the Contractor suspends work or reduces the rate of work in accordance with the provisions of this Sub-Clause and thereby suffers delay or incurs costs the Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Employer and the Contractor, determine:

a. any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled under sub- clause-8.4, and

b. the amount of such costs, which shall be added to the Contract Price, and

shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer. After termination under Sub-13.3.1, the Contractor shall:

a. cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary and instructed by the Engineer for the purpose of making safe or protecting those parts of the Works already executed, and any Work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition,

b. hand over all Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, Plant, Rolling stock, and Materials for which the Contractor has received payment,

c. hand over those parts of other Works executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination, and

d. remove all Contractor's Equipment which is on the Site and repatriate all his staff and labour from the Site.

Any such termination shall be without prejudice to any other right of the Contractor under the Contract. After termination under Sub-Clause 13.3.1 the Employer shall return the Performance Security, and shall pay the Contractor an amount calculated and certified in accordance with the following conditions:

a. The value of approved materials actually brought to the site and reasonably required to execute the works during next three months, as per approved programme, and

b. Value of work completed up to date by the contractor at rates specified in the Contract, after taking into account any deductions, retentions, setoff.

c. In addition a sum not exceeding 2% (two percent) of the value of the work remaining incomplete on the date of Termination notice taking effect.

The payment as above shall be full compensation for termination under this clause and the Contractor has no claim for damages or other entitlements whether under the contract or otherwise.

In case termination/foreclosure of the Contract under whatsoever circumstances, any remaining tools, plants, equipments and surplus materials of Employer with contractor will be returned to the Employer in good condition at Employer’s depot at Contractor’s cost. In case of the failure of the contractor to do so, the Employer will be entitled to recover their cost from the contractor from the amount becoming due to the contractor or from any other money due in an y other contracts. The decision of the Engineer of the amount to be recovered will be final decision and full credit at rates initially charged to the contractor shall be allowed for such materials. Similarly the Employer shall be entitled to recover th e cost of the



unreturned material, plant equipment and tools from the contractor where such material have been supplied free of cost and plant, equipment and tools free of cost or on lease basis to the contractor as stipulated in the Conditions of Contract.

14

Indemnity 14.1

Contractor’s 14.2 Care of the Works

RISK AND RESPONSIBILITY

The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer, the Engineer, the Designated Contractors, representatives and employees from and against all actions, sits, proceedings, claims, damages, losses , expenses and demands of every nature and description, by reasons of any act or omissions of the Contractor, his representative or his employees in the execution of the Works, including professional services provided by the Contractor or in the guarding the same. These indemnification obligations shall include but not be limited to claims, damages, losses, damage proceedings, charges and expenses which are attributable to: (a) sickness, or disease, or death of, or injury to any person; and

(b) loss of, or damage to, or destruction of any property (other than the Works)

including consequential loss of use; and (c) loss, damage or costs arising from the carriage of Plant, Rolling Stock and

Materials and/or ownership or chartering of marine vessels by the Contractor, or any sub-contractor of any tier.

The Contractor shall also indemnify and save harmless the Employer from and against all claims and proceedings on account of infringements of patents rights, design, trademark name etc as detailed out in clause 5.8. All sums payable by way of compensation under these conditions shall be considered reasonable compensation payable to the Employer, without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained. The decision of the Engineer as to compensation claimed shall be final and binding. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Works, or any part thereof, including full responsibility for the care of any work being manufactured, or stored off-Site for inclusion in the Works, or in the course of transportation to the Site, and for the care of Contractor's Equipment, Temporary Works, Plant, Rolling Stock, and any other Material, whatsoever, on the Site or delivered to or placed on the Site in connection with, or for the purpose of the Works. The Contractor shall take this responsibility from the Commencement Date until the date of issue of the Taking Over Certificate, when responsibility shall pass to the Employer. If the Engineer issues a Taking Over Certificate for any Section or part of the Works, the Contractor shall cease to be responsible for the care of that Section or part from the date of issue of such Taking Over Certificate when responsibility shall pass to the Employer. The Contractor shall take responsibility for the care of any outstanding work which is required to be completed prior to the expiry of the Contract Period, until the Engineer confirms in writing that such outstanding work has been completed.

If any loss or damage happens to the Works, any other property or person , arising from any cause other than the Employer's risks listed in Sub-Clause 14.3, during the period for which the Contractor is responsible, the Contractor shall rectify such loss or damage, at his cost, so that the Works conform with the



Contract or at the option of the Employer, will pay or allow to the Employer the cost of rectifying such loss or damage. Notwithstanding such loss or damage, the Contractor shall proceed with the execution of works in all respects in accordance with the contract and the Engineer's instructions. The Contractor shall also be liable for any loss or damage to the Works caused by any operations carried out by the Contractor after the date of issue of the Taking Over Certificate.

Employer’s 14.3 Risks

Consequences 14.4 of Employer’s Risks

Contractor’s 14.5 Risks

Limitation of 14.6 Liability

The Employer's risks of loss or damage to physical property in India and of death and personal injury occurring in India in consequence of the performance of obligations under the Contract are: (a) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign

enemies,

(b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil war,

within India, (c) riot, commotion or disorder by persons unless solely restricted to or caused

by employees of Contractor or of sub-contractors currently or formerly engaged in the Works,

(d) Ionising radiations, or contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel,

or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active toxic explosive, or other hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear assembly or nuclear component of such an assembly, except to the extent to which the Contractor may be responsible for the use of any radio-active material,

(e) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic

or supersonic speeds, and (f) use or occupation by the Employer of any part of the Works, except as may

be specified in the Contract. If an Employer's risk results in loss or damage, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer and shall rectify this loss or damage to the extent required by the Engineer.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs cost from rectifying this loss or damage, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled to claim: (a) extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed,

under Sub-Clause 8.4, and (b) amount of such cost, which shall be included in the Contract Price.

The Contractor's risks are all risks other than the Employer's risks given in sub- clause14.3. Except as provided otherwise in these Conditions, neither party shall be liable to the other party for loss of use of any Works, loss of profit, loss of any Contract or any other indirect or consequential loss or damage which may be suffered by the other party in connection with the Contract. The total liability of the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall not exceed the Contract Price. Except that this Sub-Clause shall not limit the liability of the Contractor:



(a) under Sub-Clauses 4.18, 4.19, 5.7, 8.6, and Clauses 7.10 and 7.11

(b) under any other provisions of the Contract which expressly impose a

greater liability,

(c) in cases of fraud, wilful misconduct or illegal or unlawful acts, or

15 Professional 15.1 Indemnity Insurance

Insurance for 15.2 Works and Contractor’s Equipment

Insurance 15.3 against injury to Persons and Damage to Property

(d) in cases of acts or omissions of the Contractor which are contrary to the most elementary rules of diligence which a conscientious Contractor would have followed in similar circumstances.

INSURANCE

The Contractor shall effect and maintain professional indemnity insurance,

preferably in the name of GMRC, for the amount in Indian Rupees stipulated in

Appendix FT-1 (clause 8) to the Form of Tender in respect of any design of

the Works to be carried out by, or on behalf of the Contractor. This insurance,

which shall ensure the Contractor’s liability by reason of professional

negligence and errors in the design of the works, shall be valid from the date of

commencement of Works, until

5 years after the date of issue of Performance Certificate. Alternatively the

Contractor shall redeem the insurance before the expiry of the Yearly

Insurance in such a way that the entire validity period is covered.

The Engineer will not issue Final Payment Certificate until the Contractor has produced evidence that coverage of the professional indemnity insurance has been provided for the aforesaid period. The Contractor shall insure the Plant, Rolling stock, Materials and Works in the joint names of the Employer, the Contractor and Sub-contractors (wherever applicable) against all loss or damage. This insurance shall cover loss or damage from any cause other than the Employer's risks listed in Sub -Clause 14.3 sub paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e). Such insurance shall be for a limit of not less than the full replacement cost (including profit) and shall also cover the costs of demolition and removal of debris. Such insurance shall be in such a manner that the Employer and the Contractor are covered from the commencement date until the date of issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the whole of Works. The Contractor shall extend such insurance to provide cover until the date of issue of the Performance Certificate, for loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable arising from a cause occurring prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate, and for loss or damage occasioned by the Contractor or Sub-contractors in the course of any other operations (including Clauses 7.10, 7.11 and 10).

The Contractor shall insure the Contractor's Equipment against all risks in the joint names of the Employer, the Contractor and Sub-contractors, (wherever applicable) against all loss or damage. This insurance shall cover loss or damage from any cause other than the Employer's risks listed in Sub-Clause 14.3 sub- paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e). Such insurance shall be for a limit of not less than the full replacement value (including delivery to Site). Such insurance shall be in such a manner that each item of equipment is insured while it is being transported to the Site and throughout the period it is on or near the Site.

The Contractor shall insure against liability to third parties in the joint names of the Employer, the Contractor and Sub-contractors, (wherever applicable) for any loss, damage, death or bodily injury which may occur to any physical property ( except things insured under Sub-Clause 15.2) or to any person (except persons insured under Sub-Clause 15.4), which may arise out of the performance of the Contract and occurring before the issue of the Performance Certificate. Such insurance shall be at least for the amount specified in the



Appendix FT-1 (clause 8) to Form of Tender.

Insurance for 15.4 Workers

General 15.5 Requirements for Insurances

16

Definition of 16.1 Force Majeure

The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance against losses and claims arising from the death or injury to any person employed by the Contractor or any Sub-contractor (wherever applicable) in such a manner that the Employer and the Engineer are indemnified under the policy of insurance. For Sub-contractor’s employees (wherever applicable), such insurance may be effected by the Sub- contractor, but the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this Clause. The Contractor shall, within the respective periods stated in the Appendix FT-1 (clause 9) to Form of Tender (calculated from the Commencement Date), submit to the Employer: (a) evidence that the insurances described in this Clause have been effected,

with an Indian Insurance Company ,and (b) copies of the policies for the insurances described in Sub-Clause 15.2, 15.3

and 15.4. When each premium has been paid, the contractor shall submit copy of receipts to the employer. The contractor shall also, when providing such evidence, policies and receipts to the employer, notify the engineer of so doing. The contractor shall effect all insurances for which he is responsible with insurers and in terms approved by the employer. Each policy insuring against loss or damage shall provide for payments to be made in the currencies required to rectify such loss or damage. Payments received from insurers shall be used for the rectification of such loss or damage. The contractor (and, if appropriate, the employer) shall comply with the conditions stipulated in each of the insurance policies. The contractor shall make no material alteration to the terms of any insurance without the prior approval of the employer. If an insurer makes (or purports to make) any such alteration, the contractor shall notify the employer immediately. If the contractor fails to effect and keep in force any of the insurances required under the contract, or fails to provide satisfactory evidence, policies and receipts in accordance with this sub-clause, the employer may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, effect insurance for the coverage relevant to such default, and pay the premiums due. In such cases the premium paid by the employer plus overheads (equal to 50% of the premium paid) shall be recoverable from the contractor by the employer, and may be deducted by the employer from any monies due, or to become due, to the contractor or recover the same as debt due from the contractor. The contractor shall not dispute the amount of premium paid by the employer or the overhead charges thereon. Nothing in this clause limits the obligations, liabilities or responsibilities of the contractor or the employer, under the other terms of the contract or otherwise. Any amount not insured or not recovered from the insurers shall be borne by the contractor. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, the details of all claims made with the insurer and claims accepted by the insurer or any other details as required by the Engineer on monthly basis. FORCE MAJEURE In this Clause, "force majeure " means an event beyond the control of the Employer and the Contractor, which makes it impossible or illegal for a party to



perform, including but not limited to:

(a) act of God;

(b) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, mobilisation, requisition, or embargo;

(c) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil

war;

(d) contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel, or from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active toxic explosive, or other hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear assembly or nuclear component of such an assembly;

(e) riot, commotion or disorder, unless solely restricted to employees of

the Contractor or of his Sub-contractors currently or formerly engaged on the Works.

If a party considers that it may be affected by Force Majeure, the party shall promptly notify the other party and Engineer of such Force Majeure within 21 days of such occurrence. If neither party issues any notice regarding the event within 21 days of its occurrence, the said event shall be deemed not to have occurred and the Contract shall continue to have effect as such.

Effect of Force 16.2 Majeure Event

Contractor’s 16.3 Responsibility

Employer’s 16.4 Responsibility

Payment to 16.5 Contractor

Resumption of 16.6 Work

Optional 16.7

Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall be considered in default or in contractual breach to the extent that performance of obligations is prevented by a Force Majeure event which arises after the date of Notice to Proceed Upon the occurrence of such Force Majeure, the affected party shall endeavour to continue to perform its obligations as far as reasonably practicable. If affected by such Force Majeure, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any proposals for overcoming the consequences of the Force Majeure, including any reasonable alternative means for performance, but shall not carry out these proposals without the consent of the Engineer.

If affected by such Force Majeure, the Employer shall promptly notify the Engineer and the Contractor of any proposals for overcoming the consequences of the Force Majeure. If the Works shall suffer loss or damage due to such Force Majeure, the Contractor shall be entitled to have included, in an Interim Payment Certificate, the Cost of work executed in accordance with the Contract.

The obligations under the Contract shall be resumed as soon as practicable

after the event has come to an end or ceased to exist.

In case of doubt or dispute, whether a particular occurrence should be

considered an “event” as defined under this clause, the decision of the Engineer

shall be final and binding.

Works that have already been measured shall be paid for by the Employer even

if the same is subsequently destroyed or damaged as a result of the event. The

cost of rebuilding or replacing any work that has been measured shall be borne

by the Employer. Irrespective of any extension of time, if a Force Majeure occurs and it’s effect



Termination, Payment and Release

Release from 16.8 Performance Under the Law

17

Procedure for 17.1 Claims

Payment for 17.2 Claims

No legal 17.3 action Till Dispute Settlement Procedure is Exhausted

continues for a period of 6 months, after notice has been given under Sub - Clause 16.1, either party may give to the other party a notice of termination of the Contract which shall take effect in 28 days after the notice is given. Unless at the end of 28 days period the effect of the Force Majeure has ceased, the Contract shall terminate upon that date. Otherwise, the Contract shall remain in effect. The Contractor shall be paid fully for the work done under the Contract, but not for any defective work or work done which has been destroyed or damaged before its measurement. The Employer shall have the option to take over any Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials lying at site, at rates provided for in the Contract, failing that, as per rates, which are determined to be fair and reasonable by the Engineer. If under the law of the Contract the Employer and the Contractor are released from further performance, the sum payable by the Employer to the Contractor shall be the same as would have been payable under Sub -Clause 16.7, if the Contract had been terminated under that Sub-Clause. CLAIMS, DISPUTES, CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION If the Contractor intends to claim any additional payment under any clause of these Conditions or otherwise, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer as soon as possible and in any event within 28 days of the start of the event giving rise to the claim. The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at any other location acceptable to the Engineer. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Engineer shall, on receipt of such notice, inspect such records and may instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Engineer to inspect all such records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Engineer. Within 28 days of such notice, or such other time as may be agreed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall send to the Engineer an account, giving detailed particulars of the amount and basis of the claim. Where the event giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect, such amount shall be considered as interim. The Contractor shall then, at such intervals as the Engineer may reasonably require, send further interim accounts giving the accumulated amount of the claim and any further particulars. Where interim accounts are sent to the Engineer, the Contractor shall send a final account within 28 days of the end of the effects resulting from the event. If the Contractor fails to comply with this Sub-Clause, he shall not be entitled to claim any additional payment. The Contractor shall be entitled to have included in any Interim Payment Certificate such amount for any claim as the Engineer considers due, after taking approval from the Employer. If the particulars supplied are insufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as has been substantiated.

Any and all Disputes shall be settled in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17. No action at law concerning or arising out of any Dispute shall be commenced unless and until all applicable Dispute resolution procedures set out in Clause 17 shall have been finally exhausted in relation to that Dispute or any Dispute out of which that Dispute shall have arisen with which it may be or may have been connected.



Notice of 17.4 Dispute

Two Stages 17.5 for Dispute Resolution

Conciliation 17.6

Conciliation 17.7 Procedure

For the purpose of Sub-Clause 17.5, a Dispute shall be deemed to arise when one party serves on the other party a notice in writing (hereinafter called a "Notice of Dispute") stating the nature of the Dispute provided that no such notice shall be served later than 28 days after the date of issue of Performance Certificate by the Engineer.

Disputes shall be settled through two stages:

a. Conciliation procedures as established by “The Arbitration and

Conciliation Act-1996” (as amended from time to time) and in

accordance with this Clause. In the event this procedure fails to

resolve the Dispute then;

b. Arbitration procedures undertaken as provided by “The Arbitration

and Conciliation Act -1996” (as amended from time to time) and in

accordance with this Clause.

Within 60 days of receipt of Notice of Dispute, either party shall refer the matter

in dispute to conciliation.

Conciliation proceedings shall be initiated within 30 days of one party inviting

the other in writing to Conciliation. Conciliation shall commence when the other

party accepts in writing this invitation. If the invitation is not accepted then

Conciliation shall not take place. If the party initiating conciliation does not

receive a reply within 30 days from the date on which he sends the invitation he

may elect to treat this as a rejection of the invitation to conciliate and inform the

other party accordingly. The Conciliation shall be undertaken by one Conciliator selected from a panel of Conciliators maintained by the Employer. The Conciliator shall assist the parties to reach an amicable settlement in an independent and impartial manner

The Employer shall maintain a panel of Conciliators, who shall be from serving

or retired engineers of Government Departments, or of Public Sector

Undertakings. Out of this panel, a list of three Conciliators shall be sent to the

Contractor who shall choose one of them to act as Conciliator and conduct

conciliation proceedings in accordance with “The Arbitration and Conciliation

Act, 1996”, of India.

There will be no objection if conciliator so nominated is a serving employee of

GMRC who would be Deputy level officer and above.

The Employer and the Contractor shall in good faith co-operate with the

Conciliator and, in particular, shall endeavour to comply with requests by the

Conciliator to submit written materials, provide evidence and attend meetings.

Each party may, on his own initiative or at the invitation of the Conciliator,

submit to the Conciliator suggestions for the settlement of the dispute.

When it appears to the Conciliator that there exist elements of a settlement

which may be acceptable to the parties, he shall formulate the terms of a

possible settlement and submit them to the parties for their observations. After

receiving the observations of the parties, the Conciliator may reformulate the

terms of a possible settlement in the light of such observations.



If the parties reach agreement on a settlement of the dispute, they may draw up

and sign a written settlement agreement. If requested by the parties, the

Conciliator may draw up, or assist the parties in drawing up, the settlement

agreement.

When the parties sign the settlement agreement, it shall be final and binding on

the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.

The Conciliator shall authenticate the settlement agreement and furnish a copy

thereof to each of the parties.

As far as possible, the conciliation proceedings should be completed within 60 days of the receipt of notice by the Conciliator.

The parties shall not initiate, during the conciliation proceedings, any arbitral or

judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the subject matter of the

conciliation proceedings.

Termination of 17.8 Conciliation Proceedings

Arbitration 17.9

The conciliation proceedings shall be terminated:

a. by the signing of the settlement agreement by the parties on the date of

agreement; or

b. by written declaration of the conciliator, after consultation with the parties,

to the effect further efforts at conciliation are no longer justified, on the date

of declaration; or

c. by a written declaration of the parties to the conciliator to the effect that the

conciliation proceedings are terminated, on the date of declaration; or

d. by a written declaration of a party to the other party and the conciliator, if

appointed, to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated, on

the date of declaration.

Upon termination of the conciliation proceedings, the conciliator shall fix the

costs of the conciliation and give written notice thereof to the parties. The costs

shall be borne equally by the parties unless settlement agreement provides for

a different apportionment. All other expenses incurred by a party shall be borne

by that party. (a) Matters to be arbitrated upon shall be referred to a sole Arbitrator if the

total value of the claim is upto Rs.5 million and to a panel of three Arbitrators if total value of claims is more than Rs. 5 million. The Employer shall provide a panel of three arbitrators which may also include GMRC officers for the claims upto Rs.5 million and a panel of five Arbitrators which may also include GMRC officers for claims of more than Rs.5 million. The Contractor shall have to choose the sole Arbitrator from the panel of three and/or one Arbitrator from the panel of five in case three Arbitrators are to be appointed. The Employer shall also choose one Arbitrator from this panel of five and the two so chosen will choose the third arbitrator from the panel only who shall act as the Presiding Arbitrator. The Arbitrator(s) shall be appointed within a period of 30 days from the date of receipt of written notice / demand of appointment of Arbitrator from either party. Neither party shall be limited in the proceedings before such arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments put before the Engineer for the purpose of obtaining his decision. No decision given by the Engineer in accordance



with the foregoing provisions shall disqualify him from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter, whatsoever, relevant to dispute or difference referred to arbitrator/s. The arbitration proceedings shall be held in Ahmedabad/ Gandhinagar only. The language of proceedings that of documents and communication shall be English.

(b) The Employer at the time of offering the panel of Arbitrator(s) to be appointed as Arbitrator shall also supply the information with regard to the qualifications of the said Arbitrator nominated in the panel along with their professional experience, phone nos. and addresses to the contractor.

(c) The award of the sole Arbitrator or the award by majority of three

Arbitrators as the case may be shall be binding on all parties.

Interest on 17.10 Arbitration Award

Cost of 17.11 Arbitration

Jurisdiction 17.12 of Courts

Suspension of 17.13 Work on Account of Arbitration

18

Notice to 18.1 Contractor

Notice to 18.2 Employer and Engineer

Change of 18.3 Address

Where the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period, till the date on which the award is made. The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the respective parties. The cost shall, inter alia, include the fees of the Arbitrator(s) as per rates fixed by the Employer from time to time. Where recourse to a Court is to be made in respect of any matter, the court at Ahmedabad/ Gandhinagar shall have the exclusive jurisdiction to try all disputes between the parties. The reference to Conciliation / Arbitration shall proceed not withstanding that the Works shall not then be or be alleged to be complete, provided always that the obligations of the Employer, Engineer and the Contractor shall not be altered by reasons of arbitration being conducted during the progress of the Works. Neither party shall be entitled to suspend the work or part of the work to which the dispute relates on account of arbitration and payments to the Contractor shall continue to be made in terms of the Contract.

SERVICE OF NOTICES

a. All notices to the Contractor, shall be served by post or telex or telefax or

by hand to the Contractor or his authorized representatives. In case of notices delivered by post, they will be deemed to have been delivered after

7 days of dispatch.

b. The Contractor shall, on award of the Contract, furnish to the Engineer, the name, designation, address and telephone, telex and telefax numbers

of his representative referred to in Clause 4.3.

All notices to the Employer or Engineer shall be served by post or telex or telefax, or by delivering by hand to the address nominated for the purpose.

Parties to the Contract may change the nominated address by Employer with a notice to all concerned.



11. Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

These Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) will supersede the corresponding

provision of General Conditions of Contract (GCC) wherever there is any

contradiction between the two. GCC clause shall remain in force unless the same

is modified, altered, substituted partially or fully by the provisions/

clauses/explanations furnished in the SCC.

GCC Clause

1 Sub-Clause 1.4 Contract Agreement (Insert the following below existing GCC Sub-Clause 1.4):

The Form of Contract Agreement shall be in the format given in Annexure -IV.

2 Sub-Clause 1.5 Priority of Documents (Substitute existing sub para (a) to (n) of the GCC Sub-Clause 1.5 with the following)

The priority of documents shall be as follows:

(a) The Contract Agreement (b) The Letter of Acceptance (c) Request for Proposal Document (d) The Contractor’s Proposal (e) Any other document forming part of the Contract

3 Sub-Clause 3.2 Duties and Authorities of the Engineer (In addition to the duties mentioned in Clause 3.2 of GCC:)- (i) shall watch and inspect the Works, monitor the test results and

examine any material to be used and workmanship employed by the Contractor in connection with the Works;

(ii) shall carry out such duties and exercise such powers vested in the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the Contract;

(iii) shall issue instructions which in his opinion are necessary for the execution of the Works; and

(iv) may issue any other instruction which in his opinion is desirable in connection with the Works.

In case The Engineer is employee of any agency hired by the Employer, the Engineer shall take the approval of the Employer for all technical and financial matters otherwise he shall be deemed to have taken the approval of the Employer.

4 Sub-Clause 4.2.1(i) Performance Security (Add the following at the end of GCC Sub-Clause 4.2.1(i)):

The amount of Performance Security for this contract will be 10% of contract value as tipulated in the GCC. If the contract value increases by



more than 25% of the original contract value, the Performance Security will be increased accordingly.

5 Sub-Clause 4.2.4 Not Used

6 Sub-Clause 4.5.5 Not Used

7 Sub-Clause 4.9 Site Data (Insert a new sub-clause4.9 (iv) below existing GCC Sub-

Clause 4.9(iii) as under)

The Geotechnical and other related data provided by the Employer are based on the investigation conducted by GMRC and are for reference purposes only. The Tenderer shall satisfy himself with the data furnished and make his own investigations if required before submitting his Tender. Any change in design or construction methodology later during execution on account of change will be borne by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall not be relieved from any risk or obligation imposed on or undertaken by him under the Contract on any such ground or on the ground that he did not or could not foresee any matter which may affect or have affected the execution of the Works, or compliance with his other obligations under the Contract.

8 Sub-Clause 4.11 Access Route (Insert below last para of existing GCC Sub-Clause 4.11

the following)

All operations for the execution of the Works shall be carried out so as not to interfere unnecessarily with the convenience of the public or the access to public or private roads or footpaths or properties owned by the Employer or by any other person.

The Contractor shall select routes, choose and use vehicles so that movement of Contractor’s Equipment, Plant and Materials from and to the Site is limited so that traffic is not delayed and damage to highways and bridges is prevented. If there is any delay or damage or injury, the cost of rectification or reconstruction of highways or bridges shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of or in relation to any such matters.

If during the execution of the Works the Contractor shall receive any claim arising out of the execution of the Works in respect of damage to highways or bridges, he shall immediately report the facts to the Engineer. The Contractor shall negotiate a settlement in respect of such claims and indemnify the Employer in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in relation thereto.

9 Sub-Clauses 4.13 Programmes (Replace existing GCC Sub-Clause 4.13 with the following)

Within 21 days of the date of receipt of Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for consent, the Detailed Works



Programme in the form and content prescribed in the Tender Documents.

The Contractor shall complete the work in a phased manner, fixing priorities to the different Stages/stretches of the work to give access to other interfacing contracts as per the requirement of project from time to time and as per milestone.

Each programme shall include the following:

a The order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Works (including each stage of design, procurement, manufacture, delivery to Site, construction, erection, testing and commissioning),

b all major events and activities in the production of Construction

or Manufacture Documents; and

c the sequence of all tests specified in the Contract including Integrated Testing and Commissioning.

The Engineer shall inform the Contractor in writing within 14days after receipt of the above information;

(a) that the programme has received his consent; or

(b) that the programme is rejected, in which case reasons for such rejection shall be given; or

(c) that further information is required to clarify or substantiate the programme or to satisfy the Engineer as to its reasonableness, or

(d) that the programme has received his consent subject to incorporation of comments attached to the Notice of No Objection

Provided that if none of the above actions is taken within the 21 day period, the Engineer shall be deemed to have given consent to the programme submitted.

The Contractor shall, within 21 days of receiving notification under sub-paragraphs (c) or (d) above, provide further information requested or the programme shall be deemed to have been rejected. The Engineer shall, within 21 days of receipt of such further information, either reject the programme or give his consent.

In the event of a programme being rejected, or deemed to have been rejected, the Contractor shall, within 21 days thereafter, submit a revised programme taking account of the reasons given for the rejection or incorporating further information requested by the Engineer, as the case may be.

The Contractor, following receipt of consent to the Works Programme, may at any time, submit to the Engineer an amended version. In the event that the Engineer grants an extension of time, instructs an Employer's Variation, or on the occurrence of any event or happening or situation, which could materially affect the progress of the Works, the Contractor shall submit a revised programme to the Engineer for his consent.

If the Engineer feels that there is a significant deviation between the actual or anticipated progress of the Works and the Works programme, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit a revised/modified programme to ensure timely completion of Whole of Works or a Key Date or a milestone. The Contractor shall submit such revised programme within 14 days of the Employer's Representative's instruction or within such other time as the Employer's Representative



will allow in writing.

Unless and until an amended version has the consent of the Engineer, the existing programme shall remain as the Works Programme for all purposes of the Contract.

Consent by the Engineer to a Works Programme shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract, nor in the event that a Works Programme indicates that a Key Date has not or will not be met, constitute any form of acknowledgement that the Contractor is or may be entitled to an extension of time in relation to such Key Date or a Milestone

Three Month Rolling Programme

Within 30 days of the date of receiving the Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer his Three Month Rolling Programme for each agreed major section of Works in the Contract, in the form and detail prescribed in the Employer's Requirements, setting out the work to be carried out during the following three months.

Design Submission Programme for Temporary/Enabling Works

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, the Design Submission Programme for the Temporary/Enabling Works and updated versions thereof in the form and content and at the times prescribed in the Contract, including the dates on which major decisions should be made.

In the second and subsequent submissions of the Design Submission Programme for the Temporary/Enabling Works, the Contractor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Engineer:

(a) revise the description or content of any design package identified in the initial version of Design Submission Programme;

(b) reduce the periods provided for review by the Engineer of any submission of Design Data as set out in the initial version of the Design Submission Programme;

(c) revise the sequence of submissions of Design Data shown in the initial version of the Design Submission Programme.

Any amendment of the Design Submission Programme in breach of the above requirements shall have no effect whatsoever under the Contract.

Manufacture, Installation and Construction Methods

The Contractor shall submit complete documents and information pertaining to the methods of manufacture, installation and construction which the Contractor proposes to adopt or use, (and if applicable such calculations of stresses, strains and deflections and the like that will or may arise in the Works or to the other works comprising the Project or any parts thereof during installation from the use of such methods). The Engineer will then check to see whether, if such methods are adhered to, the Works can be executed in accordance with the Contract and without detriment to the Works (when completed) and to other works comprising the Project and in a manner which minimises disruption to road and pedestrian traffic.

The Engineer shall inform the Contractor in writing within 21 days after receipt of the above information;

(a) that the Contractor's proposed methods of manufacture,



installation and construction have the consent of the Engineer; or

(b) in what respects, in the opinion of the Engineer the Contractor's proposed methods of manufacture, installation and construction:

(i) fail to comply with the Employer’s Requirements and/or the Definitive Design and/or the Final Design;

(ii) would be detrimental to the Works and/or to the other works comprising the Project;

(iii) do not comply with the other requirements of the Contract; or

(c) as to the further documents or information which are required to enable the Engineer to properly assess the proposed methods of manufacture, installation and construction.

In the event that the Engineer does not give his consent, the Contractor shall take such steps or make such changes in the said methods or supply such further documents or information as may be necessary to meet the Engineer’s requirements and to obtain his consent. The Contractor shall not change the methods of manufacture, installation and construction which have received the Engineer’s consent without further review and consent in writing of the Engineer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause, or that certain of the Contractor's proposed methods of manufacture, installation and construction may be the subject of the consent of the Engineer, the Contractor shall not be relieved of any liability or obligation under the Contract.

10 Sub-Clauses Safety of Works, Health and Safety

4.16 (Insert the following after last para to Sub-clause 4.16 of the GCC)

Within 8 weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a detailed and comprehensive contract-specific Site Safety Plan based on the Employer’s Safety, Health and Environmental Manual (SHE Manual). The Contractor is required to make himself aware of all the requirements of the Employer’s Safety, Health and Environmental Manual in this regard and comply with them. The Site Safety Plan shall include detailed policies, procedures and regulations which, when implemented, will ensure compliance with Sub-Clauses 4.16 and 6.7 of the General Conditions of Contract and SHE Manual.

The Contractor shall, from time to time and as necessary or required by the Engineer, produce supplements to the Site Safety Plan such that it is at all times a detailed, comprehensive and contemporaneous statement by the Contractor of his site safety and industrial health obligations, responsibilities, policies and procedures (under the laws of India) or as stated in the Contract or elsewhere relating to work on Site.

If at any time the Site Safety Plan is, in the opinion of the Engineer, insufficient or requires revision or modification to ensure the security of the Works and the safety of all workmen upon, and visitors to the Site, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to revise the Site Safety Plan. The Contractor shall, within 14 days, submit the revised plan to the Engineer for review.

Any omission, inconsistency or error in the Site Safety Plan or the Engineer concurrence or rejection of the Site Safety Plan and/or supplements



thereto shall be without prejudice to the Contractor's obligations with respect to site safety and industrial health and shall not excuse any failure by the Contractor to adopt proper and recognised safety practices throughout the execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall adhere to the Site Safety Plan and shall ensure that all sub-contractors of all tiers have a copy of the Site Safety Plan and comply with its provisions.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable the Engineer and the Employer to carry out surveillance to verify that the Site Safety Plan is being properly and fully implemented.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately of any occurrence or incident that results in death or serious injury as defined in the Indian Penal Code. Such initial notification may be verbal and confirmed in writing thereafter and shall be followed by a comprehensive written report within 24 hours of the occurrence/incident. The Contractor shall duly complete standard forms as required by the Engineer and Statutory Authorities.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary temporary fire protection and fire fighting facilities on the Site during the construction of the Works in accordance with the statutory regulations and as required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall ensure that all gases, fuels and other dangerous Materials and goods are stored and handled in a safe manner and in accordance with the statutory regulations and as required by the Engineer.

The obligations and requirements for safety and industrial health under this Contract are entirely without prejudice to, and do not derogate from, the Contractor’s statutory obligations, with respect to safety and industrial health.

Accidents at Work Sites

For any accident taking place at work sites due to failure of equipment, collapse of temporary works, non-provision of protective measures at excavation sites, workmen or members of public getting injured or killed, toppling of cranes, trailers, trucks, trolleys etc., electrocution cases or any other mishap taking place at sites or away from work sites where the Contractor’s plants and machineries are involved, the sole responsibility for such accident will devolve on the main Contractor only and not on subcontractors and he shall be liable to be charged for criminal negligence, in addition to penalties already enumerated under clause 56.3 of SHE manual. No liabilities whatsoever will devolve on GMRC or GMRC’s employees on this count. GMRC also reserves the right, depending on the severity and seriousness of the accident, to blacklist the Contractor or Sub-Contractor for a period found appropriate and necessary.

First Aid Base

The Contractor shall provide a First Aid Base at his principal Works Area/ Construction Depot, suitable medical facilities for Workmen’s Camps, suitable and sufficient first aid boxes at worksites for the Contractor’s workforce and his Sub-contractors’ workforce as further described in the Employer’s Requirements.

Training of Contractor’s Employees/Staff& Workers

Contractor shall provide a training/ workshop on Safety, Health

&Environment (SHE) to all its workers/ staff/ employees subcontractors of

at least 2 weeks (96 hrs.) at the time of induction. Before posting any of his

workers/ staff/ employees/subcontractors, the Contractor shall give a



certificate that the said person had undergone the requisite SHE training.

Non-compliance of the above will invoke penalties as per Conditions of

Contract on SHE, Vol.-8 of Tender Document.

Safety Audit

Apart from the provision in SHE manual which the Contractor has to very

diligently observe, GMRC will also have its own Safety Audit Team, who

should be given all facilities and freedom to enter upon the Contractor’s

premises and inspect and check the construction activities as well as

working of plant and machinery employed by the contractor. Observations

of Audit team have to be complied with as a mandate by the Contractor.

The Audit team will set time to comply with their observations, failing which

they will have the required authority to stop the work or decommission all

the plant and machinery. The decision of the safety Audit team cannot be

counter manned at any level except at the level of the Director.

Supplementary instructions issued by the Director in this will be followed.

11 Sub-Clause 4.17 Protection of the Environment (Insert the following after last para to

Sub-Clause 4.17 of the GCC)

Outline Environmental Plan means the environmental plan forming part of

the Tender, setting out, in summary form, the Contractor's proposed means of complying with his obligations in relation to environmental quality. Site Environmental Plan means the plan including all supplements thereto, or any amended or varied version thereof, as submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Employer’s Safety, Health and Environmental Manual (SHE Manual), this Clause and which has received the Engineer’s consent. The Site Environmental Plan shall include detailed policies, procedures and regulations which, when implemented, will ensure compliance with this Clause. The Contractor is required to make himself aware of all the requirements of the Employer’s SHE Manual in this regard and comply with them.

Within 8 weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a detailed and comprehensive Site Environmental Plan based on the Employer’s Safety, Health and Environmental Manual (SHE Manual), and shall include such further material, which the Contractor considers necessary and relevant.

Upon the Engineer notifying his consent to the Site Environmental Plan, or any supplemental part thereof, the Contractor shall adhere to the principles and procedures contained in such document save to the extent that the Engineer may give his consent to any amended or varied version thereof.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable the Engineer and the Employer to monitor and conduct tests to verify that the Site Environmental Plan is being properly and fully implemented.

Environment Clearance

Where specific borrow areas are not designated by the Employer/the Engineer, arrangement for locating the source of supply of material for embankment and sub grade as well as compliance to environmental requirement in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated, from to time by the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Govt. of India and local bodies, as applicable, shall be the sole responsibilities of the contractor.



12 Sub-Clause 4.19 Tools, Plants And Equipment Supplied By The Employer

The Employer will not provide any machinery or materials under the Contract.



13 Sub-Clause 4.27 Security of the Site (Insert the following below last para of existing GCC

Sub-Clause 4.27)

The Contractor shall take all measures necessary to ensure such security, including exercising control over all persons and vehicles which are employed or engaged on the Site or in connection with the Works or the other works comprising the Project and with the security arrangements applicable to any other site within the Project.

The Contractor shall arrange the issue of passes for the admission of all persons and vehicles to the Site or to any part thereof and may refuse admission to or remove from the Site any person or vehicle failing to show an appropriate pass on demand to any duly authorised person.

If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a list identifying all persons to whom passes have been issued together with two photographs of each person and all entities to which a pass has been issued in respect of any vehicle and shall satisfy the Engineer of the bonafides of any such person or entity.

The Contractor shall not, without the written permission of the Engineer or otherwise in accordance with the Contract, allow access to the Site to any person unless the presence on Site of such person is necessary in connection with the execution of the Works or with the discharge of the duties of any relevant authority.

The Contractor, after obtaining any necessary consent from any relevant authority, shall submit to the Engineer proposals showing the layout of pedestrian routes, lighting, signs, and guarding any road opening or traffic diversion which may be required in connection with the execution of the Works and which the Contractor intends to construct. Any consent given by the Engineer to such proposals shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligation under the Contract or absolve the Contractor from any liability for or arising from such proposals or the implementation thereof.

All lights provided by the Contractor shall be so placed or screened as not to interfere with signs, signals or lights. The Contractor shall not in any way obscure or affect signs, signals or lights, in use by any relevant authority. In the event that the Contractor does so, the Contractor shall pay all costs associated with the re-setting, re-instating or provision of alternatives for any sign, signal or light, obscured or affected.

For the purposes of this Clause only, “Site” shall include off-Site places of manufacture or storage and the Contractor’s Work Areas and shall include, areas provided to the Contractor by others.

14 Sub-Clause 5 (Replace existing definition of Clause 5 of GCC with the following)

Design

The clauses under the head ’Design’ are applicable in ‘Design & Build’ contracts and in case of ‘Item Rate (Design-bid-build)’ and ‘Part Design & Build’ contracts, these are applicable only to part of the contract in which the design is the responsibility of the contractor. These clauses are also applicable to design of Temporary and enabling works by the contractor wherever applicable.



15 Sub-Clause 5.9. Submission of Documents (Insert a new Sub-clause 5.9 below existing GCC

Sub-Clause 5.8 as under)

The Contractor shall submit drawings for temporary/enabling works and

documents, as required by the Contract, to the Engineer in accordance

with any submittal schedule agreed with the Engineer. This submittal shall

be made sufficiently before the Works are to be carried out to give the

Engineer and the Employer reasonable time to examine the drawings or

other documents, to prepare comments and for any changes to be

accommodated by the Contractor.

Where the consent of the Engineer is required, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of his decision either within such period as may expressly be stipulated in the Contract or otherwise within a reasonable time.

If the Engineer has reasonable cause for being dissatisfied with the proposals set out in the Contractor's drawings or documents, the Engineer shall, within a period of 28 days from the date of submittal, require the Contractor in writing to make such amendments thereto as the Engineer may consider necessary. The Contractor shall make and be bound by such amendments at no additional expense to the Employer and shall resubmit the amended drawings or documents for the Engineer’s consent.

Within 14 days of notification of the Engineer’s consent the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the type and number of sets of the relevant drawings or documents as stipulated in the Employer’s Requirement.

Should it be found at any time after notification of consent that the relevant drawings or documents do not comply with the Contract or do not agree with drawings or documents in relation to which the Engineer has previously notified his consent, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such alterations or additions as, in the opinion of the Engineer, are necessary to remedy such non-compliance or non-agreement and shall submit all such varied or amended drawings or documents for the consent of the Engineer.

No examination by the Engineer of the drawings or documents submitted by the Contractor, nor any consent of the Engineer in relation to the same, with or without amendment, shall absolve the Contractor from any of his obligations under the Contract or any liability for or arising from such drawings or documents.

The Operation and Maintenance Manuals and drawings submitted by the Contractor shall, if required, be updated by him during the Defects Liability Period and re-submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative.

16 Sub-Clause 6.4. Labour Laws (Insert a new sub-para (g) below existing sub-para (f) of

GCC Sub-Clause 6.4 as under)

(g)The Contractor shall, if required by the Employer, deliver to the Engineer or to his office, a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Employer may prescribe, showing the number of labour employed in different categories by the Contractor or his sub- contractors on the Site.



17 Clause 7.0 Quality Control (Insert new Sub-Clauses no. 7.13 and 7.14 below

existing GCC Sun-Clause 7.12 as under)

7.13: Site Quality Plan

Within 28 days of the issue of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for his consent, his proposed Site Quality Plan based on the Outline Quality Plan and the Employer's Requirements. The quality manual should address the quality system as required by ISO 9001 (latest version). Any supplement to the Site Quality Plan shall be submitted at least 14 days before commencement of the relevant work.

Upon the Engineer notifying his consent to the Site Quality Plan, or any supplement thereto, the Contractor shall, adhere to the principles and procedures contained in such document, except where the Engineer gives his consent to any amended or varied version thereof. The Contractor shall cause any sub-contractors to adhere to this Plan.

The Contractor shall appoint a suitably qualified and experienced person, not otherwise engaged in the performance of the Contract, to act as manager of the quality assurance system and shall provide such other personnel and resources as required to ensure effective operation of the quality assurance system. The said manager shall carry out audits of the application of the quality assurance system, and ensure effective quality control and delivery of quality assurance.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable the Engineer to carry out surveillance visits both on and off the Site to verify that the quality assurance system is being properly and fully implemented. No extra payment shall be made in this regard and the cost of the Work under this element shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Price.

7.14: Quality Audit

GMRC will employ a quality assurance team to ensure the works are

carried out according to the specifications and prescribed quality and the

materials used are fully compile with GMRC’s specification and

requirement. Observations of Audit team have to be complied with as a

mandate by the Contractor. The Audit team will set time to comply with

their observations, failing which they will have the required authority to stop

the work or decommission all the plant and machinery. The decision of the

quality assurance team cannot be counter manned at any level except at

the level of the Director. Supplementary instructions issued by the Director

in this will be final and binding.

18 Sub-Clause 10.1 Defects Liability (Supplementary information to GCC Sub-Clause

10.1)

The Defect Liability Period (DLP) shall be 52 weeks after the date of issue of the latest Taking over Certificate for the whole of the works. For the works E&M the defect liability period would be 52 weeks after the guarantee or warranty completed for particular plant or machinery.



19 Sub-Clause 11.1.1 Contract Price Inclusions/Exclusions (Replace entire GCC Sub-

Clause 11.1.1 with the following para)

The Contract Price, subject to any adjustment thereto in accordance with the Contract shall be all inclusive (including all taxes, duties, royalties/Octroi/Entry Tax (if any) in the state of Gujarat, etc.) including all taxes, GST. Nothing extra shall be payable over the quoted rates, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any law for the time being in force, save and except what is specifically provided in General or Special Conditions of Contract.

20 Sub-Clause 11.1.3 Adjustment in Contract Price (Supplement to GCC Sub-Clause 11.1.3)

Not applicable to this Tender / Contract.

20.1 Price Variation for Varied Items

Normally, no price variation clause shall be applicable to any extra item/new rates not originally included in the accepted Bill of Quantities and for which the rates are fixed separately under 12 of GCC. It shall, however be open to the Engineer to accept price variation clause in such cases where the rates are not based on actual and work is likely to continue for more than one year and base date shall be finalised for fixation of extra items.

20.2 Adjustment on Account of Price Variation

Adjustment on account of Price Variations may be positive (in which case extra amount shall be paid to the Contractor), or negative (in which case the amount of Price Variation shall be recovered from the Contractor). Adjustment on account of Price Variation shall be calculated separately, for each period, between two successive dates of measurements for bills and paid along with each bill or separately as claimed by the contractor.

After verifying the bill, the Engineer shall certify the adjustment amount and advise the same to the Employer along with the ‘On Account’ bill. Should any extra amount be due to Contractor, the Employer shall pay the same as far as possible within 28 days of certification by Engineer. Any amount due from Contractor on account of negative adjustment shall be recovered from his pending or other bills at the earliest.

20.3 Price Variation during Extended Period of Completion

(a) The price adjustment as worked out above i.e. either increase or decrease will be applicable up to the stipulated date of completion of the work including the extended period of completion where such extension has been granted under Sub-Clause 8.4.1 of GCC or it is specifically mentioned that extension is with price variation also.

(b) However, where extension has been granted under Sub-Clause 8.4.3 of GCC, price adjustment will be due as follows:

(b.i) In case the indices increase above the indices applicable to a bill made on the last date of original completion period or the extended period under Sub-Clauses 8.4.1of GCC, the price adjustment for the period of extension under Sub-Clause 8.4.3 of GCC will be limited to the amount payable as per the indices applicable to a bill made on the last date of the



original completion period or the extended period under Sub- Clauses 8.4.1 of GCC as the case may be.

(b.ii) In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to a bill made on the last date of the original or extended period of completion, then the lower indices will be adopted for Price Adjustment for the period of extension under Clause 8.4.3 of GCC.

21 Sub-Clause 11.1.4 Change in Taxes/Duty(Supplement to GCC Sub-Clause 11.1.4)

“Change in Law” means the occurrence or coming into force of the following, at any time after the date of submission of tender.

The Contract Price shall not be adjusted due to any of the above two conditions and its impact shall be considered covered in the price indices of various components and thus compensated in Price Variation Clause. Also, the Contract price shall not be adjusted on account of fluctuations in the rates of exchange between the foreign currencies of the Contract and Indian Rupees from the last date of submission of tender.

22 Sub-Clause 11.2.1 Mobilisation Advance

No Advance Payment will be given.

23Sub-Clause 11.2.2 Advance against Plant & Machinery

No Advance Payment will be given.

24. Sub-Clauses 11.2.4 Recovery of Advances

Not Used / Deleted

24(B). Sub-Clauses 11.3.1 Provisional Payment against Material at Site (Insert below existing

GCC Sub-Clause 11.3.1 the following)

Payment for material advance will be made only on Structural Steel, Re-inforcement Steel and Cement which are physically brought at site as per approved consumption plan by the Engineer. No payment will be made if any advance payment or stage payment against supply of above material has already been received as per other provisions in the contract..

25A. Sub-Clause 11.5Issue of Interim Payment Certificates (Replace first para of existing GCC Sub-Clause 11.5 with the following)

No amount will be certified or paid until the Employer has received, and approved, the Performance security and the parent Company Undertakings and Guarantees in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2. Thereafter, the Engineer shall carryout a Preliminary scrutiny of the Bill submitted by the Contractor and, within 7 days of receiving a statement of Bill and



supporting documents, deliver to the Employer, with a copy to the Contractor, an Interim Payment Certificate for 80% of the amount which the Engineer considers to be due. The Employer will process for payment of 80% of certified interim amount as set forth in Sub-Clause 11.6. In the meantime, Engineer, within 21 days of receiving the Bill, will carry out Detailed check on the bill and supporting documents submitted by the Contractor and deliver to the Employer, with a copy to the contractor, Interim Payment Certificate for balance of the amount which the Engineers considers to be due; if no payment is considered to be due, the Engineer shall promptly notify the Contractor accordingly.

25 Sub-Clause 11.6 Payment Interim &Final (Replace existing GCC Sub-Clause 11.6(a)with the following)

After Preliminary scrutiny and certification by Engineer, payment of 80% of the certified interim amount/Running account Payment shall be made by the Employer within 7 days after receiving the Bill and supporting documents from Engineer. The amount certified shall account for all deductions, including statutory deductions, recoveries for advances and any amounts due from the Contractor. The balance amount shall be paid by the Employer within 7 days, after receiving the Bill and supporting documents from Engineer after Detailed Check and Certification.. (Insert following sub para (d) and (e) below existing sub-para (c) to Sub-Clause 11.6) (d) In calculating the amount payable to the Contractor for the Rupee portion, for each item, sums of less than Fifty Paise shall be omitted and sums of Fifty Paise and more, up to one Rupee, shall be reckoned as one Rupee. (e) False measurements or inflated bills

In the event of Contractor submitting false measurements or inflated bills with an intention to obtain higher payment in 80% part of Interim Payment Certificate (IPC),then, on first such occasion, when payment after detailed check becomes on negative side, the Engineer will issue a written warning to him to the effect that the facility of 80% payment without detailed check will be withdrawn in future. If the contractor repeats the offence for the second time, this 80% payment facility shall be completely withdrawn in respect of this contractor for all his assignments / contracts with GMRC.

25.1 Sub-Clause 12 Variations

12.7. Day work

For payment of extra items, the Engineer may decide to pay on the basis of ‘Day Work’ concept instead of paying as per clause no. 12.5(ii) of GCC. In such a case the Engineer may, if in his opinion it is necessary or desirable issue an instruction that any varied work or new item of work shall be executed on a day work basis. The Contractor shall be then paid for such item based on the actual expenditure made on daily basis under the terms set out in day work schedule included in the Contract and at the rates and prices affixed by him in the tender.

The Contractor shall furnish such receipts or other vouchers as may be



necessary to prove the amounts paid and before ordering Materials shall submit to the Engineer the quotations for the same for his approval The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer or his representative, a daily list (with name, occupation and shift time) of all workmen deployed on the work, in duplicate for checking and approval. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a priced statement of labour, material, plant, etc., actually used on the work, together with the output of work at the end of each calendar month and / or as soonas the work is completed. The payment for the new item of work will be certified by the Engineer based on this submission of Contractor.

26Sub-Clause 12.3 Employer’s Variation (Replace existing GCC Sub-Clause 12.3 with the following)

Employer’s Variation” means a change in the Employer's Requirements which makes necessary alteration or modification of the scope of Works as described by or referred to in the Employer's Requirements. Changes to any sequence, method or timing of construction, manufacture or installation and changes to any part of the Site or the Works Areas or access thereto will not constitute Employer's Variation. An Employer's Variation shall be requested and implemented in accordance with and subject to the following provisions:

(a) Within 14 days (or such other period as the Engineer may allow) of

the Engineer informing the Contractor in writing of the intention to request

an Employer's Variation, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing

whether in his opinion the Employer's Variation. would, if ordered:

(i) give rise to any entitlement to an extension of time; or

(ii) affect the achievement of any Milestone; or

(iii) give rise to any entitlement to additional payment; or

(iv) affect the warranties of the Contractor set out in Clause

4.2 of Special Conditions of Contract, and shall submit his

proposals as to the terms upon which he would agree to

implement the Employer's Variation.

(b) The Engineer shall determine the amount which should be added to

or deducted from the fixed lump sum price as a result of the Variation and

get it approved by the Employer. In assessing work covered by any sub-

contract, the Engineer will have, where he deems necessary, access to

the original sub-contract conditions, rates, prices and details of the

variation claimed, to assist in evaluating any Variations and the agreed

rates if any of major items of work/ activities, labour, plant and machinery

and where appropriate the local market rates for these items.

(c) If the Engineer withdraws the request for an Employer's Variation, the

Contractor shall have no claim of any kind whatsoever arising out of the

amount determined above. In case the Employer’s Variation involves

omission of part of the Works, the agreement shall address the issue of

reduction in the Contract Price.

Note: The Schedules attached to SCC may be modified as considered



necessary at the time of finalisation of the Contract.

27Sub-Clause 12.5 Variation in the Bills of Quantities (To be read along with Clause 12.5(g) of GCC):

The Contractor shall be bound to notify the Engineer at least 7 days before the necessity arises for the execution of quantities of any items or group of items, as the case may be, in excess of 25%. In case mutually agreed rate between the Engineer and the Contractor is not arrived at, before the execution of such works, the Contractor shall have no claim to be entrusted with the execution of extra quantities, and the Engineer shall be free to get such additional quantities beyond 25% executed through any other agency. However, if the Engineer or the Employer so directs, the Contractor shall be bound to carry out any such additional quantities beyond 25% of the original quantities, and the disagreement or the difference regarding rates to be paid for the same, shall be settled in the manner laid down under the conditions for the settlement of disputes under Relevant Clause.

28 Sub-Clause 17.9 Arbitration (Replace existing GCC Sub-Clause 17.9(a) with the

following)

(a) Matters to be arbitrated upon shall be referred to a sole Arbitrator if the

total value of the claim is upto Rs. 5 million and to a panel of three

Arbitrators if total value of claims is more than Rs.5 million. The

Employer shall provide a panel of three arbitrators which may also

include GMRC officers for the claims upto Rs. 5 million and a panel of

five Arbitrators which may also include GMRC officers for claims of

more than Rs. 5 million. The Contractor shall have to choose the sole

Arbitrator from the panel of three and/or one Arbitrator from the panel

of five in case three Arbitrators are to be appointed. The Employer

shall also choose one Arbitrator from this panel of five and the two so

chosen will choose the third arbitrator from the panel only who shall act

as the Presiding Arbitrator. The Arbitrator(s) shall be appointed within a

period of 30 days from the date of receipt of written notice/ demand of

appointment of Arbitrator from either party. Neither party shall be

limited in the proceedings before such arbitrator(s) to the evidence or

arguments put before the Engineer for the purpose of obtaining his

decision. No decision given by the Engineer in accordance with the

foregoing provisions shall disqualify him from being called as a witness

and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter, whatsoever,

relevant to dispute or difference referred to arbitrator/s. The arbitration

proceedings shall be held in Ahmedabad/Gandhinagar only. The

language of proceedings, that of documents and communication shall

be English.



29. Other Conditions

Sr. No. Particular

1. Issuance of Work Orders: For execution of part jobs within the Contract, the Work

Order will be issued indicating the time period for execution required depending upon

the urgency and quantum of work to be carried out. The payment will be made only on

completion of the whole Work Order.

2. Provision of Office Accommodation: The contractor shall provide the office

accommodation for its own staff. The office will be with a provision of Container Or on

Rental basis. The required space for the container will be provided by GMRC free of

cost.

3. Deleted

4. The Contractor’s proposals for any ancillary and temporary works shall be in conformity

with the proposals submitted along with the tender and modifications thereto as

approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit details information where called for by the Engineer and

other relevant details of all such works to the Engineer for approval at least one month

before he desires to commence such works. Approval by the Engineer of any such

proposal shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the sufficiency of such

works.

Contractor is to provide design certificate for temporary works.

No extra payment will be made for complying with the provisions of this clause and the

cost of the work under this element shall be deemed to be included in the Bill of

Quantities

5. The responsibility of Contractor under General Conditions of Contract is full and final

and no claim by the Contractor for additional payment or extension of time shall be

allowed on the ground that of any misunderstanding or misapprehension by the

contractor or that incorrect or insufficient information was given to the Contractor or that

he failed to obtain correct and sufficient information.

6. The Contractor shall establish at his cost, at suitable points, additional reference lines

and bench marks as may be necessary. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the

sufficiency and accuracy of all his benchmarks and reference lines. He shall take

precautions to see that lines, points and bench marks fixed by the Engineer are not

disturbed by his work and shall make good any damage thereto.

7. Existing roads and other public roads may be used by the Contractor at his risk and

cost to carry out construction activities, with prior approval of the competent authority.

The Contractor’s heavy construction traffic or tracked equipment shall not travel on any

public road or bridge, unless the Contractor has made arrangements with the authority



concerned and has obtained the approval of the Engineer to such arrangements. The

Contractor shall include in his price the cost of strengthening any such public road or

bridge if he considers it would be necessary.

The Contractor shall repair any damage to the road or bear the cost thereof due to

movement of contractor’s plants and equipment, vehicles etc. to the specifications and

satisfaction of road authorities as well as of Engineer.

The Contractor shall plan transportation of construction materials to work site in

accordance with traffic regulations enforced by local traffic authorities from time to time

and in such a way that road accidents are avoided.

No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account. The transportation of certain

equipment and materials and launching may not be possible during day and may have

to be carried out within time schedule specified by traffic police.

No extra payment will be made for construction and maintenance of temporary haul

roads if any needed including any special protection or strengthening required and all

cost of such works shall be deemed to have been included in the costs of items in Bill

of Quantities.

8. There is no exemption of Custom/Excise duties, taxes or other levies for this contract.

The Contractor shall ensure full compliance with tax laws of India with regard to this

contract and shall be solely responsible for the same. He shall submit copies of

acknowledgements evidencing filling of returns every year and shall keep the Employer

fully indemnified against liability of tax, interest, penalty etc. of the Contractor’s in

respect thereof, which may arise.

9. The Contractor shall be responsible for total compliance of Safety, Health and

Environmental Protection safeguards as elaborated in combined Safety, Health, and

Environmental Manual (SHE) of the Employer.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable

the Engineer and Employer to carry out surveillance to verify that the site safety and

safety assurance plans are being properly and fully implemented in accordance with the

Contract.

No extra payment will be made for complying with the provisions of this clause and the

cost of the work under this element shall be deemed to be included in the Bill of

Quantities.

Contractor may note that housekeeping at Work sites and safe surrounding are very

important. Mishandling of materials, spillage, any activity amounting to bad

housekeeping is strictly prohibited. Noncompliance of same shall attract a Penalty as

decided by Engineer in Charge.

10. No material, tools, plant and equipment shall be supplied by the Employer. The

Contractor has to arrange all tools, plant, equipment as well as construction materials

required for the work. The construction material/Item should be of ISI standards.



11. All garbage/debris shall remove from site daily or as they accumulate. All surface and

sub-soil drains shall be maintained in a clean, sound and satisfactory state of

performance.

12. Lighting and Fire Protection: Where night working is permitted by the Engineer to

facilitate the Contractor’s Work operations, temporary lighting equipment as per

approved layout shall be provided, installed, maintained for the duration of the contract

and removed after completion of work by and at the expense of the Contractor. The

Contractor shall take action to prevent damage to or destruction by fire of trees, shrubs

and grasses. No extra payment will be made to the Contractor for the provision of

temporary lighting and fire prevention measures.

13. The quantities of items shown in the Bill of Quantities are approximate, and liable to

vary during the actual execution of the Work. Some items / group of items may have to

be altered, added or omitted. The Contractor shall be bound to carry out and complete

the stipulated work as instructed by the Engineer, irrespective of the magnitude of

variations including additions, alternations or omissions in the Bill of Quantities (Price

Bid Document), individual items or group of items, specified in the Bill of Quantities.

14. PERFORMANCE SECURITY

The amount of performance security for this contract will be 10% of contract value. If

the contract value increases by more than 25% of the original contract value, the

Performance Security will be increased accordingly for complete revised value on

every increase.

15. Coordination with other Contractors

The contractor for this package shall plan and execute work in

coordination and in co-operation with other contractors working for adjacent/other

packages

16. Not Used

17.

In respect of ecological balance, the Contractor shall observe the following

instructions:

(a) Where destruction, scarring, damage or defacing may occur as a result of

operations relating to construction and maintenance activities, the same shall be

repaired, replanted or otherwise corrected at Contractor’s expense. All work



areas shall be smoothened and graded in a manner to confirm to natural

appearance of the landscape as directed by the Engineer.

(b) All trees or branches of trees and shrubbery, which are not specifically required

to be cleared or removed for cleaning purposes, shall be preserved and shall be

protected from any damage that may be caused by Contractor’s cleaning

operations and equipment. The removal of trees or shrubs will be permitted only

after prior approval by the Engineer. Trees shall not be used for anchorage. The

Contractor shall be responsible for injuries to trees and shrubs caused by his

operations. The term “injury” shall include, without limitation, bruising, scarring,

tearing and breaking of roots, trunks or branches. All injured trees and shrubs

shall be restored as nearly as practicable, without delay, to their original

condition at Contractor’s expenses.

(c) The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to

enable the Engineer and the Employer to monitor and conduct tests to verify

that the Site Environmental Plan is being

properly and fully implemented

18. Security of the Site

The Contractor shall take all measures necessary to ensure such security, including

exercising control over all persons and vehicles which are employed or engaged on

the Site or in connection with the Works or the other works comprising the Project and

with the security arrangements applicable to any other site within the Project.

The Contractor shall arrange the issue of passes for the admission of all persons and

vehicles to the Site or to any part thereof and may refuse admission to or remove from

the Site any person or vehicle failing to show an appropriate pass on demand to any

duly authorized person.

If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a list identifying all persons to

whom passes have been issued together with two photographs of each person and all

entities to which a pass has been issued in respect of any vehicle and shall satisfy the

Engineer of the bonafides of any such person or entity.

The Contractor shall not, without the written permission of the Engineer or otherwise in

accordance with the Contract, allow access to the Site to any person unless the

presence on Site of such person is necessary in connection with the execution of the

Works or with the discharge of the duties of any relevant authority.

For the purposes of this Clause only, "Site" shall include off-Site places of manufacture

or storage and the Contractor's Work Areas and shall include, areas provided to the

Contractor by others.

19. Training of Contractor’s Employees / Staff / Workers

Contractor shall provide a training / workshop on Safety, Health & Environment



(SHE/O&M) to all its workers/ employees/ sub-contractors at the time of induction as

per the provision of conditions of Contract on Safety, Health & Environment for civil

work of O&M. Before posting any of his workers/ staff/ employees/ sub-contractors, the

contractor shall give a certificate that the said person had undergone the requisite

SHE training.

20. Housing Facilities

The Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements for housing facilities for his

staff.

21. Health and Safety

Contractors are required to have tie-up with well-equipped reputed hospitals having

facilities of MRI, CT Scan, Ultrasound, Blood Bank, specialist Doctors like

neurosurgeon, orthopedic as mandatory requirement and fire station located in the

neighborhood for attending to the casualties promptly.

22. Quality Control

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable

the Engineer to carry out surveillance visits both on and off the Site to verify that the

quality assurance system is being properly and fully implemented. No extra payment

shall be made in this regard and the cost of the Work under this element shall be

deemed to be included in the Contract Price.

23. Advance.

No Any Advance is admissible in this contract.

24. Payment

For the purpose of On-account payment, the contractor shall submit detailed activities

carried out as per BOQ recorded in Measurement sheets, Abstract sheets along with

recorded bill for the item actually executed for checking and payment. Payment will be

effected based on unit rates as approved in the Bill of Quantities.

The payment shall be made on a monthly basis for the activities carried out as per the

work orders in a month. At the end of the month, the contractor shall submit necessary

documents & Bill in the standard format for payment.

25. Notices and Instructions

The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer/Engineer the postal address of his office

at Ahmedabad/ Gandhinagar. Any notice or instructions to be given to the Contractor

under the terms of the contract shall be deemed to have been served on him if it has

been delivered to his authorized agent or representative at site or if it has been sent

by registered post to the office, or to the address of the firm last furnished by the

Contractor.



The Contractor shall establish an office in the Ahmedabad in consultation with the in

charge for planning, co-ordination and monitoring the progress of the Work and

intimate the same in writing to in charge. In addition, the Contractor may set up field

offices at convenient and approved locations for co-ordination and for monitoring the

progress of fieldwork at his own cost.



Application Format

Technical & Financial details

(To be submitted by Bidder on letter head)

To (Name of the RFP)

GMRC Ltd.

Address

Dear Sir/Madam,

With reference to your RFP, We hereby submit our Technical & Financial Details. We unconditionally agree to

abide by the Terms & Conditions specified therein and as and when revised/altered/added/deleted before/after

submission of these Technical & Financial details.

I/we hereby certify that all the particulars/submissions given are correct and true to the best of my/our

knowledge.

I/we certify that if selected to work for GMRC, I/we shall appoint separate teams for any competing clients who

are in the same business as GMRC Ltd to avoid clash of interests and maintenance of secrecy.

I/We hereby unconditionally agree with the agency eligibility and evaluation criteria decided by GMRC and abide by the decision taken related to selection procedure.

In case at any stage, it is found that that the information given by me/us is false/incorrect, GMRC Ltd. shall have

the absolute right to take any action as deemed fit/ without any prior intimation to me/us

(Signature of the Authorized person)

Full name of the Authorized Person:

Designation:

Seal of the firm and date



ANNEXURE-I

PROFORMA FOR TECHNICAL BID (To be submitted by Bidder on letter head)

SN Particulars Details to be provided by the bidder

Page number at which Documentary evidence

Enclosed with Technical Bid

1 Name of the Bidder (Contractor)

2 Constitution

Proprietorship / Partnership / Pvt. Ltd.

3 Registration Number of the agency and date of Registration

4 PAN Number

5 GST No.

6 TAN No.

7 Address (Head Office) of the Bidder with Contact Person, telephone no. & Email Id

8 Address of the Bidder with Contact person, telephone number & Email-Id

9 Name of organization where you provided services in last three years

10 IT returns of last three Financial Years

11 Tender Fees of INR 25,000/-

12 Tender Security of INR 5.38 Lacs

13 Contractors/ Bidders black listed by any PSU / GoG in the past are not eligible to apply. Bidder to submit undertaking as per Appendix – A to Annexure-1.

14 Neither the Bidder nor any of the partners/owners/Directors have been prosecuted for any offence under any law. Bidder to submit undertaking as per Appendix – A to Annexure-1.

15 Unfilled RFP document with Sign & Stamp by authorized signatory as token of acceptance of all terms and conditions

We certify that the above particulars / information / submissions are correct and we understand and agree that if any statement is found to be false or not correct, GMRC has the right to take any appropriate actions in this regards



Signature of Bidder Seal Place Date

Note:

1. The bidder are advised to submit the above mentioned documents in spiral / binder book with index, page numbering, sign and stamp on each and every page of the Bid.

2. The submission in loose papers may hamper the evaluation process, hence bidder are requested to submit their bid as per above note.



Appendix – A to Annexure-1

UNDERTAKING

To,

GMRC Limited,

Block No. 1, 1st Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan,

Sector-10 A, Gandhinagar – 382 010

Name of the Bidder ________________________________________________

Dear Sir,

1. I/We hereby agree to abide by all terms and conditions laid down in RFP document.

2. This is to certify that I/We before signing this bid have read and fully understood all the terms

and conditions and instructions contained therein and undertake myself/ourselves abide by the

said terms and conditions.

3. I/We confirm that we have not been levied financial penalty or any major penalty in the past by

any of our client/principal employer and also declare that our firm doesn’t have any existing

litigation, never blacklisted and terminated by any client in India.

4. I/We confirm that we never filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to any

contract within the last five years. No judgment, claim, arbitration proceeding or suit pending or

outstanding against us or our officers. Bankruptcy was never filed by us, our subsidiaries or

our parent companies.

5. It is confirmed that to complete the works within the time limit we will deploy the project

personnel (i.e. manpower) and project plants, equipment as mentioned in Tender document /

RFP.

6. It is confirmed and declared that we, or any of our associate, have not been engaged in any

fraudulent and corrupt practice and that no agent, middleman or any intermediary has been, or

will be, engaged to provide any services, or any other items of work related to the award and

performance of this contract and no agency commission or any payment which may be

construed as an agency commission has been or will be, paid and that the tender price will not

any such amount.

(Signature of the bidder)

(Name, Designation and Address With seal)

Note:

1. The above mentioned submission must be in ORIGINAL and on Non judicial Stamp paper of

appropriate value.



ANNEXURE-II

PROFORMA FOR FINANCIAL BID

To : The Managing Director, Gujarat Metro Rail Corporation (GMRC) Limited Formerly known as Metro-Link Express for Gandhinagar and

Ahmedabad (MEGA) Company Ltd. Address : Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India Name of work:- Civil Maintenance work for 6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations

of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1 Sir/Madam, 1. Having examined the site of works and RFP Document, I/we, the undersigned offer to

execute and complete such works and remedy any defects therein in conformity with the said

bid documents for the sum of Rs. _________ (Rupees

_______________________________________) or such other sum as may be ascertained

in accordance with the said Bid documents.

2. We undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to commence the work from issuance of LOA / receipt

of the order to commence the work, and to complete and deliver the sections and whole of the

works comprised in the Contract within the period (i.e. 12 Months) stated in the bid hereto.

3. If our Bid is accepted, we will furnish Performance Security (ies) in the form of a Bank

Guarantee to be jointly and severally bound on us, in accordance with the Conditions of

Contract.

4. We agree to abide by this Bid for the period of One Hundred & eighty (180) days from the last

date fixed for Bid Submission and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any

time before the expiry of that period.

5. We confirm our agreement to treat the Bid documents and other records connected with the

works as secret and confidential documents and shall not communicate information contained

therein to any person other than the person authorised by the Employer or use such

information in any manner prejudicial to the safety and integrity of the works.

6. Unless and until an agreement is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written

acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding Contract between us, but without prejudice to

your right to withdraw such acceptance without assigning any reasons thereof.

7. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you may receive.

We attach herewith proof of submission of income tax returns along with profit & loss statement attached with tax returns.

Yours faithfully,

Authorised Signature :

Name & Title of Signatory : ________________________________________________

Name of Bidder : ________________________________________________

Address & Mobile No. :________________________________________________

Email :_________________________________________________

Address :_________________________________________________



Tender Notice No. : GMRC/Civil Maintenance/EW/PH-1/2020

Name of Works

Civil Maintenance work for 6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1

Annexure – 1 (i.e. Summary Sheet of Bill of Quantity)

Sr. No

Schedule Basic Cost

(in Rs.)

Percentage above/below the BOQ Rates to be Quoted by the Tenderer

In Figures Above(+)/ Below(-)

In Words Above(plus)/ below(minus)

1 Schedule - A CIVIL WORK (DSR Items-2018)

1,40,00,000

……………………………………..

……………………………………..

2

Schedule - B BUILDING WORKS (Non DSR Items)

54,07,356

……………………………………..

……………………………………..

3 Schedule - C ROAD WORKS (Non DSR Items)

75,27,610

……………………………………..

……………………………………..

Note :

1.0 The tenderer shall quote a single percentage (Above/Below the Basic Cost). 2.0 The single percentage quoted against respective schedules shall also apply on all the items of the chapter under R & B Dept. Building SOR (2015-16) & Electrical SOR (2012-13) 3.0 The bidder’s quote to be filled in Annexure – 1 (i.e. Summary Sheet of Bill of Quantity), it should be inclusive of all taxes. 4.0. The tax bifurcations to be filled in Annexure – 2 (i.e. Details of Taxes and Duties).



Schedule 'A' (DSR-2018)

S.No. SH.No. Description of Items unit Qty. Rate Amount

1 A Basic Rates

0.1 Hire charges of plant and machinery Any Item

0.2 Labour Any Item

0.3 Materials Any Item

0.4 Carriage Codes Any Item

B Sub-Heads

2 1 Chapter no. 1 Carriage of Materials Any Item

3 2 Chapter no. 2 Earth work Any Item

4 6 Chapter no. 6 Masonry work Any Item

5 7 Chapter no. 7 Stone work Any Item

6 8 Chapter no. 8 Cladding work Any Item

7 9 Chapter no. 9 Wood & PVC work Any Item

8 11 Chapter no. 11 Flooring Any Item

9 12 Chapter no. 12 Roofing Any Item

10 13 Chapter no. 13 Finishing Any Item

11 14 Chapter no. 14 Repairs to buildings Any Item

12 15 Chapter no. 15 Dismentling & Demolishing Any Item

70,00,000.00

Sub Schedule - b

1 3 Chapter no. 3 Mortar Any Item

2 4 Chapter no. 4 Concrete work Any Item

3 5 Chapter no. 5 Reinforced cement concrete Any Item

10,00,000.00



Schedule 'A' (DSR-2018)

S.No. SH.No. Description of Items unit Qty. Rate Amount

Sub Schedule-c

1 10 Chapter no. 10 Steel work Any Item

2 21 Chapter No.21 Aluminium Work Any Item

20,00,000.00

Sub Schedule-d

1 17 Chapter no. 17 Sanitary Installations Any Item

2 18 Chapter no. 18 Water supply Any Item

3 19 Chapter no. 19 Drainage Any Item

10,00,000.00

Sub Schedule-e

1 22 Chapter no. 22 Water Proofing Any Item

2 23 Chapter no. 23 Rain Water Harvesting & Tubewells

Any Item

3 25 Chapter no. 25 Structural Glazing Aluminium Composite Panel

Any Item

30,00,000.00

TOTAL Sch- A: sub Sch (a+b+c+d+e)= 1,40,00,000

Schedule B-Non-DSR-Building Works

Sr. No.

Description of Item Unit (in Rs) Basic Rate

Quantity Amount(Rs)

1 Windows/glazing: Ext for 12.76 mm to PVB laminated glass

Sqm 7897.04 25 197425.99

2 False ceiling




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

2.a Providing and fixing aluminium lineal ceiling using 84 mm x 16 mm deep, aluminium alloy AA 3105 with panel ceiling, type 84 R Exterior grade, manufactured by Hunter Douglas/ Interach Building Products Ltd. or approved equivalent in approved colour and enamelled aluminium panel carriers of satin black colour, panel carriers suspension system, including cut-outs and additional framing around light fixtures, grilles, diffusers, access panels, etc. all as per specifications and as directed complete. Rates shall be inclusive of linear cell panels, Horizontal and vertical suspension, Grid elements, Perimeter trims, Carriers, wire clips and all other accessories etc. complete inclusive. The carrier spacing shall not exceed 1 metre centre to centre and these will be suspended at every 800 mm centre to centre. It includes a.Coil Coated finish or b.Powder coated finish

Sqm 1940.84 100 194084.10

2.b Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of approved materials of size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel sections (galvanized @ 120 grams /sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of main "T" runner with suitably spaced joints to ger required length and of size 24 x 38 mm made from 0.30mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200mm centre to centre to form a grid of 1200 x 600mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600mm and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of the 1200 x 600 mm panel to form grids of 600x600 mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3mm and laying false ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid including, required cutting/making, opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T" runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats of size 27x37x25x1.6mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85x30x0.8mm spaced at 1200mm centre to centre along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be pre-painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as per specifications, drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Providing and fixing of Flex alum metal tile ceiling system manufactured by M/s. Hunter Douglas India Pvt. Ltd or equivalent comprising of tile of 600 mm wide and 600 mm long manufactured out of 0.50mm thick GI perforated for desired openings and patterns giving a 22% open area. The tile will be manufactured on advanced equipment that includes several levelling stages in the manufacturing process. Tile ends will be raised with pips and stops to ensure positive engagement into the spring to enable for de-mounting of individual panels. The tile sides will be sufficiently high to ensure a minimum deflection across the length of tile. All tiles will be bevel edged. The tile shall be polyester based, powder coated in white colour. The tiles shall be clipped into clip in profile of 0.50 mm thick G.I. The clip in profile shall be supported from slab by means of rigid suspension of 4 mm G.I. rod hold on clamps with clip.

Sqm 1824.63 100 182462.70




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

3 Flooring

3.1 Providing, laying mirror polished granite stones 20mm thick, all to required sizes, design, details and pattern as per drawings, including diagonal, inlays, borders, margins in one or more types of stone over prepared base mortar with ordinary Portland Cement, fit jointed with/ without groove, with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match shade of granite including all finishing, all as required, as per specifications and drawings and as directed complete in floors, landings with upto 30mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) using hairline finish (unless otherwise specified) and curing, rubbing, mirror polishing / honing / sand blasting, washing, cleaning, making cut out for services as instructed etc.. Note: Mirror polished granite of all shades and textures available in Quarries of Nearby States (Gujarat, Rajasthan etc.,) ,In approved polished (mirror/honed) Base Light Coloured Granite stone slabs in minimum size 1200 mm x 600 mm in flooring, In approved polished (mirror/honed) Dark Coloured Type-1 Granite stone slabs in minimum size 1200 mm x 600 mm in flooring, In approved polished (mirror/honed) Dark Coloured Type-2 Granite stone slabs in minimum size 1200 mm x 600 mm in flooring, In approved sand blasted Light Coloured Granite stone slabs in minimum size 1200 mm x 600 mm in flooring, In approved sand blasted Dark Coloured stone slabs in minimum size 1200 mm x 600 mm in flooring, In approved mirror polished Green Kota stone slabs in minimum size 600 mm x 600 mm in flooring

Sqm 3012.45 50 150622.50

3.2 Providing & fixing in position plain cement concrete of mix 1:2:4, with 20mm and down size gladded granite metal coarse aggregate. Concrete laid in layers not exceeding 15cm thick well compacted, including cost of chipping & levelling of the floor as required all leads & lifts, staging materials, labour, hiring of machines (HOM) curing etc., all complete as per drawing, specification and as directed by engineer 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

CuM 7585.20 30 227556.00

3.3 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturer's specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of steps etc. complete

sqm 629.45 30 18883.62




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

3.4 Providing and fixing removable raised/ false access flooring with system and its components of approved make for different plenum height with possible height adjustment upto 50mm, comprising of modular load bearing floor panels supported on G.I. rectangular stinger frame work and G.I. Pedestal etc. all complete, as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge consisting of:a) Providing at required spacing to form modular frame work, pedestals made out of GI tube of thickness minimum 2 mm and 25mm outer diameter, fully welded on to the G.I. Base plate of size 100mm X 100mm X 3mm at the bottom of the pedestal tube, G.I. pedestal head of size 75mm x 75mm x 3.5mm welded with GI fully threaded stud 16mm outer diameter with two Gi check nuts screwed on the stud for level adjustment upto 50mm, locking and stabilizing the pedestal head in position at the required level. The pedestals shall be fixed to the subfloor (base) through base plate using epoxy based adhesive of approved make or the machine screw with rawl plug.b) Stringers system in all steel construction hot dipped galvanized of rectangular size 570x20x30x0.80mm thick having holes at both ends for securing the stringers on to the pedestals head using fully threaded screws ensuring maximum lateral stability in all directions, the grid formed by the pedestal dns stringer assembly shall receive the floor panel, this system shall provide adequate solid, rigid support for access floor panel, the system shall provide a minimum clear uninterrupted clearance between the bottom of the floor for electrical conduits and wiring etc. all complete as per the architectural drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.c) Providing and fixing Access Floor panel of 600x600x32 mm medium grade Filled steel anti static high pressure Lamination of 800H grade (FS800H). Access Floor panel shall be steel welded construction with an enclosed bottom pan with uniform pattern of 64 hemispherical cones. The top and bottom plates of steel Gauges : top 0.6mm and bottom 0.7mm fused spot welded together (minimum 64 welds in each dome and 20 welds along each flange). The panel should be Corroresist epoxy coated for lifetime rust protection and cavity formed by the top and bottom plate is filled with Pyro grip non-combustible Portland cementitious core mixed with lightweight floaming compound. The access floor shall be factory finished with Anti-static High Pressure laminate with Non Warp technology upto 1mm thickness for superior adhesion and Surface flatness within 075mm. The panel is to withstand a Concentrated Load of 363 kgs applied on area 25mm X 25mm without collapse in the panel which is placed on four steel blocks. The panel will withstand and Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) minimum 1500 kg/sqm and an impact load of 50kg all complete as per the approved manufacturers specification and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. All specification must be printed on the side of the panel to ensure the quality of the product.450 mm Finished Floor Height (FFH)

Sqm 4685.01 50 234250.38

3.5 Chequered precast cement concrete tiles 22 mm thick in footpath, skywalk & courtyard, jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of tiles, including rubbing and cleaning etc. complete, on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand). Dark shade pigment using white cement

sqm 818.43 50 40921.65




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

3.6 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles of light and dark shades, in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, of approved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), including grouting the joints (paper joints) with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete. Size of Tile 600x600 mm. Laser machines shall be used for cutting tiles for cut / corner tiles and the cut edges shall be grounded smooth to obtain straight and hairline joints.

Sqm 1653.39 50 82669.65

3.7 Providing & laying flooring with 1:2:4 cement concrete 40mm thick using broken granite metal of 20mm and down size laid to line and level in one layer and finish with a floating coat of neat cement, including cost of material, labour, complete all as per specification.

Sqm 415.54 50 20776.88

3.8 Providing skirting upto 300 mm, height with cement mortar 1:3 finished with a floating coat of neat cement, including rounding off junctions floor, overall 18 mm thick including cost of material, labour, complete as per specification. Including cutting to required shape, set in 15 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 backing coat or set in special tile adhesive paste as per manufacturer's guide lines, finished to proper levels, slopes including neat cement float, pointed flush in white cement pigmented to match the shade of the tile, etc. complete all as directed by Engineer. (The edges shall be ground with laser cut to give smooth and straight edges such as to obtain hairline joints.)

Sqm 443.65 25 11091.15

3.9 Providing and fixing 10 mm thick acid and / or alkali resistant vitrified tiles of approved make and colour using acid and /or alkali resisting mortar bedding and joints filled with acid and / or alkali resisting cement as per IS:4457 complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. For flooring on a bed upto 30 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 appropriate cement : 4 coarse sand).

Sqm 1446.84 30 43405.11

3.10 Providing and fixing 10 mm thick acid and / or alkali resistant vitrified tiles of approved make and colour using acid and /or alkali resisting mortar bedding and joints filled with acid and / or alkali resisting cement as per IS:4457 complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. For dado/skirting on 12 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 appropriate cement : 4 coarse sand).

Sqm 1520.57 30 45617.04

3.11 Providing and laying glazed tile dadoing using glazed tiles conforming to IS.777-1970,2.20 M high with tiles of 200x100 mm size and 6mm thick of approved quality, brand and colour for toilets,over 12mm thick,1:3 cement mortar backing, pointed neatly with white cement mixed with colouring pigment to match colour of tile,properly cures and finished in all respects including cost of material and labour complete, at all levels including lead ,lifts and descentsetc., complete as per drawing and specifications and as directed by engineer in-charge.

Sqm 983.90 30 29517.08




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

3.12 Providing and laying in position on floor ,skirting and in bands vitrified monolithic homogeneous unglazed anti skid/Uni colour series floor tiles 300x300x7.3mm thick of approved make, specification and colours like terracota,polo,mushroom,nut brown laid over upto 30mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:4 coarse sand) to the pattern as called for including finishing the joints with matching pigment and approved grouting materials, cutting borders, chamfering of edges, marking of tiles shapes on the wall etc., complete.

Sqm 1117.26 25 27931.58

3.13 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision impaired persons as per standards) of size 300x300x9.8mm having with water absorption less than 0.5% and conforming to IS: 15622 of approved make in all colours and shades in for outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard, multi modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1cement : 4 coarse sand) in all shapes & patterns including grouting the joints with white cement mixed with matching pigments etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

Sqm 1691.50 25 42287.44

3.14 Providing and fixing Yellow warning FRP tile of dimensions 600x100x8mm thick for a width of 100mm through out the length of the platform using epoxy tile adhesive material as per the manufacture specification and the direction of Engineer in charge.

Sqm 1566.08 50 78303.80

3.15 Providing & laying 100mm wide strip of 8mm thick Yellow warning strip made of heavy duty Vitrified ceramic tile on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand), sprinkled with white cement and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs including rubbing and polishing complete. Rates include coordination with other agencies for cut-outs, holes and finishing of the same.

Sqm 1585.25 30 47557.50

3.16 Providing and laying broken white glazed China mosaic flooring for plain and curved surfaces on terraces, floors, balconies, roofs etc. comprising of 12mm to 20mm size broken pieces of ceramic/ glazed tiles, laid over cement mortar 1: 3 bedding on plain or sloped surfaces. The flooring shall be tamped to bring the cement mortar cream upto the surface, including rounding of junctions and extending them upto 30 cm along the parapet. The rate shall include bands, if different colour is used, any pattern or design as per drawing and direction, finishing with white cement, curing, cleaning with water and oxalic acid, etc. complete at all levels, as directed and to satisfaction to the engineer in charge. Rate shall include all tools, tackles, machines, necessary scaffolding, adding of waterproofing material as recommended in the bedding mortar by the Engineer in charge.

Sqm 445.20 20 8904.00

4 Toilet/Washroom




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

4.1 Providing and fixing in position GI Gutter of 2mm thick sheet of approved quality including fabrication and erection with self tapping screws epdm washers with necessary laps and stiffeners, application of sealant, making provision for drainage spout with all leads and lifts etc. Complete as per drawing and specifications. ( Measurement to be as per profile area)

Sqm 1771.90 2 3543.80

4.2 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter and similar location in marble/Granite/stone work, including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete..

Each 454.64 4 1818.56

4.3 Providing, laying, jointing, grouting including fixing in position to backing, prepolished, 20 mm thick granite, in sizes not less than 600x1200x20mm and rubbed to smooth mirror finish for Veneering/Cladding work to walls, beams, columns, pilasters, fascia, upstands, jambs, sills, copings, soffits of openings and beams, with grout mortar of thickness to be ascertained at site so as to achieve true lines, levels, plumb, planes etc. subject to a minimum thickness of 20 mm for the grout cement mortar 1:4, and making of openings for service and other outlets etc. all to pattern, design and details as per drawings or as directed and including preparing the backing to receive the granite work, white cement mortar, mixed with pigment to match colour of granite for bedding and jointing, including curing, rubbing, sand blasting, washing, cleaning, providing cut-out for services, machine cutting, providing machine drilled holes, recesses, rebates for stainless steel attachments/ fixings, providing movement joints etc. all as per drawings, specifications and as directed complete (stainless steel attachments/fixings shall be paid separately). Provision to be made for "V" groove as per drawing, design and as approved by engineer. All shades and textures of granite available in Quarries of Nearby states (Gujarat, Rajasthan etc.,)

Sqm 446.25 30 13387.50

4.4 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal type water closet (European type )with seat and lid, 10 litre low white various china flushing system & C.P flush bend with fittings & C.I Basets, 40mm flush bend, overflow arrangement with special of standard make and mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design complete , including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required.

Nos 5980.75 10 59807.50

4.5 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350 mm size with automatic flushing cistern with standard flush pipe and C.P brass spreaders with brass unions and GI clamps complete, including painting of fittings and each brackets cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required. One urinal wash basin with 5 litre white PVC automatic flushing cistern

Nos 4157.63 10 41576.25




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

4.6 Providing and fixing wash basin with C I brackets, 15 mm C. P. brass pillar taps, 32mm C.P. brass waste of standers pattern including painting of fittings and brackets , cutting and making good the walls wherever require. White Vitreous China wash basin size 630x450 mm with a pair of 15mm Cc.P brass pillar taps

Nos 2913.94 10 29139.38

4.7 Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass (of approved quality ) and of required shape and size with plastic moulded frame of approved make and shade with 6mm thick hard board backing. Rectangular shape. 1500x450mm

Nos 1665.56 15 24983.44

4.8 Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass (of approved quality ) and of required shape and size with plastic moulded frame of approved make and shade with 6mm thick hard board backing. Rectangular shape. 1200x1300mm

Nos 3121.88 10 31218.75

4.9 Providing and fixing PTMT towel rail complete with brackets fixed to wooden cleats with C.P brass with conceal fittings arrangements of approved quality and colour. 600 mm long towel rail with total length of 645 mm width 78 mm and effective height of 88 mm weighing note less than 190 gms.

Nos 676.93 10 6769.25

4.10 Providing and fixing vitreous toilet paper holder of vitr with mortar / white cement with all fittings and fastenings all complete as required

Nos 418.19 15 6272.81

4.11 Providing and fixing of bib cock with health faucet with flexible pipe of appropriate length with a separate stop cock for the health faucet. The cost to include all fittings and fastenings all complete as required

Nos 1631.25 40 65250.00

4.12 Providing and fixing PTMT liquid soap container 109mm wide, 125mm high and 112mm distance from wall of standard shape with bracket of the same materials with snap fittings of approved quality and colour weighing note less than 105 gms each.

Nos 286.05 40 11442.00

4.13 Providing and fixing of CP grab rail in PWD Toilet. The cost to include all fittings and fastenings all complete as required

Nos 731.25 15 10968.75

4.14 Providing and fixing Urinal Partition of 20mm thick of approved material granite/plastic as specified. The cost shall include all fittings and fastenings all complete as required

Nos 1406.25 20 28125.00

4.15 Providing and fixing 32 mm CP brass flush valve concealed or exposed type with isolation valve, CP brass flush bend etc. including all fittings and fastenings all complete as required

Nos 4275.00 20 85500.00

4.16 Providing and fixing electronic sensors for flushing in urinals Nos 9900.00 40 396000.00




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

4.17 Proving fixing white vitreous china oval counter bottom fixed wash basin, installed below granite / marble counter (or as per architects approval) with CI bracket 15mm CP brass pillar taps, 32mm CP brass waste of standard pattern, including painting of fittings and brackets cutting and making good of the walls wherever required. Wash basin size 630x450.

Nos 2512.94 10 25129.38

4.18 Providing and fixing heavy cast brass C.P coat hooks fixed with rawl plugs with C.P brass screws all complete as required

Nos 281.25 25 7031.25

4.19 Providing and fixing automatically operated Hand Dryer with in-built heating unit and twin blowers of NovoTech or equivalent make

Nos 11250.00 10 112500.00

5 Door locks

5.1 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 100mm mortice latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles of approved quality with necessary screws etc. complete.

Set 3086.21 25 77155.31

5.2 Providing and fixing Aluminium door stops/wall stoppers to flush doors or panelled solid and glazed doors, etc., complete as per drawings and directions of engineer in charge.

Each Shutter

44.10 50 2205.00

5.3 Providing and fixing aluminium extruded section body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand logo with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto 36 kg to 80 kg and door width from 701 mm to 1000 mm), with double speed adjustment with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete.

each 1227.27 25 30681.79

5.4 Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts, ISI marked, anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade, with necessary screws etc. complete : Size 200 X 10 mm

Each 93.19 50 4659.70

6 Viaduct

6.1 Elastomeric Bearings: Providing, fitting, and fixing in position true in line and level elastomeric bearings, complete in all respect with all components incl grouting with non-shrink cementitious grout as per drawing and technical specifications.

(i) for elastomeric beating below superstructure Cucm 0.84 1536000 1290216.96

(ii) for elastomeric bearing on sides of shear key stopper Cucm 0.79 300000 237513.00




Sr. No.


Quantity Amount(Rs)

6.2 Providing and laying M50/20 grade reinforced cement concrete using OPC grade 53 cement for viaduct piers, abutment of all heights (standard pier, portal pier, pier of balance cantiliver and cantiliver pier, pier head, Abutment, shear key and pedestal at top including shuttering scaffolding and all related operations required to complete the work at all levels including centering, shuttering, propping, staging, scafolding, curing, necessary tools, plants, machinery and all related operations etc. for all heights using steel material for shuttering and steel props form work to be designed in such a way that traffic on road is allowed during the work at all times. Rate shall include cost of providing grooves if required (the ribs/grooves in the pier shutter if required, shall be as per drawing) reinforcement shall be paid saperately. Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required workability, curing compound as per specification and approval of Engineer.

Cum 9477.35 20 189546.96

Note: (i) No Cold joints permitted. However cold joints at the junction of "pile cap pier" and at the top surface of the starter of pier (which is normally less than 2m length), cold joints are un avoidable. In that case old concrete surface should have adequate shear keys depressions, reinforced dowels and a layer of concrete bonding compound. Concrete retarder compound may also have to be used at the concrete surface of starter pier above the pile cap. The rate is inclusive of all above bonding agents/ methods. however if any additional cold joints are unavoidable due to the reasons beyond the control of contractor. All above bonding measures shall be on account of the contractor.(ii) Concreting must be carried out using concrete pumps or concrete placer booms.

6.3 Expansion Joint: Compression seal joint Providing and installing compression seal joint confirming to specification including provision of edge beams at end edges of both at joining precast diaphragm segments, cast in situ units and all related operations as required to complete the work as specified in specifications.

RM 9306.45 100 930645.45

Total 54,07,355.93



Schedule C-Non-DSR-Road Works.

Sr. No. Description of Item Unit Basic Rate

Revised Rate Quantity Amount

1 Extra rate over item of excavation of earth for excavation of asphalt pavement / RCC of thickness up to 0.20 meter including demolishing the asphalt carpet, metal,s oiling/cutting Reinforcement etc.comp. with stacking the material as directed.

up to 0.20 meter thickness (By Manual) Smt 80 97.52 350 34132.00

Up to 0.30 meter (By any type of Breaker Machine or R.C.C.Cutter machine including cost of operator, fuel, & transportation etc complete.

Smt 200 243.8 350 85330.00

2 Box cutting the road surface in all sorts of soil, murrum to proper slope & camber for making a base for road work including removing the excavated stuff & depositing on the road side as directed upto 50.00 mt. Lead

Cmt. 64.74 78.9181 225 17756.56

c)Lead up to 5 Km. Cmt 133.18 162.346 90 14611.18

3 Supplying and Spreading good quality coarse sand free from Impurities including Transporation to Site and labour cost for Spreading etc. Comp. as directed.

cmt 350 426.65 125 53331.25

4 Earthwork for embankment including breaking clods, dressing with all lead and lift (excluding watering and consolidation)(E) From Borrow area within 3.0 Km. lead (more than 10 ton)

Cmt 181.69 221.48 720 159465.68

5 Granular Sub-Base with Coarse Graded Material (Table:- 400-1) (Construction of granular sub-base by providing coarse graded material, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place method with rotavator at OMC, and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density, complete for Grade - III Material.

Cmt 776.77 946.883 100 94688.26






6 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to wet mix macadam specification including premixing the Material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant carriage of mixed Material by tipper to site, laying in uniform layers in sub- base / base course on well prepared surface and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density as per MoRTH clause 406.

Cmt 1271.86 1550.4 300 465119.20

7 Providing and applying primer coat with cationic bitumen emulsion SS1 grade conforming to IS:8887 on prepared surface of wet mix macadam including clearing of Wet mix macadam surface with air compressor to remove all loose material other foreign material. The primer shall be sprayed uniformly at the rate of 0.70-1.0 kg/sqm. It shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer, equipped for spraying the material uniformly at a specified rate. No dilution or heating at site of RS1 bitumen emulsion shall be permitted.

Smt 30.82 37.5696 4500 169063.11

8 Providing and applying tack coat with VG-10 Grade bitumen using bitumen pressure distributor at the rate of 0.20 kg/sqm on the existing bituminous surface cleaned with Air Compressor.

Smt 8.01 9.76419 75000 732314.25

9 Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam (Providing and laying dense bituminous macadam with 100-120 TPH batch type HMP producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ min 4.5% by weight of total mix, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a self-propelled paving machine equipped with an electronic sensing device to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with 8-10 tonne static weight or vibratory roller or with a pneumatic tyre roller of 12 to 15 tonne weight to achieve the desired compaction as per approved design mix . for Grading-II (26.5 mm nominal size).

MT 2628.59 3204.25 360 1153530.44






All aggregates used in the Hotmix material should be confirmed to the relevant standards and it should be procured from the approved source/region specifically from the Sevaliya/Sathamba/Othvad area only.

0 0.00

10 Bituminous Concrete (Providing and laying bituminous concrete with 100-120 TPH batch type hot mix plant producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ min. 5.4 % of mix, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a self-propelled paving machine equipped with an electronic sensing device to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with 8-10 tonne static weight or vibratory roller or with a pneumatic tyre roller of 12 to 15 tonne weight to achieve the desired compaction as per approved design mix. for Grading-I ( 13 mm nominal size )

MT 3006.61 3665.06 650 2382287.43

All aggregates used in the Hotmix material should be confirmed to the relevant standards and it should be procured from the approved source/region specifically from the Sevaliya/Sathamba/Othvad area only.

0 0.00

11 Supplying and Mixing in Bitumin Tank Nanotechnology based reactive penetrative 100% organo silane compound (Anti stripping Agents) for chemical bonding, complete coating and consistent compection of HOTMIX ASPHALT the product should be soluble in asphalt and water. The product should be in 400-1000 cp viscosity as approved by engineer incharge. The material to be suuplied at Hotmix plant and Mixing shall be done as per specifications.

Kg 1240 1511.56 60 90693.60

12 Providing and laying Asphalt painting on B.T. surface with bitumen grade 60/70 (VG-30) @ rate of 5 kg/10 smt by Mechanical sprayer and spreading the stone dust on prepared surface at the rate of 0.03 cum/10 smt. and rolling with smooth wheeled and penumatic roller and brushing etc. comp.

SMT 27.91 34.0223 7500 255167.18






13 Repairing damaged M.H. and rasing M.H. up to road level incl. removing damaged brick work and repairing by brick masonry in C.M. 1:5 and plaster in C.M. 1:3 and fixing C.I. steps and existing MH sheet cover, removing the debris from MH and carting the same as directed.

0 0.00

(A) up to 0.15 mt. (@ Two Coarse) No. 820 999.58 10 9995.80

(B) up to 0.35mt. (@ Four Coarse) No. 1300 1584.7 10 15847.00

(C) up to 0.65 mt. (@ Seven Coarse) No. 2010 2450.19 10 24501.90

(D) up to 0.90 mt. (@ Ten Coarse ) No. 2420 2949.98 0 0.00

14 Repairing damaged I.C./ Raising removing damaged brick work and repairing by brick masonry in C.M. 1:5 and plaster in C.M. 1:3 and fixing C.I. steps and existing chamber sheet cover, removing the debris from chamber and carting the same as directed.

Nos. 450 548.55 10 5485.50

15 Carting and Fixing M.H., Chamber or Catchpite Seat and Cover in line and level to match exisisting road level in C.C. 1:2:4 and finishing smooth, watering and protecting for 7 days etc. complete as directed. M.H. seat cover will be supplied byA.M.C.(from any store)

Nos. 840 1023.96 0 0.00

16 Raising of Existing manhole. Item includes, cutting of existing road surround by Manhole by dimond cutter machine, dismantling of road in confined area by breaker machine and carting of dismantled material. Item also included necessary brick work to raise the manhole at road level in CM 1:3. Item also included fixing of Manhole frame at exact road level by using MasterEmaco S 488 trowelable fibre reinforced thixotropic repair mortar material, Laying of concrete made from MasterEmaco S 346 flowable micro concrete material in desired thickness and laying of hot mix bituminous material in upper layer and compaction of hot mix bituminous material by Plate compactor machine. Rate also included necessary plaster at inside of manhole in CM 1:3 in 20 mm thickness on raised brickwork.

NOS. 7668 9347.29 5 46736.46






17 Milling the existing bituminous pavement up to a depth of 50 mm by milling machine in a single cutting depth, to make a uniform surface without disturbing the base including diversion of traffic, removing milled materials and disposal of milled material to an approved dumping yard (within 12 km lead) including loading and unloading, all leads and lift, fuel, lubricant charges etc complete.

Smt 75.22 91.6932 0 0.00

18 Providing F.R.C. MH seat cover incl. carting to the work site etc. comp. Directed.

0 0.00

F.R.C. Extra Heavy Duty (EHD-35) Manhole Covers & Frames Cover : 728mm ø & 100 mm thick circular cover, 35.00 MT load design, 100x2mm MS flat allround, 16mm ø plain round bar for lifting the cover & should be fitted with plastic cups. Frame : 560 mm ø clear opening, outer size- 888x888x175 mm. On the upper periphery of frame 25 x 3 mm wide MS flat should be well embed in concrete to protect the edges of frame. FRC E.H.D.-35 manhole cover & frame described as above

Set 1540 1877.26 5 9386.30

19 Providing and fixing cast iron manhole frame of weight 80 to 85 kg suitable for existing EHD-35 FRC MH cover, rate also incl. loading, unloading and fixing the frame in line and level to match exisisting road level in C.C. 1:2:4 and finishing smooth, watering and protecting for 7 days etc. complete as per instruction by engg. in charge.

per Kg 80 97.52 5 487.60






20 Supplying and fixing of 380 mm H x 300 mm L x 200 mm B Kerb block for Central Verge in M-20 grade using 20 mm nominal size black trap aggregate of Sevaliya/Timba or equivalent quality for pre-cast blocks, reasonably exposed finish/ formwork, mould with well equipped with vibratory system for kerb stones of approved design including curing, etc. complete, including the cost of formwork etc. complete. The rate shall also include necessary cutting of asphalt, fixing the Kerb stones in line and level on 5 cm thick sand bedding with necessary equipments and materials. The rate shall also include the flush pointing in CM (1:3) for all joints of the kerbstones. Filling of zari alone the sides of the kerb stone fixed with Bituminous concrete mixed in proper position as directed by Engineer in change to form a portable mixture. In any case Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production.

Rmt 486 592.434 1000 592434.00

21 Supplying and fixing of 300 mm-L x 150 mm-B x 380 mm-H Kerb block for Footpath in M-20 grade using 20 mm nominal size black trap aggregate of Sevaliya/Timba or equivalent quality for pre-cast blocks, reasonably exposed finish/ formwork , mould with well equipped with vibratory system for kerb stones of approved design including curing, etc. complete, including the cost of formwork etc. complete. The rate shall also include necessary cutting of asphalt, fixing the Kerb stones in line and level on 5 cm thick sand bedding with necessary equipments and materials. The rate shall also include the flush pointing in CM (1:3) for all joints of the kerbstones. Filling of zari alone the sides of the kerb stone fixed with Bituminous concrete mixed in proper position as directed by Engineer in change to form a portable mixture. In any case Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production.

0 0.00

a) Laying on 5 cm thick Sand Bedding RMT 393 479.067 600 287440.20






22 Providing and Laying of Rubber Moulded Paver Block Grey/Coloured 60 mm thick, M-35 Grade of any size ; shape (Usually Uni-Paver Blocks) using black trap good quality aggragate of 20 mm nominal size for footpath, parking areas, service lanes and other areas as mentioned in the drawing / instruction of engineer in charge. Cost includes formworks using rubber mould, Rate providing and laying paver blocks as per required grading and specification. The paver block shall be mechanically compacted. The work of paving blocks shall be executed in line and level by skill mason of flooring work only. It should be laid in such a way that the no cutting of the paver block to be necessary. if cutting of paver block necessary then it should be cut by machine only and carting. The finished surface of the paver block shall have resonably good, plain finished. Paver blocks shall be compacted and shall be relaid if necessary. Gravel or such type of materials shall not be allowed for production. Laying on 5 cms thick sand bedding.

Smt 429 522.951 900 470655.90

23 Labour work for fixing interlocking blocks / any kind of pavement on up to 50 mm th sand bedding, levelling, watering and fixing in line & level as well cleaning the site etc.comp. as directed.

Smt 78 95.082 900 85573.80

24 Construction of RCC nosing in central verge using M-200 grade cement concrete. The item includes cost of centering & shuttering, reinforcement, both side cement plaster in C:M 1:3 mortar & curing etc. complete. Half round portion of the nosing shall be made by using mild steel.

No. 5469 6666.71 5 33333.56

25 Provdg. & laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 hand broken stone aggregates 40 mm nominal size) and curing complete excluding cost of form work in.

Cmt. 1963 2392.9 5 11964.49

26 Painting Two Coats on divider and footpath curb surface / New Concrete Surface ( Painting two coats after filling the surface with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new plastered concrete surfaces)

Smt. 58 70.702 900 63631.80

27 Reinstatement work for Central verge and footpath Kerb Stone Rmt. 102 124.338 300 37301.40






28 Road marking with hot applied thermoplastic paints with reflectorising glass beads on bitumin surface providing and laying a hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass beads @ 250gms per sqm area, thickness of 2.5mm is excluding of surface applied glass beds as per IRC:35. The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from streaks and holes.zebra patta /bump patta lane/center line/ edge line/cut patta

Smt 296.4 361.312 250 90327.90

29 Road marking with hot applied thermoplastic paints with reflectorising glass beads on bitumin surface providing and laying a hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass beads @ 250gms per sqm area, thickness of 2.5mm is excluding of surface applied glass beds as per IRC:35. The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from streaks and holes.) Directional Arrow, Lettering

Nos 574.5 700.316 50 35015.78

Total 75,27,609.51



Annexure – 2, DETAILS OF TAXES AND DUTIES (Tax Bifurcation) INR: Indian Rupees

SN

Customs Duty GST (Goods and Services Tax) Total

Amount of Taxes and

Duties in INR

(6) = sum of (1) to

(5)

CGST SGST IGST Any other Tax

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Amount on

which tax/ duty

levied

Rate (%)

Amount

(INR)

Amount on

which tax/ duty

levied

Rate (%)

Amount (INR)

Rate (%)

Amount on which tax/ duty

levied

Amount

(INR)

Amount on

which tax/ duty

levied

Rate (%)

Amount (INR)

Amount on

which tax/ duty

levied

Rate (%)

Amount

(INR)

Total

Note :1 Contractor at any point of time shall be bound to share the details pertaining to the Input Tax Credit availed or to be availed along with the supporting

documents.

Note:2 In the Tax Schedule Contractor shall require to furnish component wise tax details.

Note:3 Contractor will require to submit GST paid challan copy supported by the calculation of Input Tax Credit availed along with the CA Certificate.

Note:4 GST TDS will be deducted from the invoice considering the prevailing rates

Note 5 : It shall be sole responsibility of Contractor to pass all the accrue or to be accrued Input tax credit to GMRC as per Section 171 of CGST Act.



ANNEXURE-III Tender Guarantee Format

(To be stamped in accordance with relevant Stamp Act, if any, of the country of issuing bank)

B.G. No. Dated:................

1 In consideration of you, Gujarat Metrorail Corporation (GMRC) Limited, a company incorporated

under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at Block No.1, First Floor,

Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India

(hereinafter referred to as the “Employer”, which expression shall unless it be repugnant to the

subject or context thereof include its, successors and assigns) having agreed to receive the Tender

of …………………… (a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956) and having its

registered office at ……………………… (and acting on behalf of its Consortium, wherever

applicable) (hereinafter referred to as the “Tenderer” which expression shall unless it be repugnant to

the subject or context thereof include its/ their executors, administrators, successors and assigns), for

Civil Maintenance work for 6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority

reach of E-W Corridor for Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1[hereinafter referred to as

“the Works”] pursuant to the Tender No: GMRC/CIVIL MAINTENANCE/EW/PH-1/2020, dated

______ issued in respect of the Works and other related documents including without limitation the

draft Contract Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Tender Documents”), we---------------

----------------------------------------------------(Name of the Bank) having our registered office at

___________and one of its branches at (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”), at the request of

the Tenderer, do, hereby, irrevocably, unconditionally and without reservation guarantee the due and

faithful fulfilment and compliance of the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents by the said

Tenderer and unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay forthwith to the Employer an amount

of INR. ***** ( Indian Rupees ***** only) (hereinafter referred to as the “Tender Security”) as our

primary obligation without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest and without reference

to the Tenderer if the Tenderer shall fail to fulfil or comply with all or any of the terms and conditions

contained in the said Tender Documents.

2 Any such written demand made by the Employer stating that the Tenderer is in default of the due

and faithful fulfilment and compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the Tender

Documents shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Bank.

3 We, the Bank, do hereby unconditionally undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under

this Tender Guarantee without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest and without

any reference to the Tenderer or any other person and irrespective of whether the claim of the

Employer is disputed by the Tenderer or not, merely on the first demand from the Employer

stating that the amount claimed is due to the Employer by reason of failure of the Tenderer to

fulfil and comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Tender Documents including

failure of the said Tenderer to keep its Tender open during the Tender validity period as set forth in

the said Tender Documents for any reason whatsoever. Any such demand made on the Bank shall

be conclusive as regards amount due and payable by the Bank under this Guarantee. However,

our liability under this Guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding INR. ***** (

Indian Rupees ***** only).

3. That this Guarantee commences from the date hereof and shall be irrevocable and remain in force

till:___________ and it should be payable to either Gandhinagar / Ahmedabad branch office of

particular bank.

a. The Tenderer, in case its Tender is accepted by the Employer, executes a formal agreement after

furnishing the Performance Guarantee from a Scheduled Commercial Indian Bank based in India



(excluding Cooperative Banks) or from a scheduled Foreign Bank as defined in Section 2(e) of RBI

Act 1934 read with Second Schedule.

b. Sixty days after the date of validity or the extended date of validity of the Tender, as the case maybe

4 We, the Bank, further agree that the Employer shall be the sole judge to decide as to whether the

Tenderer is in default of due and faithful fulfilment and compliance with the terms and conditions

contained in the Tender Documents including, inter alia, the failure of the Tenderer to keep its

Tender open during the Tender validity period set forth in the said Tender Documents, and the

decision of the Employer that the Tenderer is in default as aforesaid shall be final and binding on us,

notwithstanding any differences between the Employer and the Tenderer or any dispute pending

before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other Employer.

5 The Tender Security shall not be affected by any change in the constitution or winding up of the

Tenderer or the Bank or any absorption, merger or amalgamation of the Tenderer or the Bank with

any other person.

7 In order to give full effect to this Guarantee, the Employer shall be entitled to treat the Bank as the

principal debtor. The Employer shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability

of the Bank under this Guarantee from time to time to vary any of the terms and conditions

contained in the said Tender Documents or to extend time for submission of the Tenders or the

Tender validity period or the period for conveying acceptance of Letter of Acceptance by the

Tenderer or the period for fulfilment and compliance with all or any of the terms and conditions

contained in the said Tender Documents by the said Tenderer or to postpone for any time and from

time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the said Tenderer and either to enforce or

forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the said Tender Documents or

the securities available to the Employer, and the Bank shall not be released from its liability under

these presents by any exercise by the Employer of the liberty with reference to the matters

aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the said Tenderer or any other forbearance, act or

omission on the part of the Employer or any indulgence by the Employer to the said Tenderer or by

any change in the constitution of the Employer or its absorption, merger or amalgamation with any

other person or any other matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would

but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its such liability.

8 Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder shall be sufficiently given or made if

addressed to the Bank and sent by courier or by registered mail to the Bank at the address set forth

herein.

9 We undertake to make the payment on receipt of your notice of claim on us addressed to [name of

Bank along with branch address] and delivered at our above branch which shall be deemed to have

been duly authorised to receive the said notice of claim.

10 It shall not be necessary for the Employer to proceed against the said Tenderer before proceeding

against the Bank and the guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank,

notwithstanding any other security which the Employer may have obtained from the said Tenderer

or any other person and which shall, at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank

hereunder, be outstanding or unrealised.

11 We, the Bank, further undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the

previous express consent of the Employer in writing.

12 The Bank declares that it has power to issue this Guarantee and discharge the obligations

contemplated herein, the undersigned is duly authorised and has full power to execute this

Guarantee for and on behalf of the Bank.

13 For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank’s liability under this Guarantee shall be restricted to INR. *** --

----- (Indian Rupees ***** ---- only). The Bank shall be liable to pay the said amount or any part



thereof only if the Employer serves a written claim on the Bank in accordance with paragraph 9

hereof, on or before [*** (indicate date falling 60 days after the Tender Validity Date)]. Signed and Delivered by ………………………. Bank

By the hand of Mr./Ms. …………………….., its ………………….. and authorised official. (Signature of the

Authorised Signatory) (Official Seal)



ANNEXURE-IV

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

This Contract Agreement (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made at Gandhinagar on ________day of

_________ by and between Gujarat Metrorail Corporation (GMRC ) Limited, a company incorporated

under Companies Act 1956, vide Corporate Identification Number: U60200GJ2010SGC059407 and having its

registered office at Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan, Sector 10/A,

Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India, represented by Mr. ___________ (name and designation) of the

company, by virtue of his designation and on authorisation by Mr. ______________ (name and designation) of the

company (hereinafter referred to as the “GMRC” or the “Employer”, as the case may be, which expression

shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors

and permitted assigns) of the one part,

and

____________ , a company organized and existing under the laws of ______ vide Corporate Identification

Number: __________ and having its registered office at ______________ represented by Mr.

_____________ (name and designation) authorised to sign and bind the company, under the Power of

Attorney dated ________ issued by __________, authorised to issue the same as per Board Resolution

dated ________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor” or the “Contractor” (CONTRACTOR) as the

case may be, which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be

deemed to include its successors and permitted assigns) of the other part. [Note 1]

OR [Note 2] [insert the name of consortium/ JV] comprising:

(a) ____________ , a company organized and existing under the laws of ______ vide Corporate

Identification Number: __________ and having its registered office at ______________ and head

office located at ___________________ , represented by Mr. _____________ (name and

designation) authorised to sign and bind the company, under the Power of Attorney dated ________

and the Board Resolution dated ________ ; and [Note 3]

(b) ____________ , a company organized and existing under the laws of ______ vide Corporate

Identification Number: __________ and having its registered office at ______________ and head

office located at ___________________ , represented by Mr. _____________ (name and

designation) authorised to sign and bind the company, under the Power of Attorney dated ________

and the Board Resolution dated ________ ; [Note 3]

each of which shall be jointly and severally responsible to the Employer under the Contract for Ahmedabad

Metro Rail Project as per the terms and conditions of the Tender Documents, Consortium

Agreement and the Contract and/or as agreed to by the Employer (hereinafter collectively referred to

as the “Contractor” or the “CONTRACTOR ” as the case may be, which expression shall unless

excluded by or repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors and

permitted assigns) of the other part [Note 2].

In this Contract Agreement, as the context may require, both the Employer and the Contractor shall

hereinafter be collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually as “Party”.



WHEREAS the Employer is desirous of executing the Project, and as part of it, the Employer intends to

engage a Contractor to execute the Works/ Services, and

WHEREAS the Contractor has declared that the Contractor has valuable and specialized knowledge and

expertise for works/ services including detailed designing of __________ and submitted a Tender for the

execution and completion, and remedying any defects in the Works/ Services of the Civil Maintenance

work for 6.7 km Viaduct, Apparel Park Depot and 6 Stations of Priority reach of E-W Corridor for

Ahmedabad Metrorail Project Phase-1” within the terms of Works/ Services covered under the tender

document no.: Tender No: GMRC/CIVIL MAINTENANCE/EW/PH-1/2019, including all its addenda,

clarifications, etc. and agrees to undertake performance of the Work/ Services under the terms and

conditions set forth in this Contract.

WHEREAS the Contractor has obtained clarifications on technical and commercial aspects, inspected the

Site and its surroundings and has examined and considered all other matters, conditions and things,

probable contingencies including delays, hindrances and interferences and generally all matters incidental

thereto and ancillary thereof, affecting the execution and completion of the Works/ Services, and the

Contractor has agreed to undertake to execute the Works/ Services as per the terms and conditions

specified in this Contract Agreement and the other Contract Documents.

Now, THEREFORE the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Clause 1: Words and Expression

In this Contract all the words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned

to them in the Conditions of Contract and terms and condition of Tender Document and other documents

mentioned as forming part of the contract hereinafter referred to,

Clause 2: The Contract Documents

The following documents as listed in Table 1 below shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as a

part of the Contract:

a. Letter of Acceptance

b. Board Resolution & Power of Attorney in favor of authorized signatory on behalf

of the Contractor and Registered JV/Consortium Agreement (in case of JV/Consortium)

c. Performance Security

d. All the Tender Documents duly incorporating the amendments effected through addenda &

clarifications

e. Priced financial offer (Financial Bid submitted by contractor along with Negotiation letter, if any,

wherein the contractor had amended his offer).

f. Other correspondence regarding tenders considered appropriate to be Incorporated in the

Agreement.

g. The tenderer’s Technical Proposal.

h. GMRC General (Standard) Conditions of Contract & SHE Manual

i. Any other document specifically provided in the tender document for inclusion in the Contract

Agreement

All of the foregoing documents, together with this Contract Agreement, are herein referred to as the

Contract. All codes, standard specifications, and similar requirements that are referred to therein the



mentioned documents are also incorporated into the Contract, and made part thereof. In the event of a

conflict in consistency, ambiguity or discrepancy between the contents of the Contract, the order of

precedence/ priority shall be according to the order of the documents with the highest priority listed as Sr. No.

1 and remaining down in dilution of the priority as listed in Table 1 above, and the Employer/ the Employer’s

Engineer shall issue any necessary clarification or instruction to the Contractor as per terms of contract from

time to time, during operation and currency of the contract.

Clause 3: Obligations of the Contractor

The mutual rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as set forth in the Contract

and in particular:

The Contractor/Contractor agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, to perform

efficiently and faithfully all of the Works/ Services and other facilities requisite for or incidental to the

successful completion of the Works/ Services and in carrying out all duties and obligations imposed by the

Contract.

Clause 4: Obligations of the Employer

The Employer agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, to pay the Contractor the

amount specified, and at the rates and terms and in the manner set forth in the Contract.

Clause 5: Contract Price and Completion Time

The Employer agrees to pay for the total cost of the Works/ Services and the Contractor agrees to accept

the sums mentioned below in the following currencies, to be the total cost for the Works/ Services carried

out by the Contractor as part of its obligations, responsibilities and liabilities under and according to the

provisions and obligations imposed on it by the Contract.

The Contract Price is all inclusive of a Tender Total cost of Indian Rupees ______ (Indian Rupee

______________)

The Contract Price shall be inclusive of all taxes, levies, duties, cess, royalties and other charges leviable

and payable to the authorities including taxes to be deducted at source, except Service Tax, cesses on

Service Tax and levies on Service Tax [on the Fixed Lump Sum Portion only] [Note 4]. The Employer shall

reimburse the Service Tax, cesses on Service Tax and levies on Service Tax [on the Fixed Lump Sum

Portion only] [Note 4], paid by the Contractor, in terms of Conditions of Contract. The Employer shall

deduct the tax at source from the payments to the Contractor, which, Employer will be required by law for

deposition with the statutory authorities in India for which TDS (Tax Deduction at Source) certificates will be

issued by the Employer.

The Contractor shall complete whole of the Works/ Services mostly within _____ weeks (that is on or

before ______) from the Commencement Date (which is ______), as stipulated in the “Notice to Proceed”

mentioned in the Letter of Acceptance itself, issued by the Employer and continue to provide services for

construction support and other related activities till the period mentioned in the contract documents.

The total Contract Price will be increased/ decreased during the period of performance of the Contract as

specifically provided, if any, in the Special Conditions of Contract and / or Pricing Document under price

variation clause and no additional amount on any other account whatsoever shall be payable to the



Contractor.

Clause 6: Integration

The Employer and the Contractor agree that this Contract Agreement, together with the other Contract

Documents, expresses all of the agreements, understandings, promises, and covenants of the Parties, and

integrates, combines, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous negotiations, understandings, and

agreements, whether written or oral and no modification or alteration of the Contract Documents shall be

valid or binding on either party, unless expressed in writing and executed with the same formality as this

Contract Agreement, except as may otherwise be specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

Clause 7: Governing Law

This Contract is enforceable and construed under and in accordance with the applicable laws of the

Republic of India.

Clause 8: Language

This Contract Agreement and the other Contract Documents are made in the English language.

Clause 9: Jurisdiction of Court

The Court at Ahmedabad / Gandhinagar (Gujarat) shall have the exclusive jurisdiction to all the disputes

arising out of this Contract between the Parties.

Clause 10: Notices

All Notices called by the terms of the Contract shall be in writing and in English language and shall be

delivered by hand or by registered post/mail with acknowledgement due. All notices shall be duly made by the

Party to whom it is addressed at the following address or such other address as mentioned below:

To Employer:

Gujarat Metrorail Corporation (GMRC) Limited

Block No.1, First Floor, Karmayogi Bhavan, Behind Nirman Bhavan,

Sector 10/A, Gandhinagar: 382010, Gujarat, India

To Contractor:

-------------------------

-------------------------

-------------------------

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in their respective

names as of the day and year first above written

The Employer The Contractor [Note 5]



Gujarat Metrorail Corporation (GMRC)

Limited

[insert the name of Consortium/ Joint Venture]

(______________________________)

(a)

(_____________________________________

_______________________________)

[insert the name, designation, member/company

name]

(b)

(_____________________________________

_______________________________)

[insert the name, designation, member/company

name]

Witness: Witness:

1. ..........................................................

1. ..........................................................

2. ..........................................................

2. ..........................................................

Notes:

(For preparation of but not for inclusion in the engrossment of the Contract Agreement)

1. Applicable in case the Contractor is a single company/entity and delete in case the Contractor is a

consortium/ joint venture.

2. Applicable in case the Contractor is a Consortium and delete in case the Contractor is a single

company/entity.

3. If the Contractor is a Consortium, liability will be joint and several, and each member thereof must

be identified. Add another para(s) as per para (a) hereafter for identification of any additional

member of the consortium/ joint venture.

4. Delete is not applicable.

5. If the Contractor is a Consortium, each Member thereof must execute.

